US20150297800A1 - SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS - Google Patents
SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20150297800A1 US20150297800A1 US14/412,472 US201314412472A US2015297800A1 US 20150297800 A1 US20150297800 A1 US 20150297800A1 US 201314412472 A US201314412472 A US 201314412472A US 2015297800 A1 US2015297800 A1 US 2015297800A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- injection
- solution
- agents
- layer
- vessel
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 *[Si](*)(*)O[Si](*)(*)*.C.C Chemical compound *[Si](*)(*)O[Si](*)(*)*.C.C 0.000 description 3
- OIOSLTDEJSLTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.[H]C[Si](C)(C)NC.[H]C[Si](C)(C)OC Chemical compound C.[H]C[Si](C)(C)NC.[H]C[Si](C)(C)OC OIOSLTDEJSLTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SYZHJCSAZIDNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC123[Y]CCN1(CC[Y]2)CC[Y]3.CC12[Y]CCN(CC[Y]1)CC[Y]2.C[C-]123[Y]CC[N+]1(CC[Y]2)CC[Y]3 Chemical compound CC123[Y]CCN1(CC[Y]2)CC[Y]3.CC12[Y]CCN(CC[Y]1)CC[Y]2.C[C-]123[Y]CC[N+]1(CC[Y]2)CC[Y]3 SYZHJCSAZIDNTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/08—Materials for coatings
- A61L31/082—Inorganic materials
- A61L31/088—Other specific inorganic materials not covered by A61L31/084 or A61L31/086
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J1/00—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
- A61J1/03—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes for pills or tablets
- A61J1/035—Blister-type containers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J1/00—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
- A61J1/05—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes for collecting, storing or administering blood, plasma or medical fluids ; Infusion or perfusion containers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J7/00—Devices for administering medicines orally, e.g. spoons; Pill counting devices; Arrangements for time indication or reminder for taking medicine
- A61J7/0015—Devices specially adapted for taking medicines
- A61J7/0053—Syringes, pipettes or oral dispensers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L29/00—Materials for catheters, medical tubing, cannulae, or endoscopes or for coating catheters
- A61L29/08—Materials for coatings
- A61L29/10—Inorganic materials
- A61L29/106—Inorganic materials other than carbon
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/04—Macromolecular materials
- A61L31/048—Macromolecular materials obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/14—Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L31/00—Materials for other surgical articles, e.g. stents, stent-grafts, shunts, surgical drapes, guide wires, materials for adhesion prevention, occluding devices, surgical gloves, tissue fixation devices
- A61L31/14—Materials characterised by their function or physical properties, e.g. injectable or lubricating compositions, shape-memory materials, surface modified materials
- A61L31/16—Biologically active materials, e.g. therapeutic substances
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M35/00—Devices for applying media, e.g. remedies, on the human body
- A61M35/003—Portable hand-held applicators having means for dispensing or spreading integral media
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/007—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests for contrast media
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
- A61M5/31—Details
- A61M5/3129—Syringe barrels
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
- B65D65/00—Wrappers or flexible covers; Packaging materials of special type or form
- B65D65/38—Packaging materials of special type or form
- B65D65/42—Applications of coated or impregnated materials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/22—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes characterised by the deposition of inorganic material, other than metallic material
- C23C16/30—Deposition of compounds, mixtures or solid solutions, e.g. borides, carbides, nitrides
- C23C16/40—Oxides
- C23C16/401—Oxides containing silicon
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
- A61F9/00—Methods or devices for treatment of the eyes; Devices for putting in contact-lenses; Devices to correct squinting; Apparatus to guide the blind; Protective devices for the eyes, carried on the body or in the hand
- A61F9/0008—Introducing ophthalmic products into the ocular cavity or retaining products therein
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61J—CONTAINERS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR MEDICAL OR PHARMACEUTICAL PURPOSES; DEVICES OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BRINGING PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS INTO PARTICULAR PHYSICAL OR ADMINISTERING FORMS; DEVICES FOR ADMINISTERING FOOD OR MEDICINES ORALLY; BABY COMFORTERS; DEVICES FOR RECEIVING SPITTLE
- A61J1/00—Containers specially adapted for medical or pharmaceutical purposes
- A61J1/14—Details; Accessories therefor
- A61J1/1468—Containers characterised by specific material properties
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
- A61L2420/00—Materials or methods for coatings medical devices
- A61L2420/02—Methods for coating medical devices
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M15/00—Inhalators
- A61M15/0001—Details of inhalators; Constructional features thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
- A61M2202/04—Liquids
- A61M2202/0468—Liquids non-physiological
- A61M2202/048—Anaesthetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/02—General characteristics of the apparatus characterised by a particular materials
- A61M2205/0238—General characteristics of the apparatus characterised by a particular materials the material being a coating or protective layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/19—Constructional features of carpules, syringes or blisters
Definitions
- European patent applications describe apparatus, vessels, precursors, coatings or layers and methods (in particular coating methods and test methods for examining the coatings or layers) which can generally be used in performing the present invention, unless stated otherwise herein.
- the present invention relates to the technical field of coated surfaces, for example interior surfaces of pharmaceutical packages or other vessels for storing or other contact with fluids.
- suitable fluids include foods, biologically active compounds or body fluids, for example pharmaceutical materials, blood, and many others.
- the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical package or other vessel and to a method for coating an inner or interior surface of a pharmaceutical package or other vessel.
- the present invention also relates more generally to medical devices, including devices other than packages or vessels, for example catheters.
- the present disclosure also relates to improved methods for processing pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, for example multiple identical pharmaceutical packages or other vessels used for pharmaceutical preparation storage and delivery, venipuncture and other medical sample collection, and other purposes.
- Such pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are used in large numbers for these purposes, and must be relatively economical to manufacture and yet highly reliable in storage and use.
- borosilicate glass vessels such as vials or pre-filled syringes.
- the relatively strong, impermeable and inert surface of borosilicate glass has performed adequately for most drug products.
- the recent advent of costly, complex and sensitive biologies as well as such advanced delivery systems as auto injectors has exposed the physical and chemical shortcomings of glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, including possible contamination from metals, flaking, and breakage, among other problems.
- glass contains several components which can leach out during storage and cause damage to the stored material.
- borosilicate pharmaceutical packages or other vessels exhibit a number of drawbacks.
- Glass is manufactured from sand containing a heterogeneous mixture of many elements (silicon, oxygen, boron, aluminum, sodium, calcium) with trace levels of other alkali metals and alkaline earth metals.
- Type I borosilicate glass consists of approximately 76% SiO 2 , 10.5% B 2 O 3 , 5% Al 2 O 3 , 7% Na 2 O and 1.5% CaO and often contains trace metals such as iron, magnesium, zinc, copper and others.
- the heterogeneous nature of borosilicate glass creates a non-uniform surface chemistry at the molecular level. Glass forming processes used to create glass vessels expose some portions of the vessels to temperatures as great as 1200° C. Under such high temperatures alkali ions migrate to the local surface and form oxides.
- ions extracted from borosilicate glass devices may be involved in degradation, aggregation and denaturation of some biologies.
- Many proteins and other biologies must be lyophilized (freeze dried), because they are not sufficiently stable in solution in glass vials or syringes.
- Glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are prone to breakage or degradation during manufacture, filling operations, shipping and use, which means that glass particulates may enter the drug.
- the presence of glass particles has led to many FDA Warning Letters and to product recalls.
- plastic and glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels each offer certain advantages in pharmaceutical primary packaging, neither is optimal for all drugs, biologies or other therapeutics.
- plastic pharmaceutical packages or other vessels for example vials, sample collection tubes, and syringes, with gas and solute barrier properties which approach the properties of glass.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer is formed in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas in seem, is from 2.5 to 10.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas is from 0.1 to 0.05.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer is formed at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method described in this specification.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the wall or substrate.
- the interface has at least 1 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO 4 bonding.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the wall or substrate.
- the interface has an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO 4 bonding.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- An SiO x composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas in seem, is from 2.5 to 10.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas is from 0.1 to 0.05.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages.
- XPS High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel.
- a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages.
- High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO 4 bonding.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a filled package comprising a vessel having a lumen defined at least in part by a wall.
- the wall has an interior surface facing the lumen, an outer surface, and a coating set on the interior surface comprising a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer.
- the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier as previously defined.
- the tie coating or layer comprises SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- the tie coating or layer has an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the wall interior surface.
- the barrier coating or layer comprises SiO x , wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.9, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the barrier coating or layer of SiO x having an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the interior surface of the tie coating or layer, the barrier coating or layer being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into the lumen compared to an vessel without a barrier coating or layer;
- the pH protective coating or layer comprises SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3, the pH protective coating or layer having an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the interior surface of the composite barrier coating or layer,
- the combination of the tie coating or layer and the pH protective coating or layer is effective to increase the calculated shelf life of the package (total Si/Si dissolution rate).
- the package also includes a fluid composition contained in the lumen and having a pH between 5 and 9.
- the calculated shelf life of the package is more than six months at a storage temperature of 4° C.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is an article including a wall having a surface and a coating set on the surface comprising a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer.
- the tie coating or layer comprises SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- the tie coating or layer has an outer surface facing the wall surface and an interior surface;
- the barrier coating or layer comprises SiO x , wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.9, from 2 to 1000 nm thick.
- the composite barrier coating or layer of SiO x has an outer surface facing the interior surface of the tie coating or layer and the composite barrier coating or layer of SiO x has an interior surface.
- the composite barrier coating or layer is effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas through the wall compared to an uncoated wall.
- the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier coating or layer as previously defined.
- the pH protective coating or layer comprises SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- the pH protective coating or layer is deposited on the composite barrier coating or layer.
- the pH protective coating or layer is formed by chemical vapor deposition of a precursor selected from an acyclic siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors; and
- the rate of erosion of the pH protective coating or layer, if directly contacted by a fluid composition having a pH at some point between 5 and 9, is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating or layer, if directly contacted by the fluid composition.
- a non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel comprising a thermoplastic wall having an interior surface enclosing a lumen.
- the interior surface has a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer.
- a fluid is contained in the lumen having a pH greater than 5.
- the tie coating or layer comprises SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3, the tie coating or layer having an outer surface facing the wall surface and the tie coating or layer having an interior surface.
- the barrier coating or layer comprises SiO x , in which x is between 1.5 and 2.9.
- the barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD, is positioned between the interior surface of the tie coating or layer and the fluid, and is supported by the thermoplastic wall.
- the barrier coating or layer has the characteristic of being subject to being measurably diminished in barrier improvement factor in less than six months as a result of attack by the fluid.
- the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier as previously defined.
- the vessel has a pH protective coating or layer of SiO x C y , in which x is between 0.5 and 2.4 and y is between 0.6 and 3.
- the pH protective coating or layer is applied by PECVD, is positioned between the composite barrier coating or layer and the fluid and is supported by the thermoplastic wall.
- the pH protective coating or layer and tie coating or layer together are effective to keep the composite barrier coating or layer at least substantially undissolved as a result of attack by the fluid for a period of at least six months.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a vessel holder in a coating station according to an embodiment of the disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a section taken along section lines A-A of FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 3 is a view similar to FIG. 1 of another embodiment for processing syringe barrels and other pharmaceutical packages or other vessels.
- FIG. 4 is an enlarged detail view of the processing vessel of FIG. 3 .
- FIG. 5 is a schematic view of an assembly for treating pharmaceutical packages or other vessels.
- the assembly is usable with the apparatus in any of the preceding figures.
- FIG. 6 shows a TEM image of a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer according to the invention coated on a composite barrier coating or layer, which in turn is coated on a COC substrate.
- FIG. 7 shows a TEM image of a composite barrier coating or layer which is coated on a COC substrate.
- FIG. 8 is an assembly view of a prefilled syringe provided with a composite barrier layer, a pH protective coating or layer, and a lubricity layer and filled and closed to provide a pharmaceutical package.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic view of a pharmaceutical package in the form of a vial provided with a composite barrier layer, a pH protective coating or layer, and optionally a lubricity layer.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic view of a pharmaceutical package in the form of a blister package provided with a composite barrier layer and a pH protective coating or layer.
- FIGS. 11-14 are FTIR absorbance spectra showing absorbance at the symmetric stretching mode (1000-1040 cm ⁇ 1 ) and the asymmetric stretching mode (1060-1100 cm ⁇ 1 ) of the Si—O—Si bond.
- FIG. 15 is a FTIR amplitude versus wave number plot marked up from FIG. 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070.
- RF is radio frequency
- First and “second” or similar references to, for example, processing stations or processing devices refer to the minimum number of processing stations or devices that are present, but do not necessarily represent the order or total number of processing stations and devices. These terms do not limit the number of processing stations or the particular processing carried out at the respective stations.
- an “organosilicon precursor” is a compound having at least one of the linkages:
- a volatile organosilicon precursor defined as such a precursor that can be supplied as a vapor in a PECVD apparatus, is an optional organosilicon precursor.
- the organosilicon precursor is selected from the group consisting of a linear siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, an alkyl trimethoxysilane, a linear silazane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, and a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- the feed amounts of PECVD precursors, gaseous reactant or process gases, and carrier gas are sometimes expressed in “standard volumes” in the specification and claims.
- the standard volume of a charge or other fixed amount of gas is the volume the fixed amount of the gas would occupy at a standard temperature and pressure (without regard to the actual temperature and pressure of delivery).
- Standard volumes can be measured using different units of volume, and still be within the scope of the present disclosure and claims.
- the same fixed amount of gas could be expressed as the number of standard cubic centimeters, the number of standard cubic meters, or the number of standard cubic feet.
- Standard volumes can also be defined using different standard temperatures and pressures, and still be within the scope of the present disclosure and claims.
- the standard temperature might be 0° C.
- the standard pressure might be 760 Torr (as is conventional), or the standard temperature might be 20° C. and the standard pressure might be 1 Torr. But whatever standard is used in a given case, when comparing relative amounts of two or more different gases without specifying particular parameters, the same units of volume, standard temperature, and standard pressure are to be used relative to each gas, unless otherwise indicated.
- the corresponding feed rates of PECVD precursors, gaseous reactant or process gases, and carrier gas are expressed in standard volumes per unit of time in the specification.
- the flow rates are expressed as standard cubic centimeters per minute, abbreviated as seem.
- other units of time can be used, such as seconds or hours, but consistent parameters are to be used when comparing the flow rates of two or more gases, unless otherwise indicated.
- a “vessel” in the context of the present invention can be any type of vessel with at least one opening and a wall defining an inner or interior surface.
- the substrate can be the inside wall of a vessel having a lumen. Though the invention is not necessarily limited to pharmaceutical packages or other vessels of a particular volume, pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are contemplated in which the lumen has a void volume of from 0.5 to 50 ml, optionally from 1 to 10 ml, optionally from 0.5 to 5 ml, optionally from 1 to 3 ml.
- the substrate surface can be part or all of the inner or interior surface of a vessel having at least one opening and an inner or interior surface.
- a vessel in the context of the present invention has one or more openings.
- One or two openings like the openings of a sample tube (one opening) or a syringe barrel (two openings) are preferred. If the vessel has two openings, they can be of same or different size. If there is more than one opening, one opening can be used for the gas inlet for a PECVD coating method according to the present invention, while the other openings are either capped or open.
- a vessel according to the present invention can be a sample tube, for example for collecting or storing biological fluids like blood or urine, a syringe (or a part thereof, for example a syringe barrel) for storing or delivering a biologically active compound or composition, for example a medicament or pharmaceutical composition, a vial for storing biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions, a pipe, for example a catheter for transporting biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions, or a cuvette for holding fluids, for example for holding biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions.
- a sample tube for example for collecting or storing biological fluids like blood or urine
- a syringe or a part thereof, for example a syringe barrel
- a biologically active compound or composition for example a medicament or pharmaceutical composition
- a vial for storing biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions
- a pipe for example a catheter for transporting biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions
- a vessel can be of any shape, a vessel having a substantially cylindrical wall adjacent to at least one of its open ends being preferred.
- the interior wall of the vessel is cylindrically shaped, like, for example in a sample tube or a syringe barrel. Sample tubes and syringes or their parts (for example syringe barrels) are contemplated.
- hydrophobic layer in the context of the present invention means that the coating or layer lowers the wetting tension of a surface coated with the coating or layer, compared to the corresponding uncoated surface. Hydrophobicity is thus a function of both the uncoated substrate and the coating or layer. The same applies with appropriate alterations for other contexts wherein the term “hydrophobic” is used.
- hydrophilic means the opposite, i.e. that the wetting tension is increased compared to reference sample.
- present hydrophobic layers are primarily defined by their hydrophobicity and the process conditions providing hydrophobicity
- SiO x C y should be understood as ratios or an empirical formula (for example for a coating or layer), rather than as a limit on the number or type of atoms in a molecule.
- octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane which has the molecular composition Si 4 O 4 C 8 H 24 , can be described by the following empirical formula, arrived at by dividing each of w, x, y, and z in the molecular formula by 4, the largest common factor: Si 1 O 1 C 2 H 6 .
- w, x, y, and z are also not limited to integers.
- (acyclic) octamethyltrisiloxane, molecular composition Si 3 O 2 C 8 H 24 is reducible to Si 1 O 0.67 C 2.67 H 8 .
- SiO x C y H z is equivalent to SiO x C y (i.e. w is set equal to 1 and the amount of hydrogen, if any, is not reported). It is not necessary to show the presence of hydrogen in any proportion to show the presence of SiO x C y .
- “Wetting tension” is a specific measure for the hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity of a surface.
- An optional wetting tension measurement method in the context of the present invention is ASTM D 2578 or a modification of the method described in ASTM D 2578. This method uses standard wetting tension solutions (called dyne solutions) to determine the solution that comes nearest to wetting a plastic film surface for exactly two seconds. This is the film's wetting tension.
- the procedure utilized is varied herein from ASTM D 2578 in that the substrates are not flat plastic films, but are tubes made according to the Protocol for Forming PET Tube and (except for controls) coated according to the Protocol for coating Tube Interior with Hydrophobic Coating or Layer (see Example 9 of EP2251671 A2).
- a “lubricity and/or pH protective coating” is a coating or layer which has a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface, which is a lubricity layer, and/or protects an underlying surface or layer from a fluid composition contacting the layer, which is a pH protective coating or layer (as more extensively defined elsewhere in this specification). In other words, respecting a lubricity layer, it reduces the frictional resistance of the coated surface in comparison to a reference surface that is uncoated.
- the present lubricity and/or pH protective coatings are primarily defined as lubricity layers by their lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface and the process conditions providing lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface, and optionally can have a composition according to the empirical composition Si w O x C y H z , (or its equivalent SiO x C y ) as defined herein. It generally has an atomic ratio Si w O x C y (or its equivalent SiO x C y ) wherein w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- the atomic ratio can be determined by XPS (X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy).
- the coating or layer may thus in one aspect have the formula Si w O x C y H z (or its equivalent SiO x C y ), for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9.
- such coating or layer would hence contain 36% to 41% carbon normalized to 100% carbon plus oxygen plus silicon.
- “Frictional resistance” can be static frictional resistance and/or kinetic frictional resistance.
- One of the optional embodiments of the present invention is a syringe part, for example a syringe barrel or plunger, coated with a lubricity and/or pH protective coating.
- the relevant static frictional resistance in the context of the present invention is the breakout force as defined herein
- the relevant kinetic frictional resistance in the context of the present invention is the plunger sliding force as defined herein.
- the plunger sliding force as defined and determined herein is suitable to determine the presence or absence and the lubricity and/or pH protective characteristics of a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer in the context of the present invention whenever the coating or layer is applied to any syringe or syringe part, for example to the inner wall of a syringe barrel.
- the breakout force is of particular relevance for evaluation of the coating or layer effect on a prefilled syringe, i.e. a syringe which is filled after coating and can be stored for some time, for example several months or even years, before the plunger is moved again (has to be “broken out”).
- the “plunger sliding force” (synonym to “glide force,” “maintenance force”, or Fm, also used in this description) in the context of the present invention is the force required to maintain movement of a plunger in a syringe barrel, for example during aspiration or dispense. It can advantageously be determined using the ISO 7886-1:1993 test described herein and known in the art. A synonym for “plunger sliding force” often used in the art is “plunger force” or “pushing force”.
- the “plunger breakout force” (synonym to “breakout force”, “break loose force”, “initiation force”, Fi, also used in this description) in the context of the present invention is the initial force required to move the plunger in a syringe, for example in a prefilled syringe.
- Sliding force and breakout force are sometimes used herein to describe the forces required to advance a stopper or other closure into a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, such as a medical sample tube or a vial, to seat the stopper in a vessel to close the vessel. Its use is analogous to use in the context of a syringe and its plunger, and the measurement of these forces for a vessel and its closure are contemplated to be analogous to the measurement of these forces for a syringe, except that at least in most cases no liquid is ejected from a vessel when advancing the closure to a seated position.
- “Slidably” means that the plunger, closure, or other removable part is permitted to slide in a syringe barrel or other vessel.
- Coatings of SiO x are deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) or other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to serve as a composite barrier coating or layer preventing oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall.
- PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
- other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to serve as a composite barrier coating or layer preventing oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall.
- the vessel in any embodiment of the vessel or method, can be provided in any configuration, for example a tube 80 , a vial 228 , a blister package 230 , a syringe 252 , a syringe barrel 250 , a prefilled syringe ( FIG. 8 ), a cartridge, a sample tube 80 , or an evacuated blood sample tube, as several non-limiting examples.
- a tube 80 for example a tube 80 , a vial 228 , a blister package 230 , a syringe 252 , a syringe barrel 250 , a prefilled syringe ( FIG. 8 ), a cartridge, a sample tube 80 , or an evacuated blood sample tube, as several non-limiting examples.
- a vessel 80 is alternatively 288 referred to as a vessel 80 in this disclosure.
- the vessel 80 optionally can have a rated volume (the maximum volume of fluid it is routinely used to contain and deliver, as reported by the manufacturer) between 0.2 and 50 ml., optionally between 2 and 50 ml., optionally between 2 and 20 ml., optionally between 2 and 6 ml., optionally between 3 and 5 ml., optionally between 0.25 and 20 ml., optionally between 0.5 and 5 ml., optionally between 1 and 2 ml.
- a rated volume the maximum volume of fluid it is routinely used to contain and deliver, as reported by the manufacturer
- the vessel 80 optionally has a fill volume (the entire volume of the stoppered vessel 80 , including headspace) between 0.3 and 75 ml., optionally between 3 and 75 ml., optionally between 3 and 30 ml., optionally between 4 and 9 ml., optionally between 4 and 8 ml., optionally between 0.4 and 35 ml., optionally between 0.8 and 9 ml., optionally between 1.7 and 3.5 ml.
- the vessel 80 optionally includes a thermoplastic wall 214 enclosing a lumen 212 .
- “Thermoplastic” is explicitly defined to include glass or quartz materials, one example of which is borosilicate glass, as well as organic thermoplastic resins and resin compositions.
- the wall supports an SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 , for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 can optionally be formed in at least bonding and build-up stages.
- the substrate optionally is ablated by the plasma before the SiO x bonding and build-up stages.
- Ablation roughens the substrate surface and introduces organic material into the plasma which participates in coating formation, adding to the carbon and hydrogen in the plasma.
- the ablation is contemplated to subside as the composite barrier coating or layer 288 begins to bond and build up, leaving a surface that is not as readily ablated under deposition conditions.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 can be formed by PECVD from a gas feed including an organosilicon monomer, an oxidizing gas, and a carrier gas.
- a gas feed including an organosilicon monomer, an oxidizing gas, and a carrier gas.
- carrier gas is also inclusive of a diluent gas.
- the organosilicon monomer also known as a precursor feed, can include an organosiloxane, an organosilane, an organosiloxazane, an organosilazane, or a combination of two or more of these.
- gas feed optionally can contain a linear or branched siloxane having from 1 to 6 silicon atoms, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- a linear or branched siloxane having from 1 to 6 silicon atoms, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane,
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can be applied by PECVD of a precursor feed comprising a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- the oxidizing gas can include diatomic oxygen, O 2 .
- the oxidizing gas comprises hydrogen peroxide, H 2 O 2 .
- the oxidizing gas comprises ozone, O 3 .
- the oxidizing gas comprises water, H 2 O.
- a carrier gas can either be used or not. If used, the carrier gas optionally includes an inert gas under the PECVD conditions employed. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises a noble gas. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises helium. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises neon. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises argon. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises krypton. In any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises xenon. Mixtures of any two or more of these gases can also be employed.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas in seem, can be from 2.5 to 10.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas can be from 0.1 to 0.05.
- the plasma used in PECVD according to the present disclosure can be generated conventionally, as by using radio frequency (RF) energy or microwave energy.
- the SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can be formed at an initial power level (for example, an RF power level) from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- the power density at the initial RF power level optionally can be from 3 to 1 W/ml.
- the power density at the highest RF power level is from 30 to 4 W/ml.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 on the substrate optionally can be at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method described in this specification.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 on the substrate optionally can be at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method described in this specification.
- High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the wall or substrate.
- the interface optionally has at least 1 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO 4 bonding.
- the interface optionally has an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO 4 bonding.
- thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen can be provided.
- An SiO x composite barrier coating or layer 288 for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can be applied in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas in seem, optionally can be from 2.5 to 10.
- the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas optionally can be from 0.1 to 0.05.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can be applied at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- the RF power level optionally can be increased uniformly from the initial RF power level to the highest RF power level.
- the RF power level can be increased in one or more steps from the initial RF power level to the highest RF power level.
- the RF power level optionally is not pulsed, meaning that it is applied without interruption from the beginning to the end of the deposition.
- the RF power level can be pulsed or turned on and off periodically during the deposition of a single composite barrier coating or layer 288 on a single vessel 80 . This type of deposition using a pulsed RF power level is sometimes known as plasma impulse chemical vapor deposition.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can have a degree of retention on the substrate of at least 95% by volume, as measured by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 on the substrate optionally is at least 96% by volume, optionally at least 97% by volume, optionally at least 98% by volume, optionally at least 99% by volume, optionally 100% by volume, according to the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method.
- the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method optionally is carried out using axial deformation, but optionally can be carried out using diametric deformation instead.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can have a degree of retention on the substrate of at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 on the substrate optionally is at least 91% by volume, optionally at least 92% by volume, optionally at least 93% by volume, optionally at least 94% by volume, optionally at least 95% by volume, optionally at least 96% by volume, optionally at least 97% by volume, optionally at least 98% by volume, optionally at least 99% by volume, optionally 100% by volume, according to the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method can be carried out using an X scratch pattern.
- the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method can be carried out using a rectangular scratch pattern.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can have an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the substrate having at least 1 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO 4 bonding.
- High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the substrate having at least 2 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 3 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 4 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 5 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 6 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 7 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 8 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 9 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 10 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 11 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding,
- the interface for any embodiment of the vessel 80 or method optionally has at most 25 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 20 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 15 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 10 mol.% O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O 3 —Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO 4 bonding.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can have an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO 4 bonding, when studied using High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS).
- XPS High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy
- XPS optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the substrate having Si 2p peak broadening of at least 0.2 eV, compared to the binding energy of SiO 4 bonding.
- the lumen optionally can contain a pharmaceutical agent.
- the pharmaceutical agent optionally can have a pH between 5 and 9.
- An opening optionally can be provided in the vessel 80 between the lumen and the exterior of the vessel 80 .
- a closure optionally can be seated in the opening.
- tie coating or layer can be defined as follows.
- the tie coating or layer 289 has at least two functions.
- One function of the tie coating or layer 289 is to improve adhesion of a composite barrier coating or layer to a substrate, in particular a thermoplastic substrate, although a tie layer can be used to improve adhesion to a glass substrate or to another coating or layer.
- a tie coating or layer also referred to as an adhesion layer or coating can be applied to the substrate and the barrier layer can be applied to the adhesion layer to improve adhesion of the barrier layer or coating to the substrate.
- tie coating or layer 289 Another function of the tie coating or layer 289 has been discovered: a tie coating or layer 289 applied under a composite barrier coating or layer 288 can improve the function of a pH protective coating or layer 286 applied over the composite barrier coating or layer 288 .
- the tie coating or layer 289 can be composed of, comprise, or consist essentially of SiO x C y , in which x is between 0.5 and 2.4 and y is between 0.6 and 3.
- the atomic ratio can be expressed as the formula Si w O x C y
- the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C in the tie coating or layer 289 are, as several options:
- the atomic ratio can be determined by XPS.
- the tie coating or layer 289 may thus in one aspect have the formula Si w O x C y H z (or its equivalent SiO x C y ), for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9.
- tie coating or layer 289 would hence contain 36% to 41% carbon normalized to 100% carbon plus oxygen plus silicon.
- the tie coating or layer can be similar or identical in composition with the pH protective coating or layer 286 described elsewhere in this specification, although this is not a requirement.
- the tie coating or layer 289 is contemplated generally to be from 5 nm to 100 nm thick, preferably from 5 to 20 nm thick, particularly if applied by chemical vapor deposition. These thicknesses are not critical. Commonly but not necessarily, the tie coating or layer 289 will be relatively thin, since its function is to change the surface properties of the substrate.
- the composite barrier coating or layer can be described as follows.
- a composite barrier coating or layer 288 optionally can be deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) or other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to prevent oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall.
- PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
- other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to prevent oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall.
- the composite barrier coating or layer for any embodiment defined in this specification is a coating or layer, optionally applied by PECVD as indicated in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188.
- the barrier layer optionally is characterized as an “SiO x ” coating, and contains silicon, oxygen, and optionally other elements, in which x, the ratio of oxygen to silicon atoms, is from about 1.5 to about 2.4, or 1.5 to about 2.3, or about 2.
- SiO x silicon, oxygen, and optionally other elements, in which x, the ratio of oxygen to silicon atoms, is from about 1.5 to about 2.4, or 1.5 to about 2.3, or about 2.
- These alternative definitions of x apply to any use of the term SiO x in this specification to define a composite barrier coating or layer (though a composite barrier coating or layer has a different definition of x).
- the composite barrier coating or layer is applied, for example to the interior of a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, for example a sample collection tube, a syringe barrel,
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 comprises or consists essentially of SiO x , wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.4, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the composite barrier coating or layer 288 of SiO x having an interior surface 220 facing the lumen 212 and an outer surface 222 facing the wall 214 article surface 254 , the composite barrier coating or layer 288 being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into the lumen 212 compared to an uncoated vessel 250 .
- One suitable barrier composition is one where x is 2.3, for example.
- the composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 of any embodiment can be applied at a thickness of at least 2 nm, or at least 4 nm, or at least 7 nm, or at least 10 nm, or at least 20 nm, or at least 30 nm, or at least 40 nm, or at least 50 nm, or at least 100 nm, or at least 150 nm, or at least 200 nm, or at least 300 nm, or at least 400 nm, or at least 500 nm, or at least 600 nm, or at least 700 nm, or at least 800 nm, or at least 900 nm.
- the composite barrier coating or layer can be up to 1000 nm, or at most 900 nm, or at most 800 nm, or at most 700 nm, or at most 600 nm, or at most 500 nm, or at most 400 nm, or at most 300 nm, or at most 200 nm, or at most 100 nm, or at most 90 nm, or at most 80 nm, or at most 70 nm, or at most 60 nm, or at most 50 nm, or at most 40 nm, or at most 30 nm, or at most 20 nm, or at most 10 nm, or at most 5 nm thick. Ranges of 20-200 nm, optionally 20-30 nm, are contemplated. Specific thickness ranges composed of any one of the minimum thicknesses expressed above, plus any equal or greater one of the maximum thicknesses expressed above, are expressly contemplated.
- the thickness of the SiO x or other composite barrier coating or layer can be measured, for example, by transmission electron microscopy (TEM), and its composition can be measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS).
- TEM transmission electron microscopy
- XPS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
- the primer coating or layer described herein can be applied to a variety of pharmaceutical packages or other vessels made from plastic or glass, for example to plastic tubes, vials, and syringes.
- a composite barrier coating or layer 288 of SiO x in which x is between 1.5 and 2.9, is applied by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) directly or indirectly to the thermoplastic wall 214 so that in the filled pharmaceutical package or other vessel 210 the composite barrier coating or layer 286 is located between the inner or interior surface 220 of the thermoplastic wall 214 and the fluid 218 .
- PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
- the composite barrier coating or layer 286 of SiO x is supported by the thermoplastic wall 214 .
- barrier coatings or layers such as SiO x as defined here have been found to have the characteristic of being subject to being measurably diminished in barrier improvement factor in less than six months as a result of attack by certain relatively high pH contents of the coated vessel as described elsewhere in this specification, particularly where the composite barrier coating or layer directly contacts the contents. This issue can be addressed using a pH protective coating or layer as discussed in this specification.
- Some barrier layers or coatings of SiO x are eroded or dissolved by some fluid compositions, for example aqueous compositions having a pH above about 5. Since coatings applied by chemical vapor deposition can be very thin—tens to hundreds of nanometers thick—even a relatively slow rate of erosion can remove or reduce the effectiveness of the barrier layer in less time than the desired shelf life of a product package. This is particularly a problem for fluid pharmaceutical compositions, since many of them have a pH of roughly 7, or more broadly in the range of 5 to 9, similar to the pH of blood and other human or animal fluids. The higher the pH of the pharmaceutical preparation, the more quickly it erodes or dissolves the SiO x coating.
- pH protective coatings of SiO x C y or SiN x C y formed from cyclic or acyclic siloxane precursors which pH protective coatings have a substantial organic component, do not erode quickly when exposed to fluid compositions, and in fact erode or dissolve more slowly when the fluid compositions have higher pHs within the range of 5 to 9.
- the dissolution rate of a pH protective coating made from the precursor octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, or OMCTS is quite slow.
- These pH protective coatings of SiO x C y or SiN x C y can therefore be used to cover a barrier layer of SiO x , retaining the benefits of the barrier layer by protecting it from the fluid composition in the pharmaceutical package.
- lubricity and/or pH protective coatings contemplated here is made from one or more cyclic siloxanes and silazanes as described in this disclosure.
- SiO x C y or SiN x C y coatings deposited from linear siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO) are believed to contain fragments of the original precursor to a large degree and low organic content.
- Such SiO x C y or SiN x C y coatings have a degree of water miscibility or swellability, allowing them to be attacked by aqueous solutions.
- SiO x C y or SiN x C y coatings deposited from cyclic siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS), are believed to include more intact cyclic siloxane rings and longer series of repeating units of the precursor structure.
- These coatings are believed to be nanoporous but structured and hydrophobic, and these properties are believed to contribute to their success as pH protective coatings. This is shown, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,901,783.
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 can be composed of, comprise, or consist essentially of Si w O x C y H z (or its equivalent SiO x C y ) or Si w N x C y H z or its equivalent SiN x C y ), each as defined previously.
- the atomic ratio of Si:O:C or Si:N:C can be determined by XPS (X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy).
- the pH protective coating or layer may thus in one aspect have the formula Si w O x C y H z , or its equivalent SiO x C y , for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9.
- the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C are, as several options:
- the pH protective coating or layer can have atomic concentrations normalized to 100% carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) of less than 50% carbon and more than 25% silicon.
- the atomic concentrations are from 25 to 45% carbon, 25 to 65% silicon, and 10 to 35% oxygen.
- the atomic concentrations are from 30 to 40% carbon, 32 to 52% silicon, and 20 to 27% oxygen.
- the atomic concentrations are from 33 to 37% carbon, 37 to 47% silicon, and 22 to 26% oxygen.
- the thickness of the pH protective coating or layer can be, for example:
- the atomic concentration of carbon in the pH protective layer can be greater than the atomic concentration of carbon in the atomic formula for the organosilicon precursor.
- the atomic concentration of carbon increases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively from 30 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively from 35 to 45 atomic percent, alternatively from 37 to 41 atomic percent.
- the atomic ratio of carbon to oxygen in the pH protective coating or layer can be increased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor, and/or the atomic ratio of oxygen to silicon can be decreased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor.
- the pH protective coating or layer can have an atomic concentration of silicon, normalized to 100% of carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), less than the atomic concentration of silicon in the atomic formula for the feed gas.
- XPS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
- the atomic concentration of silicon decreases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively by from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively by from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively by from 30 to 55 atomic percent, alternatively by from 40 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively by from 42 to 46 atomic percent.
- a pH protective coating or layer is contemplated that can be characterized by a sum formula wherein the atomic ratio C:O can be increased and/or the atomic ratio Si:O can be decreased in comparison to the sum formula of the organosilicon precursor.
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 commonly is located between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the fluid 218 in the finished article.
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 is supported by the thermoplastic wall 214 .
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 optionally is effective to keep the composite barrier coating or layer 288 at least substantially undissolved as a result of attack by the fluid 218 for a period of at least six months.
- the pH protective coating or layer can have a density between 1.25 and 1.65 g/cm 3 , alternatively between 1.35 and 1.55 g/cm 3 , alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm 3 , alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm 3 , alternatively between 1.44 and 1.48 g/cm 3 , as determined by X-ray reflectivity (XRR).
- the organosilicon compound can be octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane and the pH protective coating or layer can have a density which can be higher than the density of a pH protective coating or layer made from HMDSO as the organosilicon compound under the same PECVD reaction conditions.
- the pH protective coating or layer optionally can prevent or reduce the precipitation of a compound or component of a composition in contact with the pH protective coating or layer, in particular can prevent or reduce insulin precipitation or blood clotting, in comparison to the uncoated surface and/or to a barrier coated surface using HMDSO as precursor.
- the pH protective coating or layer optionally can have an RMS surface roughness value (measured by AFM) of from about 5 to about 9, optionally from about 6 to about 8, optionally from about 6.4 to about 7.8.
- the Ra surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM can be from about 4 to about 6, optionally from about 4.6 to about 5.8.
- the Rmax surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM can be from about 70 to about 160, optionally from about 84 to about 142, optionally from about 90 to about 130.
- the interior surface of the pH protective optionally can have a contact angle (with distilled water) of from 90° to 110°, optionally from 80° to 120°, optionally from 70° to 130°, as measured by Goniometer Angle measurement of a water droplet on the pH protective surface, per ASTM D7334-08 “Standard Practice for Surface Wettability of Coatings, Substrates and Pigments by Advancing Contact Angle Measurement.”
- the passivation layer or pH protective coating or layer 286 optionally shows an O-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.4, measured as:
- O ⁇ - ⁇ Parameter Intensity ⁇ ⁇ at ⁇ ⁇ 1253 ⁇ ⁇ cm - 1 Maximum ⁇ ⁇ intensity ⁇ ⁇ in ⁇ ⁇ the ⁇ ⁇ range ⁇ ⁇ 1000 ⁇ ⁇ to ⁇ ⁇ 1100 ⁇ ⁇ cm - ⁇ 1
- the O-Parameter is defined in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, which claims an O-parameter value of most broadly from 0.4 to 0.9. It can be measured from physical analysis of an FTIR amplitude versus wave number plot to find the numerator and denominator of the above expression, as shown in FIG. 22 , which is the same as FIG. 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, except annotated to show interpolation of the wave number and absorbance scales to arrive at an absorbance at 1253 cm ⁇ 1 of 0.0424 and a maximum absorbance at 1000 to 1100 cm ⁇ 1 of 0.08, resulting in a calculated O-parameter of 0.53.
- the O-Parameter can also be measured from digital wave number versus absorbance data.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 asserts that the claimed O-parameter range provides a superior pH protective coating or layer, relying on experiments only with HMDSO and HMDSN, which are both non-cyclic siloxanes.
- the PECVD precursor is a cyclic siloxane, for example OMCTS
- O-parameters outside the ranges claimed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, using OMCTS provide even better results than are obtained in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 with HMDSO.
- the O-parameter has a value of from 0.1 to 0.39, or from 0.15 to 0.37, or from 0.17 to 0.35.
- FIGS. 19-21 Even another aspect of the invention is a composite material as just described, exemplified in FIGS. 19-21 , wherein the passivation layer shows an N-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.7, measured as:
- N ⁇ - ⁇ Parameter Intensity ⁇ ⁇ at ⁇ ⁇ 840 ⁇ ⁇ cm - 1 Intensity ⁇ ⁇ at ⁇ ⁇ 799 ⁇ ⁇ cm - 1 .
- the N-Parameter is also described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, and is measured analogously to the O-Parameter except that intensities at two specific wave numbers are used—neither of these wave numbers is a range.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 claims a passivation layer with an N-Parameter of 0.7 to 1.6. Again, the present inventors have made better coatings employing a pH protective coating or layer 286 having an N-Parameter lower than 0.7, as described above.
- the N-parameter has a value of at least 0.3, or from 0.4 to 0.6, or at least 0.53.
- the rate of erosion, dissolution, or leaching (different names for related concepts) of the pH protective coating or layer 286 , if directly contacted by the fluid 218 , is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 , if directly contacted by the fluid 218 .
- the thickness of the pH protective coating or layer is contemplated to be from 50-500 nm, with a preferred range of 100-200 nm.
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 is effective to isolate the fluid 218 from the composite barrier coating or layer 288 , at least for sufficient time to allow the barrier coating to act as a barrier during the shelf life of the pharmaceutical package or other vessel 210 .
- pH protective coatings or layers of SiO x C y or SiN x C y formed from cyclic polysiloxane precursors which pH protective coatings or layers have a substantial organic component, do not erode quickly when exposed to fluids, and in fact erode or dissolve more slowly when the fluids have higher pHs within the range of 5 to 9.
- the dissolution rate of a pH protective coating or layer made from the precursor octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, or OMCTS is quite slow.
- pH protective coatings or layers of SiO x C y or SiN x C y can therefore be used to cover a barrier layer of SiOx, retaining the benefits of the barrier layer by protecting it from the fluid in the pharmaceutical package.
- the pH protective layer is applied over at least a portion of the SiOx layer to protect the SiOx layer from contents stored in a vessel, where the contents otherwise would be in contact with the SiOx layer.
- pH protective coatings or layers for avoiding erosion can be made from cyclic siloxanes and silazanes as described in this disclosure.
- SiO x C y or SiN x C y coatings deposited from cyclic siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS) are believed to include intact cyclic siloxane rings and longer series of repeating units of the precursor structure.
- These coatings are believed to be nanoporous but structured and hydrophobic, and these properties are believed to contribute to their success as pH protective coatings or layers. This is shown, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,901,783.
- SiO x C y or SiN x C y coatings also can be deposited from linear siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO) or tetramethyldisiloxane (TMDSO).
- HMDSO hexamethyldisiloxane
- TMDSO tetramethyldisiloxane
- an FTIR absorbance spectrum of the pH protective coating or layer 286 of any embodiment has a ratio greater than 0.75 between the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si symmetrical stretch peak normally located between about 1000 and 1040 cm ⁇ 1 , and the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si asymmetric stretch peak normally located between about 1060 and about 1100 cm ⁇ 1 .
- this ratio can be at least 0.8, or at least 0.9, or at least 1.0, or at least 1.1, or at least 1.2.
- this ratio can be at most 1.7, or at most 1.6, or at most 1.5, or at most 1.4, or at most 1.3. Any minimum ratio stated here can be combined with any maximum ratio stated here, as an alternative embodiment of the invention of FIGS. 19-21 .
- the pH protective coating or layer 286 in the absence of the medicament, has a non-oily appearance. This appearance has been observed in some instances to distinguish an effective pH protective coating or layer from a lubricity layer, which in some instances has been observed to have an oily (i.e. shiny) appearance.
- the silicon dissolution rate by a 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer diluted in water for injection, adjusted to pH 8 with concentrated nitric acid, and containing 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, (measured in the absence of the medicament, to avoid changing the dissolution reagent), at 40° C., is less than 170 ppb/day.
- Polysorbate-80 is a common ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations, available for example as Tween®-80 from Uniqema Americas LLC, Wilmington Del.
- the silicon dissolution rate is less than 160 ppb/day, or less than 140 ppb/day, or less than 120 ppb/day, or less than 100 ppb/day, or less than 90 ppb/day, or less than 80 ppb/day.
- the silicon dissolution rate is more than 10 ppb/day, or more than 20 ppb/day, or more than 30 ppb/day, or more than 40 ppb/day, or more than 50 ppb/day, or more than 60 ppb/day. Any minimum rate stated here can be combined with any maximum rate stated here for the pH protective coating or layer 286 in any embodiment.
- the total silicon content of the pH protective coating or layer and barrier coating upon dissolution into a test composition with a pH of 8 from the vessel, is less than 66 ppm, or less than 60 ppm, or less than 50 ppm, or less than 40 ppm, or less than 30 ppm, or less than 20 ppm.
- the inventors offer the following theory of operation of the pH protective coating or layer described here.
- the invention is not limited by the accuracy of this theory or to the embodiments predictable by use of this theory.
- the dissolution rate of the SiO x barrier layer is believed to be dependent on SiO bonding within the layer. Oxygen bonding sites (silanols) are believed to increase the dissolution rate.
- the OMCTS-based pH protective coating or layer bonds with the silanol sites on the SiO x barrier layer to “heal” or passivate the SiO x surface and thus dramatically reduces the dissolution rate.
- the thickness of the OMCTS layer is not the primary means of protection—the primary means is passivation of the SiO x surface.
- a pH protective coating or layer as described in this specification can be improved by increasing the crosslink density of the pH protective coating or layer.
- the pH protective or lubricity coating or layer of SiO x C y also can have utility as a hydrophobic layer, independent of whether it also functions as a pH protective coating or layer.
- Suitable hydrophobic coatings or layers and their application, properties, and use are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188.
- Dual functional pH protective/hydrophobic coatings or layers having the properties of both types of coatings or layers can be provided for any embodiment of the present invention.
- An embodiment can be carried out under conditions effective to form a hydrophobic pH protective coating or layer on the substrate.
- the hydrophobic characteristics of the pH protective coating or layer can be set by setting the ratio of the O 2 to the organosilicon precursor in the gaseous reactant, and/or by setting the electric power used for generating the plasma.
- the pH protective coating or layer can have a lower wetting tension than the uncoated surface, optionally a wetting tension of from 20 to 72 dyne/cm, optionally from 30 to 60 dynes/cm, optionally from 30 to 40 dynes/cm, optionally 34 dyne/cm.
- the pH protective coating or layer can be more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- a coating or layer according to any described embodiment is contemplated as (i) a lubricity coating having a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface; and/or (ii) a pH protective coating or layer preventing dissolution of the barrier coating in contact with a fluid, and/or (iii) a hydrophobic layer that is more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- FIGS. 8-10 Three embodiments of the invention having many common features are those of FIGS. 8-10 . Some of their common features are the following, indicated in many cases by common reference characters or names. The nature of the features of each embodiment can be as described later in the specification.
- the pharmaceutical packages 210 of FIGS. 8-10 each include a vessel, a fluid composition 218 , a composite barrier coating or layer 288 (alternatively described as a tie coating or layer plus a composite barrier coating or layer), and a pH protective coating 286 .
- the vessel 250 has a lumen 212 defined at least in part by a wall 214 made of thermoplastic material.
- the wall 214 has an interior surface 254 facing the lumen 212 and an outer surface 216 .
- the fluid composition 218 is contained in the lumen 212 and has a pH between 5 and 9.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 comprises or consists essentially of SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.4, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the composite barrier coating or layer 288 of SiO x having an interior surface 220 facing the lumen 212 and an outer surface 222 facing the wall 214 interior surface 254 , the composite barrier coating or layer 288 being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into the lumen 212 compared to an uncoated vessel 250 .
- One suitable barrier composition is one where x is 2.3, for example.
- the pH protective coating 286 is made of SiO x C y or SiN x C y wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- the pH protective coating 286 has an interior surface 224 facing the lumen 212 and an outer surface 226 facing the interior surface 220 of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 .
- the pH protective coating 286 is formed by chemical vapor deposition of a precursor selected from a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a Silatrane, a Silquasilatrane, a Silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. This process is described in more detail throughout this specification.
- the rate of erosion of the pH protective coating 286 , if directly contacted by the fluid composition 218 , is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 , if directly contacted by the fluid composition 218 .
- the pH protective coating 286 is effective to isolate the fluid composition 218 from the composite barrier coating or layer 288 .
- FIGS. 8-9 also share as a common feature a lubricity layer 287 , which serves in the syringe of FIG. 8 to reduce the friction of the plunger 258 sliding in the syringe barrel 250 and in the vial of FIG. 9 to ease the insertion of a stopper cap (not shown) into the mouth of the vial to close it.
- a lubricity layer 287 serves in the syringe of FIG. 8 to reduce the friction of the plunger 258 sliding in the syringe barrel 250 and in the vial of FIG. 9 to ease the insertion of a stopper cap (not shown) into the mouth of the vial to close it.
- any of the embodiments of FIGS. 8-10 have as a common feature that at least a portion of the wall 214 of the vessel 250 comprises or consists essentially of a polymer, for example a polyolefin (for example a cyclic olefin polymer, a cyclic olefin copolymer, or polypropylene), a polyester, for example polyethylene terephthalate, a polycarbonate, or any combination or copolymer of any of these.
- at least a portion of the wall 214 of the vessel 250 comprises or consists essentially of glass, for example borosilicate glass. A combination of any two or more of the materials in this paragraph can also be used.
- the vessel 250 comprises a syringe barrel 250 .
- the vessel 250 comprises a vial.
- the vessel 250 comprises a blister package.
- the fluid composition 218 has a pH between 5 and 6, optionally between 6 and 7, optionally between 7 and 8, optionally between 8 and 9, optionally between 6.5 and 7.5, optionally between 7.5 and 8.5, optionally between 8.5 and 9.
- the fluid composition 218 is a liquid at 20° C. and ambient pressure at sea level, which is defined as a pressure of 760 mm Hg.
- the fluid composition 218 is an aqueous liquid.
- the composite barrier coating or layer 288 is from 4 nm to 500 nm thick, optionally from 7 nm to 400 nm thick, optionally from 10 nm to 300 nm thick, optionally from 20 nm to 200 nm thick, optionally from 30 nm to 100 nm thick.
- the pH protective coating 286 comprises or consists essentially of SiO x C y .
- the pH protective coating 286 comprises or consists essentially of SiN x C y .
- the precursor comprises a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- the precursor comprises a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a Silatrane, a Silquasilatrane, a Silproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- the precursor comprises octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS) or consists essentially of OMCTS.
- OMCTS octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane
- Other precursors described elsewhere in this specification or known in the art are also contemplated for use according to the invention.
- the precursor comprises a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- the pH protective coating 286 as applied is between 10 and 1000 nm thick, optionally between 50 and 800 nm thick, optionally between 100 and 700 nm thick, optionally between 300 and 600 nm thick.
- the thickness does not need to be uniform throughout the vessel, and will typically vary from the preferred values in portions of a vessel.
- the pH protective coating 286 contacting the fluid composition 218 is between 10 and 1000 nm thick, optionally between 50 and 500 nm thick, optionally between 100 and 400 nm thick, optionally between 150 and 300 nm thick two years after the pharmaceutical package 210 is assembled.
- the rate of erosion of the pH protective coating 286 is less than 20%, optionally less than 15%, optionally less than 10%, optionally less than 7%, optionally from 5% to 20%, optionally 5% to 15%, optionally 5% to 10%, optionally 5% to 7%, of the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating or layer 288 , if directly contacted by the same fluid composition 218 under the same conditions.
- the pH protective coating 286 is at least coextensive with the composite barrier coating or layer 288 .
- the pH protective coating 286 alternatively can be less extensive than the barrier coating, as when the fluid composition does not contact or seldom is in contact with certain parts of the barrier coating absent the pH protective coating.
- the pH protective coating 286 alternatively can be more extensive than the barrier coating, as it can cover areas that are not provided with a barrier coating.
- the pharmaceutical package 210 can have a shelf life, after the pharmaceutical package 210 is assembled, of at least one year, alternatively at least two years.
- the shelf life is measured at 3° C., alternatively at 4° C. or higher, alternatively at 20° C. or higher, alternatively at 23° C., alternatively at 40° C.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 5 and 6 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 6 and 7 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 7 and 8 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 8 and 9 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 5 and 6 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 6 and 7 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 7 and 8 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the pH of the fluid composition 218 is between 8 and 9 and the thickness by TEM of the pH protective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life.
- the fluid composition 218 removes the pH protective coating 286 at a rate of 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 44 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (200 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 88 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (100 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 175 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (50 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 250 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (35 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 350 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (25 nm per year).
- the rate of removing the pH protective coating can be determined by TEM from samples exposed to the fluid composition for known periods.
- the pH protective coating 286 is effective to provide a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated interior surface 254 .
- the frictional resistance is reduced by at least 25%, more preferably by at least 45%, even more preferably by at least 60% in comparison to the uncoated interior surface 254 .
- the pH protective coating 286 preferably is effective to reduce the frictional resistance between a portion of the wall 214 contacted by the fluid composition 218 and a relatively sliding part 258 after the pharmaceutical package 210 is assembled.
- the pH protective coating 286 is effective to reduce the frictional resistance between the wall 214 and a relatively sliding part 258 at least two years after the pharmaceutical package 210 is assembled.
- the fluid composition 218 comprises a member or a combination of two or more members selected from the group consisting of:
- Acetadote (Acetylcysteine Injection)
- Acetazolamide Injection (Acetazolamide Injection)
- Acetylcysteine Injection (Acetadote)
- Adenoscan (Adenosine Injection)
- Adenosine Injection (Adenoscan)
- Aloprim Allopurinol Sodium for Injection
- Atenolol Inj (Tenormin I.V. Injection)
- Atracurium Besylate Injection (Atracurium Besylate Injection)
- Betamethasone Injectable Suspension (Celestone Soluspan)
- Botox Cosmetic OnabotulinumtoxinA for Injection
- Capreomycin for Injection Capastat Sulfate
- Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate Injection
- Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate Injection Chloramphenicol Sodium Succinate
- Cisplatin (Cisplatin Injection)
- DDAVP Injection Desmopressin Acetate Injection
- Doxil Doxorubicin Hcl Liposome Injection
- Emend Injection Frasaprepitant Dimeglumine Injection
- Fabrazyme (Adalsidase beta)
- Feridex I.V. Feridex Injectable Solution
- Ferumoxides Injectable Solution Ferumoxides Injectable Solution (Feridex I.V.)
- Foscarnet Sodium Injection Foscavir
- Foscavir Foscarnet Sodium Injection
- Gadofosveset Trisodium Injection (Ablavar)
- Insulin Aspart [rDNA origin] Inj NovoLog
- Insulin Glargine [rDNA origin] Injection (Lantus) Insulin Glulisine [rDNA origin] Inj (Apidra) Interferon alfa-2b, Recombinant for Injection (Intron A) Intron A (Interferon alfa-2b, Recombinant for Injection)
- Mecasermin [rDNA origin] Injection (Increlex) Mecasermin Rinfabate [rDNA origin] Injection (Iplex)
- Methohexital Sodium for Injection (Brevital Sodium)
- Minocycline Inj Minocin Injection
- Nafcillin Injection Nafcillin Sodium
- NeoProfen Ibuprofen Lysine Injection
- Neostigmine Methylsulfate (Neostigmine Methylsulfate Injection)
- NeoTect (Technetium Tc 99m Depreotide Injection)
- Oxacillin (Oxacillin for Injection)
- Penicillin G Benzathine and Penicillin G Procaine
- Phentolamine Mesylate (Phentolamine Mesylate for Injection)
- Plasma-Lyte 148 Multiple Electrolytes Inj
- Plasma-Lyte 56 and Dextrose Multiple Electrolytes and Dextrose Injection in Viaflex
- Polidocanol Injection (Asclera)
- Ringer's Injection Ringer Injection
- Serostim LQ Somatropin (rDNA origin) Injection
- Taxotere Docetaxel for Injection
- Tev-Tropin Somatropin, rDNA Origin, for Injection
- Thymoglobulin Anti-Thymocyte Globulin (Rabbit)
- Thyrogen Thirotropin Alfa for Injection
- Timentin Injection (Ticarcillin Disodium and Clavulanate Potassium Galaxy)
- Triamcinolone Hexacetonide Injectable Suspension (Aristospan Injection 20 mg)
- Trivaris Triamcinolone Acetonide Injectable Suspension
- Vasovist (Gadofosveset Trisodium Injection for Intravenous Use)
- Vinblastine Sulfate (Vinblastine Sulfate Injection)
- Vincasar PFS Vincristine Sulfate Injection
- Agenerase Oral Solution (Amprenavir Oral Solution)
- Astepro (Azelastine Hydrochloride Nasal Spray)
- Atrovent Nasal Spray Ipratropium Bromide Nasal Spray
- Azelex (Azelaic Acid Cream)
- Ciloxan Ophthalmic Solution Ciprofloxacin HCL Ophthalmic Solution
- Ciprofloxacin HCL Ophthalmic Solution Ciprofloxacin HCL Ophthalmic Solution
- Elestat (Epinastine HCl Ophthalmic Solution)
- Feridex I.V. Feridex Injectable Solution
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Surgery (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- Priority is claimed from U.S. Ser. Nos. 61/667,871, filed Jul. 3, 2012, and 61/800,746, filed Mar. 15, 2013, and this application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 13/169,811, filed Jun. 27, 2011, now pending, which is a divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 12/779,007, filed May 12, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Ser. Nos. 61/222,727, filed Jul. 2, 2009; 61/213,904, filed Jul. 24, 2009; 61/234,505, filed Aug. 17, 2009; 61/261,321, filed Nov. 14, 2009; 61/263,289, filed Nov. 20, 2009; 61/285,813, filed Dec. 11, 2009; 61/298,159, filed Jan. 25, 2010; 61/299,888, filed Jan. 29, 2010; 61/318,197, filed Mar. 26, 2010, and 61/333,625, filed May 11, 2010. The above patent and applications are incorporated here by reference in their entirety.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188; International Application PCT/US11/36097, filed May 11, 2011; U.S. Ser. No. 61/558,885, filed Nov. 11, 2011; and U.S. Ser. No. 61/636,377, filed Apr. 20, 2012, are all incorporated here by reference in their entirety.
- Also incorporated by reference in their entirety are the following European patent applications: EP10162755.2 filed May 12, 2010; EP10162760.2 filed May 12, 2010; EP10162756.0 filed May 12, 2010; EP10162758.6 filed May 12, 2010; EP10162761.0 filed May 12, 2010; and EP10162757.8 filed May 12, 2010. These European patent applications describe apparatus, vessels, precursors, coatings or layers and methods (in particular coating methods and test methods for examining the coatings or layers) which can generally be used in performing the present invention, unless stated otherwise herein.
- The present invention relates to the technical field of coated surfaces, for example interior surfaces of pharmaceutical packages or other vessels for storing or other contact with fluids. Examples of suitable fluids include foods, biologically active compounds or body fluids, for example pharmaceutical materials, blood, and many others. The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical package or other vessel and to a method for coating an inner or interior surface of a pharmaceutical package or other vessel. The present invention also relates more generally to medical devices, including devices other than packages or vessels, for example catheters.
- The present disclosure also relates to improved methods for processing pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, for example multiple identical pharmaceutical packages or other vessels used for pharmaceutical preparation storage and delivery, venipuncture and other medical sample collection, and other purposes. Such pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are used in large numbers for these purposes, and must be relatively economical to manufacture and yet highly reliable in storage and use.
- One important consideration in manufacturing pharmaceutical packages or other vessels for storing or other contact with fluids, for example vials and pre-filled syringes, is that the contents of the pharmaceutical package or other vessel desirably will have a substantial shelf life. During this shelf life, it is important to isolate the material filling the pharmaceutical package or other vessel from atmospheric gases such as oxygen. It is also important to isolate such material from the vessel wall containing it, or from barrier layers or other functional layers applied to the pharmaceutical package or other vessel wall to avoid leaching material from the pharmaceutical package or other vessel wall, barrier layer, or other functional layers into the prefilled contents or vice versa.
- Since many of these pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are inexpensive and used in large quantities, for certain applications it will be useful to reliably obtain the necessary shelf life without increasing the manufacturing cost to a prohibitive level.
- For decades, most parenteral therapeutics have been delivered to end users in Type I medical grade borosilicate glass vessels such as vials or pre-filled syringes. The relatively strong, impermeable and inert surface of borosilicate glass has performed adequately for most drug products. However, the recent advent of costly, complex and sensitive biologies as well as such advanced delivery systems as auto injectors has exposed the physical and chemical shortcomings of glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, including possible contamination from metals, flaking, and breakage, among other problems. Moreover, glass contains several components which can leach out during storage and cause damage to the stored material. In more detail, borosilicate pharmaceutical packages or other vessels exhibit a number of drawbacks.
- Glass is manufactured from sand containing a heterogeneous mixture of many elements (silicon, oxygen, boron, aluminum, sodium, calcium) with trace levels of other alkali metals and alkaline earth metals. Type I borosilicate glass consists of approximately 76% SiO2, 10.5% B2O3, 5% Al2O3, 7% Na2O and 1.5% CaO and often contains trace metals such as iron, magnesium, zinc, copper and others. The heterogeneous nature of borosilicate glass creates a non-uniform surface chemistry at the molecular level. Glass forming processes used to create glass vessels expose some portions of the vessels to temperatures as great as 1200° C. Under such high temperatures alkali ions migrate to the local surface and form oxides. The presence of ions extracted from borosilicate glass devices may be involved in degradation, aggregation and denaturation of some biologies. Many proteins and other biologies must be lyophilized (freeze dried), because they are not sufficiently stable in solution in glass vials or syringes.
- Glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are prone to breakage or degradation during manufacture, filling operations, shipping and use, which means that glass particulates may enter the drug. The presence of glass particles has led to many FDA Warning Letters and to product recalls.
- Glass-forming processes do not yield the tight dimensional tolerances required for some of the newer auto-injectors and delivery systems.
- As a result, some companies have turned to plastic pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, which provide greater dimensional tolerance and less breakage than glass but lack its impermeability.
- Although plastic is superior to glass with respect to breakage, dimensional tolerances and surface uniformity, its use for primary pharmaceutical packaging remains limited due to the following shortcomings:
-
- Gas (oxygen) permeability: Plastic allows small molecule gases to permeate into (or out of) the device. The permeability of plastics to gases is significantly greater than that of glass and, in many cases (as with oxygen-sensitive drugs such as epinephrine), plastics have been unacceptable for that reason.
- Water vapor transmission: Plastics allow water vapors to pass through devices to a greater degree than glass. This can be detrimental to the shelf life of a solid (lyophilized) drug. Alternatively, a liquid product may lose water in an arid environment.
- Leachables and extractables: Plastic pharmaceutical packages or other vessels contain organic compounds that can leach out or be extracted into the drug product. These compounds can contaminate the drug and/or negatively impact the drug's stability.
- Clearly, while plastic and glass pharmaceutical packages or other vessels each offer certain advantages in pharmaceutical primary packaging, neither is optimal for all drugs, biologies or other therapeutics. Thus, there is a desire for plastic pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, for example vials, sample collection tubes, and syringes, with gas and solute barrier properties which approach the properties of glass.
- A non-exhaustive list of documents of possible relevance includes U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,488,683; 7,901,783; 6,068,884; 4,844,986; and 8,067,070 and U.S. Publ. Appl. Nos. 2008/0090039, 2011/0152820, 2006/0046006 and 2004/0267194. These documents are all incorporated by reference.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. The SiOx composite barrier coating or layer is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas. The SiOx composite barrier coating or layer is formed in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions. During the bonding stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas, in seem, is from 2.5 to 10. During the build-up stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas is from 0.1 to 0.05.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. The SiOx composite barrier coating or layer is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas. The SiOx composite barrier coating or layer is formed at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. The degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method described in this specification.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. The degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the wall or substrate. The interface has at least 1 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel including a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the wall or substrate. The interface has an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions. During the bonding stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas, in seem, is from 2.5 to 10. During the build-up stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas is from 0.1 to 0.05.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages. The degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages. The degree of retention of the composite barrier coating or layer on the substrate is at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the substrate having at least 1 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a method of making a vessel. A thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen is provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating or layer is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. The composite barrier coating or layer is applied in at least bonding and build-up stages. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) shows the presence of an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a filled package comprising a vessel having a lumen defined at least in part by a wall. The wall has an interior surface facing the lumen, an outer surface, and a coating set on the interior surface comprising a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer. Optionally in any embodiment, the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier as previously defined.
- The tie coating or layer comprises SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3. The tie coating or layer has an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the wall interior surface.
- The barrier coating or layer comprises SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.9, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the barrier coating or layer of SiOx having an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the interior surface of the tie coating or layer, the barrier coating or layer being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into the lumen compared to an vessel without a barrier coating or layer;
- The pH protective coating or layer comprises SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3, the pH protective coating or layer having an interior surface facing the lumen and an outer surface facing the interior surface of the composite barrier coating or layer,
- The combination of the tie coating or layer and the pH protective coating or layer is effective to increase the calculated shelf life of the package (total Si/Si dissolution rate).
- The package also includes a fluid composition contained in the lumen and having a pH between 5 and 9. The calculated shelf life of the package is more than six months at a storage temperature of 4° C.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is an article including a wall having a surface and a coating set on the surface comprising a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer.
- The tie coating or layer comprises SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3. The tie coating or layer has an outer surface facing the wall surface and an interior surface;
- The barrier coating or layer comprises SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.9, from 2 to 1000 nm thick. The composite barrier coating or layer of SiOx has an outer surface facing the interior surface of the tie coating or layer and the composite barrier coating or layer of SiOx has an interior surface. The composite barrier coating or layer is effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas through the wall compared to an uncoated wall.
- Optionally in any embodiment, the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier coating or layer as previously defined.
- The pH protective coating or layer comprises SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3. The pH protective coating or layer is deposited on the composite barrier coating or layer. The pH protective coating or layer is formed by chemical vapor deposition of a precursor selected from an acyclic siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors; and
- The rate of erosion of the pH protective coating or layer, if directly contacted by a fluid composition having a pH at some point between 5 and 9, is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating or layer, if directly contacted by the fluid composition.
- A non-limiting aspect of the invention is a vessel comprising a thermoplastic wall having an interior surface enclosing a lumen. The interior surface has a tie coating or layer, a barrier coating or layer, and a pH protective coating or layer. A fluid is contained in the lumen having a pH greater than 5.
- The tie coating or layer comprises SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3, the tie coating or layer having an outer surface facing the wall surface and the tie coating or layer having an interior surface.
- The barrier coating or layer comprises SiOx, in which x is between 1.5 and 2.9. The barrier coating or layer is applied by PECVD, is positioned between the interior surface of the tie coating or layer and the fluid, and is supported by the thermoplastic wall. The barrier coating or layer has the characteristic of being subject to being measurably diminished in barrier improvement factor in less than six months as a result of attack by the fluid.
- Optionally in any embodiment, the tie coating or layer and the barrier coating or layer together are provided in the form of a composite barrier as previously defined.
- The vessel has a pH protective coating or layer of SiOxCy, in which x is between 0.5 and 2.4 and y is between 0.6 and 3. The pH protective coating or layer is applied by PECVD, is positioned between the composite barrier coating or layer and the fluid and is supported by the thermoplastic wall. The pH protective coating or layer and tie coating or layer together are effective to keep the composite barrier coating or layer at least substantially undissolved as a result of attack by the fluid for a period of at least six months.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a vessel holder in a coating station according to an embodiment of the disclosure. -
FIG. 2 is a section taken along section lines A-A ofFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 3 is a view similar toFIG. 1 of another embodiment for processing syringe barrels and other pharmaceutical packages or other vessels. -
FIG. 4 is an enlarged detail view of the processing vessel ofFIG. 3 . -
FIG. 5 is a schematic view of an assembly for treating pharmaceutical packages or other vessels. The assembly is usable with the apparatus in any of the preceding figures. -
FIG. 6 shows a TEM image of a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer according to the invention coated on a composite barrier coating or layer, which in turn is coated on a COC substrate. -
FIG. 7 shows a TEM image of a composite barrier coating or layer which is coated on a COC substrate. -
FIG. 8 is an assembly view of a prefilled syringe provided with a composite barrier layer, a pH protective coating or layer, and a lubricity layer and filled and closed to provide a pharmaceutical package. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic view of a pharmaceutical package in the form of a vial provided with a composite barrier layer, a pH protective coating or layer, and optionally a lubricity layer. -
FIG. 10 is a schematic view of a pharmaceutical package in the form of a blister package provided with a composite barrier layer and a pH protective coating or layer. -
FIGS. 11-14 are FTIR absorbance spectra showing absorbance at the symmetric stretching mode (1000-1040 cm−1) and the asymmetric stretching mode (1060-1100 cm−1) of the Si—O—Si bond. -
FIG. 15 is a FTIR amplitude versus wave number plot marked up from FIG. 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070. - The following reference characters are used in the drawing figures:
-
28 coating station 38 Vessel holder 50 Vessel holder 80 Vessel 82 Opening 84 Closed end 86 Wall 88 Inner or interior surface 90 Composite barrier layer 92 Vessel port 94 Vacuum duct 96 Vacuum port 98 Vacuum source 100 O-ring (of 92) 102 O-ring (of 96) 104 Gas inlet port 106 O-ring (of 100) 108 Probe (counter electrode) 110 Gas delivery port (of 108) 114 Housing (of 50 or 112) 116 Collar 118 Exterior surface (of 80) 144 PECVD gas source 152 Pressure gauge 160 Electrode 162 Power supply 164 Sidewall (of 160) 166 Sidewall (of 160) 168 Closed end (of 160) 210 Pharmaceutical package 212 Lumen 214 Wall 216 Outer surface 218 Fluid composition 220 Interior surface (of 288) 222 Outer surface (of 288) 224 Interior surface (of 286) 226 Outer surface (of 286) 250 Syringe barrel 254 Inner or interior surface (of 250) 256 Back end (of 250) 258 Plunger (of 252) (relatively sliding part) 260 Front end (of 250) 262 Cap 286 pH protective coating 287 Lubricity layer (FIGS. 8-9) 288 Composite barrier layer 290 Apparatus for coating, for example, 250 292 Inner or interior surface (of 294) 294 Restricted opening (of 250) 296 Processing vessel 298 Outer surface (of 250) 300 Lumen (of 250) 302 Larger opening (of 250) 304 Processing vessel lumen 306 Processing vessel opening 308 Inner electrode 310 Interior passage (of 308) 312 Proximal end (of 308) 314 Distal end (of 308) 316 Distal opening (of 308) 318 Plasma 332 First fitting (male Luer taper) 334 Second fitting (female Luer taper) 336 Locking collar (of 332) 338 First abutment (of 332) 340 Second abutment (of 332) 342 O-ring 344 Dog 404 Vent (FIG. 5) 574 Main vacuum valve 576 Vacuum line 578 Manual bypass valve 580 Bypass line 582 Vent valve 584 Main reactant gas valve 586 Main reactant feed line 588 Organosilicon liquid reservoir 590 Organosilicon feed line (capillary) 592 Organosilicon shut-off valve 594 Oxygen tank 596 Oxygen feed line 598 Mass flow controller 600 Oxygen shut-off valve 602 Source of carrier gas (FIG. 5) 604 Conduit (FIG. 5) 606 Carrier gas shut-off valve (FIG. 5) 614 Headspace 616 Pressure source 618 Pressure line 620 Capillary connection - The present invention will now be described more fully, with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which several embodiments are shown. This invention can, however, be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the embodiments set forth here. Rather, these embodiments are examples of the invention, which has the full scope indicated by the language of the claims. Like numbers refer to like or corresponding elements throughout. The following disclosure relates to all embodiments unless specifically limited to a certain embodiment.
- In the context of the present invention, the following definitions and abbreviations are used:
- RF is radio frequency.
- The term “at least” in the context of the present invention means “equal or more” than the integer following the term. The word “comprising” does not exclude other elements or steps, and the indefinite article “a” or “an” does not exclude a plurality unless indicated otherwise. Whenever a parameter range is indicated, it is intended to disclose the parameter values given as limits of the range and all values of the parameter falling within said range.
- “First” and “second” or similar references to, for example, processing stations or processing devices refer to the minimum number of processing stations or devices that are present, but do not necessarily represent the order or total number of processing stations and devices. These terms do not limit the number of processing stations or the particular processing carried out at the respective stations.
- For purposes of the present invention, an “organosilicon precursor” is a compound having at least one of the linkages:
- which is a tetravalent silicon atom connected to an oxygen or nitrogen atom and an organic carbon atom (an organic carbon atom being a carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom). A volatile organosilicon precursor, defined as such a precursor that can be supplied as a vapor in a PECVD apparatus, is an optional organosilicon precursor. Optionally, the organosilicon precursor is selected from the group consisting of a linear siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, an alkyl trimethoxysilane, a linear silazane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, and a combination of any two or more of these precursors.
- The feed amounts of PECVD precursors, gaseous reactant or process gases, and carrier gas are sometimes expressed in “standard volumes” in the specification and claims. The standard volume of a charge or other fixed amount of gas is the volume the fixed amount of the gas would occupy at a standard temperature and pressure (without regard to the actual temperature and pressure of delivery). Standard volumes can be measured using different units of volume, and still be within the scope of the present disclosure and claims. For example, the same fixed amount of gas could be expressed as the number of standard cubic centimeters, the number of standard cubic meters, or the number of standard cubic feet. Standard volumes can also be defined using different standard temperatures and pressures, and still be within the scope of the present disclosure and claims. For example, the standard temperature might be 0° C. and the standard pressure might be 760 Torr (as is conventional), or the standard temperature might be 20° C. and the standard pressure might be 1 Torr. But whatever standard is used in a given case, when comparing relative amounts of two or more different gases without specifying particular parameters, the same units of volume, standard temperature, and standard pressure are to be used relative to each gas, unless otherwise indicated.
- The corresponding feed rates of PECVD precursors, gaseous reactant or process gases, and carrier gas are expressed in standard volumes per unit of time in the specification. For example, in the working examples the flow rates are expressed as standard cubic centimeters per minute, abbreviated as seem. As with the other parameters, other units of time can be used, such as seconds or hours, but consistent parameters are to be used when comparing the flow rates of two or more gases, unless otherwise indicated.
- A “vessel” in the context of the present invention can be any type of vessel with at least one opening and a wall defining an inner or interior surface. The substrate can be the inside wall of a vessel having a lumen. Though the invention is not necessarily limited to pharmaceutical packages or other vessels of a particular volume, pharmaceutical packages or other vessels are contemplated in which the lumen has a void volume of from 0.5 to 50 ml, optionally from 1 to 10 ml, optionally from 0.5 to 5 ml, optionally from 1 to 3 ml. The substrate surface can be part or all of the inner or interior surface of a vessel having at least one opening and an inner or interior surface.
- The term “at least” in the context of the present invention means “equal or more” than the integer following the term. Thus, a vessel in the context of the present invention has one or more openings. One or two openings, like the openings of a sample tube (one opening) or a syringe barrel (two openings) are preferred. If the vessel has two openings, they can be of same or different size. If there is more than one opening, one opening can be used for the gas inlet for a PECVD coating method according to the present invention, while the other openings are either capped or open. A vessel according to the present invention can be a sample tube, for example for collecting or storing biological fluids like blood or urine, a syringe (or a part thereof, for example a syringe barrel) for storing or delivering a biologically active compound or composition, for example a medicament or pharmaceutical composition, a vial for storing biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions, a pipe, for example a catheter for transporting biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions, or a cuvette for holding fluids, for example for holding biological materials or biologically active compounds or compositions.
- A vessel can be of any shape, a vessel having a substantially cylindrical wall adjacent to at least one of its open ends being preferred. Generally, the interior wall of the vessel is cylindrically shaped, like, for example in a sample tube or a syringe barrel. Sample tubes and syringes or their parts (for example syringe barrels) are contemplated.
- A “hydrophobic layer” in the context of the present invention means that the coating or layer lowers the wetting tension of a surface coated with the coating or layer, compared to the corresponding uncoated surface. Hydrophobicity is thus a function of both the uncoated substrate and the coating or layer. The same applies with appropriate alterations for other contexts wherein the term “hydrophobic” is used. The term “hydrophilic” means the opposite, i.e. that the wetting tension is increased compared to reference sample. The present hydrophobic layers are primarily defined by their hydrophobicity and the process conditions providing hydrophobicity
- The values of w, x, y, and z used throughout this specification, as in the formula SiwOxCyHz or its equivalent in this specification, SiOxCy, should be understood as ratios or an empirical formula (for example for a coating or layer), rather than as a limit on the number or type of atoms in a molecule. For example, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, which has the molecular composition Si4O4C8H24, can be described by the following empirical formula, arrived at by dividing each of w, x, y, and z in the molecular formula by 4, the largest common factor: Si1O1C2H6. The values of w, x, y, and z are also not limited to integers. For example, (acyclic) octamethyltrisiloxane, molecular composition Si3O2C8H24, is reducible to Si1O0.67C2.67H8. Also, in this specification SiOxCyHz is equivalent to SiOxCy (i.e. w is set equal to 1 and the amount of hydrogen, if any, is not reported). It is not necessary to show the presence of hydrogen in any proportion to show the presence of SiOxCy.
- “Wetting tension” is a specific measure for the hydrophobicity or hydrophilicity of a surface. An optional wetting tension measurement method in the context of the present invention is ASTM D 2578 or a modification of the method described in ASTM D 2578. This method uses standard wetting tension solutions (called dyne solutions) to determine the solution that comes nearest to wetting a plastic film surface for exactly two seconds. This is the film's wetting tension. The procedure utilized is varied herein from ASTM D 2578 in that the substrates are not flat plastic films, but are tubes made according to the Protocol for Forming PET Tube and (except for controls) coated according to the Protocol for coating Tube Interior with Hydrophobic Coating or Layer (see Example 9 of EP2251671 A2).
- A “lubricity and/or pH protective coating” according to the present invention is a coating or layer which has a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface, which is a lubricity layer, and/or protects an underlying surface or layer from a fluid composition contacting the layer, which is a pH protective coating or layer (as more extensively defined elsewhere in this specification). In other words, respecting a lubricity layer, it reduces the frictional resistance of the coated surface in comparison to a reference surface that is uncoated. The present lubricity and/or pH protective coatings are primarily defined as lubricity layers by their lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface and the process conditions providing lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface, and optionally can have a composition according to the empirical composition SiwOxCyHz, (or its equivalent SiOxCy) as defined herein. It generally has an atomic ratio SiwOxCy (or its equivalent SiOxCy) wherein w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3.
- Typically, expressed as the formula SiwOxCy, the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C
- in the “lubricity and/or pH protective coating” are, as several options:
-
- Si 100: O 50-150: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.5 to 1.5, y=0.9 to 2);
- Si 100: O 70-130: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.7 to 1.3, y=0.9 to 2)
- Si 100: O 80-120: C 90-150 (i.e. w=1, x=0.8 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.5)
- Si 100: O 90-120: C 90-140 (i.e. w=1, x=0.9 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.4), or
- Si 100: O 92-107: C 116-133 (i.e. w=1, x=0.92 to 1.07, y=1.16 to 1.33)
- The atomic ratio can be determined by XPS (X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy). Taking into account the H atoms, which are not measured by XPS, the coating or layer may thus in one aspect have the formula SiwOxCyHz (or its equivalent SiOxCy), for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9. Typically, such coating or layer would hence contain 36% to 41% carbon normalized to 100% carbon plus oxygen plus silicon.
- “Frictional resistance” can be static frictional resistance and/or kinetic frictional resistance.
- One of the optional embodiments of the present invention is a syringe part, for example a syringe barrel or plunger, coated with a lubricity and/or pH protective coating. In this contemplated embodiment, the relevant static frictional resistance in the context of the present invention is the breakout force as defined herein, and the relevant kinetic frictional resistance in the context of the present invention is the plunger sliding force as defined herein. For example, the plunger sliding force as defined and determined herein is suitable to determine the presence or absence and the lubricity and/or pH protective characteristics of a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer in the context of the present invention whenever the coating or layer is applied to any syringe or syringe part, for example to the inner wall of a syringe barrel. The breakout force is of particular relevance for evaluation of the coating or layer effect on a prefilled syringe, i.e. a syringe which is filled after coating and can be stored for some time, for example several months or even years, before the plunger is moved again (has to be “broken out”).
- The “plunger sliding force” (synonym to “glide force,” “maintenance force”, or Fm, also used in this description) in the context of the present invention is the force required to maintain movement of a plunger in a syringe barrel, for example during aspiration or dispense. It can advantageously be determined using the ISO 7886-1:1993 test described herein and known in the art. A synonym for “plunger sliding force” often used in the art is “plunger force” or “pushing force”.
- The “plunger breakout force” (synonym to “breakout force”, “break loose force”, “initiation force”, Fi, also used in this description) in the context of the present invention is the initial force required to move the plunger in a syringe, for example in a prefilled syringe.
- Both “plunger sliding force” and “plunger breakout force” and methods for their measurement are described in more detail in subsequent parts of this description. These two forces can be expressed in N, lbs or kg and all three units are used herein. These units correlate as follows: 1 N=0.102 kg=0.2248 lbs (pounds).
- Sliding force and breakout force are sometimes used herein to describe the forces required to advance a stopper or other closure into a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, such as a medical sample tube or a vial, to seat the stopper in a vessel to close the vessel. Its use is analogous to use in the context of a syringe and its plunger, and the measurement of these forces for a vessel and its closure are contemplated to be analogous to the measurement of these forces for a syringe, except that at least in most cases no liquid is ejected from a vessel when advancing the closure to a seated position.
- “Slidably” means that the plunger, closure, or other removable part is permitted to slide in a syringe barrel or other vessel.
- Coatings of SiOx are deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) or other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to serve as a composite barrier coating or layer preventing oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall.
- Referring to the Figures, in any embodiment of the vessel or method, the vessel can be provided in any configuration, for example a
tube 80, a vial 228, a blister package 230, a syringe 252, asyringe barrel 250, a prefilled syringe (FIG. 8 ), a cartridge, asample tube 80, or an evacuated blood sample tube, as several non-limiting examples. Any of these types of vessels is alternatively 288 referred to as avessel 80 in this disclosure. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, thevessel 80 optionally can have a rated volume (the maximum volume of fluid it is routinely used to contain and deliver, as reported by the manufacturer) between 0.2 and 50 ml., optionally between 2 and 50 ml., optionally between 2 and 20 ml., optionally between 2 and 6 ml., optionally between 3 and 5 ml., optionally between 0.25 and 20 ml., optionally between 0.5 and 5 ml., optionally between 1 and 2 ml. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, thevessel 80 optionally has a fill volume (the entire volume of the stopperedvessel 80, including headspace) between 0.3 and 75 ml., optionally between 3 and 75 ml., optionally between 3 and 30 ml., optionally between 4 and 9 ml., optionally between 4 and 8 ml., optionally between 0.4 and 35 ml., optionally between 0.8 and 9 ml., optionally between 1.7 and 3.5 ml. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, thevessel 80 optionally includes athermoplastic wall 214 enclosing alumen 212. “Thermoplastic” is explicitly defined to include glass or quartz materials, one example of which is borosilicate glass, as well as organic thermoplastic resins and resin compositions. The wall supports an SiOx composite barrier coating orlayer 288, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, between the wall and the lumen. The SiOx composite barrier coating orlayer 288 is formed by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and an oxidizing gas. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80, the SiOx composite barrier coating orlayer 288 can optionally be formed in at least bonding and build-up stages. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the substrate optionally is ablated by the plasma before the SiOx bonding and build-up stages. Ablation roughens the substrate surface and introduces organic material into the plasma which participates in coating formation, adding to the carbon and hydrogen in the plasma. The ablation is contemplated to subside as the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 begins to bond and build up, leaving a surface that is not as readily ablated under deposition conditions. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the SiOx composite barrier coating orlayer 288 can be formed by PECVD from a gas feed including an organosilicon monomer, an oxidizing gas, and a carrier gas. (As used in this specification, “carrier gas” is also inclusive of a diluent gas.) - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the organosilicon monomer, also known as a precursor feed, can include an organosiloxane, an organosilane, an organosiloxazane, an organosilazane, or a combination of two or more of these. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, gas feed optionally can contain a linear or branched siloxane having from 1 to 6 silicon atoms, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. The composite barrier coating orlayer 288 optionally can be applied by PECVD of a precursor feed comprising a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the oxidizing gas can include diatomic oxygen, O2. Optionally, the oxidizing gas comprises hydrogen peroxide, H2O2. Optionally, the oxidizing gas comprises ozone, O3. Optionally, the oxidizing gas comprises water, H2O. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, a carrier gas can either be used or not. If used, the carrier gas optionally includes an inert gas under the PECVD conditions employed. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises a noble gas. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises helium. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises neon. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises argon. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises krypton. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the carrier gas optionally comprises xenon. Mixtures of any two or more of these gases can also be employed. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, during the bonding stage the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas, in seem, can be from 2.5 to 10. During the build-up stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas can be from 0.1 to 0.05. - The plasma used in PECVD according to the present disclosure can be generated conventionally, as by using radio frequency (RF) energy or microwave energy. The SiOx composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can be formed at an initial power level (for example, an RF power level) from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the power density at the initial RF power level optionally can be from 3 to 1 W/ml. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the power density at the highest RF power level is from 30 to 4 W/ml. - In any embodiment of the vessel such as a
tube 80, a vial 228, a blister package 230, a syringe 252, asyringe barrel 250 or a cartridge, the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 on the substrate optionally can be at least 95% by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method described in this specification. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 such as atube 80, a vial 228, a blister package 230, a syringe 252, asyringe barrel 250 or a cartridge, the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 on the substrate optionally can be at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method described in this specification. - In any embodiment of the vessel such as a
tube 80, a vial 228, a blister package 230, a syringe 252, asyringe barrel 250 or a cartridge, High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 and the wall or substrate. The interface optionally has at least 1 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 such as atube 80, a vial 228, a blister package 230, a syringe 252, asyringe barrel 250 or a cartridge, the interface optionally has an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding. - Another embodiment is a method of making a
vessel 80. In any embodiment of the method, a thermoplastic wall enclosing a lumen can be provided. An SiOx composite barrier coating orlayer 288, for which x is from 1.8 to 2.4, is applied to the thermoplastic wall. The composite barrier coating orlayer 288 is supported by the wall between the wall and the lumen. The composite barrier coating orlayer 288 is applied by PECVD from an organosilicon monomer and oxidizing gas. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can be applied in at least bonding and build-up stages, under the following conditions. During the bonding stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas, in seem, optionally can be from 2.5 to 10. During the build-up stage, the feed ratio of organosilicon monomer to oxidizing gas optionally can be from 0.1 to 0.05. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can be applied at an initial RF power level from 20 to 4 W and a highest RF power level of from 300 to 30 W. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the RF power level optionally can be increased uniformly from the initial RF power level to the highest RF power level. Optionally, the RF power level can be increased in one or more steps from the initial RF power level to the highest RF power level. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the RF power level optionally is not pulsed, meaning that it is applied without interruption from the beginning to the end of the deposition. As another option, however, the RF power level can be pulsed or turned on and off periodically during the deposition of a single composite barrier coating orlayer 288 on asingle vessel 80. This type of deposition using a pulsed RF power level is sometimes known as plasma impulse chemical vapor deposition. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can have a degree of retention on the substrate of at least 95% by volume, as measured by the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the degree of retention of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 on the substrate optionally is at least 96% by volume, optionally at least 97% by volume, optionally at least 98% by volume, optionally at least 99% by volume, optionally 100% by volume, according to the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method. In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, the Article Deformation/Tape Test Method optionally is carried out using axial deformation, but optionally can be carried out using diametric deformation instead. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can have a degree of retention on the substrate of at least 90% by the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method. The degree of retention of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 on the substrate optionally is at least 91% by volume, optionally at least 92% by volume, optionally at least 93% by volume, optionally at least 94% by volume, optionally at least 95% by volume, optionally at least 96% by volume, optionally at least 97% by volume, optionally at least 98% by volume, optionally at least 99% by volume, optionally 100% by volume, according to the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method. As one option in any embodiment, the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method can be carried out using an X scratch pattern. As another option in any embodiment, the Coated Article Cross-Scratch Tape Test Method can be carried out using a rectangular scratch pattern. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can have an interface between the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 and the substrate having at least 1 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding. - High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating or layer 288 and the substrate having at least 2 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 3 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 4 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 5 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 6 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 7 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 8 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 9 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 10 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 11 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least at least 12 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 13 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 14 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 15 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 16 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 17 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 18 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 19 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, optionally at least 20 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding. The interface for any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method optionally has at most 25 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 20 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 15 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, alternatively at most 10 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding. - In any embodiment of the method, the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can have an Si 2p chemical shift to lower binding energy (eV), compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding, when studied using High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS). In any embodiment of thevessel 80 or method, High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) optionally shows the presence of an interface between the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 and the substrate having Si 2p peak broadening of at least 0.2 eV, compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding. - In any embodiment of the
vessel 80 or method, the lumen optionally can contain a pharmaceutical agent. The pharmaceutical agent optionally can have a pH between 5 and 9. An opening optionally can be provided in thevessel 80 between the lumen and the exterior of thevessel 80. A closure optionally can be seated in the opening. - As an alternative to the above description of a composite barrier coating or layer having bonding and build-up portions, in other aspects of the invention a separate tie coating or layer and composite barrier coating or layer can be described, in which the properties of the respective layers are separately defined. The tie coating or layer can be defined as follows.
- The tie coating or layer 289 has at least two functions. One function of the tie coating or layer 289 is to improve adhesion of a composite barrier coating or layer to a substrate, in particular a thermoplastic substrate, although a tie layer can be used to improve adhesion to a glass substrate or to another coating or layer. For example, a tie coating or layer, also referred to as an adhesion layer or coating can be applied to the substrate and the barrier layer can be applied to the adhesion layer to improve adhesion of the barrier layer or coating to the substrate.
- Another function of the tie coating or layer 289 has been discovered: a tie coating or layer 289 applied under a composite barrier coating or
layer 288 can improve the function of a pH protective coating orlayer 286 applied over the composite barrier coating orlayer 288. - The tie coating or layer 289 can be composed of, comprise, or consist essentially of SiOxCy, in which x is between 0.5 and 2.4 and y is between 0.6 and 3. Alternatively, the atomic ratio can be expressed as the formula SiwOxCy, The atomic ratios of Si, O, and C in the tie coating or layer 289 are, as several options:
-
- Si 100: O 50-150: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.5 to 1.5, y=0.9 to 2);
- Si 100: O 70-130: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.7 to 1.3, y=0.9 to 2)
- Si 100: O 80-120: C 90-150 (i.e. w=1, x=0.8 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.5)
- Si 100: O 90-120: C 90-140 (i.e. w=1, x=0.9 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.4), or
- Si 100: O 92-107: C 116-133 (i.e. w=1, x=0.92 to 1.07, y=1.16 to 1.33)
- The atomic ratio can be determined by XPS. Taking into account the H atoms, which are not measured by XPS, the tie coating or layer 289 may thus in one aspect have the formula SiwOxCyHz (or its equivalent SiOxCy), for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9. Typically, tie coating or layer 289 would hence contain 36% to 41% carbon normalized to 100% carbon plus oxygen plus silicon.
- Optionally, the tie coating or layer can be similar or identical in composition with the pH protective coating or
layer 286 described elsewhere in this specification, although this is not a requirement. - The tie coating or layer 289 is contemplated generally to be from 5 nm to 100 nm thick, preferably from 5 to 20 nm thick, particularly if applied by chemical vapor deposition. These thicknesses are not critical. Commonly but not necessarily, the tie coating or layer 289 will be relatively thin, since its function is to change the surface properties of the substrate.
- In the instance in which a separate tie coating or layer and composite barrier coating or layer are described, the composite barrier coating or layer can be described as follows.
- A composite barrier coating or
layer 288 optionally can be deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) or other chemical vapor deposition processes on the vessel of a pharmaceutical package, in particular a thermoplastic package, to prevent oxygen, carbon dioxide, or other gases from entering the vessel and/or to prevent leaching of the pharmaceutical material into or through the package wall. - The composite barrier coating or layer for any embodiment defined in this specification (unless otherwise specified in a particular instance) is a coating or layer, optionally applied by PECVD as indicated in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188. The barrier layer optionally is characterized as an “SiOx” coating, and contains silicon, oxygen, and optionally other elements, in which x, the ratio of oxygen to silicon atoms, is from about 1.5 to about 2.4, or 1.5 to about 2.3, or about 2. These alternative definitions of x apply to any use of the term SiOx in this specification to define a composite barrier coating or layer (though a composite barrier coating or layer has a different definition of x). The composite barrier coating or layer is applied, for example to the interior of a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, for example a sample collection tube, a syringe barrel, a vial, or another type of vessel.
- The composite barrier coating or
layer 288 comprises or consists essentially of SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.4, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 of SiOx having aninterior surface 220 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 222 facing thewall 214article surface 254, the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into thelumen 212 compared to anuncoated vessel 250. One suitable barrier composition is one where x is 2.3, for example. For example, the composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 of any embodiment can be applied at a thickness of at least 2 nm, or at least 4 nm, or at least 7 nm, or at least 10 nm, or at least 20 nm, or at least 30 nm, or at least 40 nm, or at least 50 nm, or at least 100 nm, or at least 150 nm, or at least 200 nm, or at least 300 nm, or at least 400 nm, or at least 500 nm, or at least 600 nm, or at least 700 nm, or at least 800 nm, or at least 900 nm. The composite barrier coating or layer can be up to 1000 nm, or at most 900 nm, or at most 800 nm, or at most 700 nm, or at most 600 nm, or at most 500 nm, or at most 400 nm, or at most 300 nm, or at most 200 nm, or at most 100 nm, or at most 90 nm, or at most 80 nm, or at most 70 nm, or at most 60 nm, or at most 50 nm, or at most 40 nm, or at most 30 nm, or at most 20 nm, or at most 10 nm, or at most 5 nm thick. Ranges of 20-200 nm, optionally 20-30 nm, are contemplated. Specific thickness ranges composed of any one of the minimum thicknesses expressed above, plus any equal or greater one of the maximum thicknesses expressed above, are expressly contemplated. - The thickness of the SiOx or other composite barrier coating or layer can be measured, for example, by transmission electron microscopy (TEM), and its composition can be measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). The primer coating or layer described herein can be applied to a variety of pharmaceutical packages or other vessels made from plastic or glass, for example to plastic tubes, vials, and syringes.
- A composite barrier coating or
layer 288 of SiOx, in which x is between 1.5 and 2.9, is applied by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) directly or indirectly to thethermoplastic wall 214 so that in the filled pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210 the composite barrier coating orlayer 286 is located between the inner orinterior surface 220 of thethermoplastic wall 214 and thefluid 218. - The composite barrier coating or
layer 286 of SiOx is supported by thethermoplastic wall 214. The composite barrier coating orlayer 286 as described elsewhere in this specification, or in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188, can be used in any embodiment. - Certain barrier coatings or layers such as SiOx as defined here have been found to have the characteristic of being subject to being measurably diminished in barrier improvement factor in less than six months as a result of attack by certain relatively high pH contents of the coated vessel as described elsewhere in this specification, particularly where the composite barrier coating or layer directly contacts the contents. This issue can be addressed using a pH protective coating or layer as discussed in this specification.
- The inventors have found that some barrier layers or coatings of SiOx are eroded or dissolved by some fluid compositions, for example aqueous compositions having a pH above about 5. Since coatings applied by chemical vapor deposition can be very thin—tens to hundreds of nanometers thick—even a relatively slow rate of erosion can remove or reduce the effectiveness of the barrier layer in less time than the desired shelf life of a product package. This is particularly a problem for fluid pharmaceutical compositions, since many of them have a pH of roughly 7, or more broadly in the range of 5 to 9, similar to the pH of blood and other human or animal fluids. The higher the pH of the pharmaceutical preparation, the more quickly it erodes or dissolves the SiOx coating.
- The inventors have further found that certain pH protective coatings of SiOxCy or SiNxCy formed from cyclic or acyclic siloxane precursors, which pH protective coatings have a substantial organic component, do not erode quickly when exposed to fluid compositions, and in fact erode or dissolve more slowly when the fluid compositions have higher pHs within the range of 5 to 9. For example, at pH 8, the dissolution rate of a pH protective coating made from the precursor octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, or OMCTS, is quite slow. These pH protective coatings of SiOxCy or SiNxCy can therefore be used to cover a barrier layer of SiOx, retaining the benefits of the barrier layer by protecting it from the fluid composition in the pharmaceutical package.
- Although the present invention does not depend upon the accuracy of the following theory, it is believed that the material properties of an effective SiOxCy pH protective coating and those of an effective lubricity layer as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 and in International Application PCT/US11/36097 are similar in some instances, such that a coating having the characteristics of a lubricity layer as described in certain working examples of this specification, U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188, or International Application PCT/US11/36097 will also in certain cases serve as well as a pH protective coating to protect the barrier layer of the package and vice versa.
- One specific type of lubricity and/or pH protective coatings contemplated here is made from one or more cyclic siloxanes and silazanes as described in this disclosure. Although the present invention does not depend upon the accuracy of the following theory, SiOxCy or SiNxCy coatings deposited from linear siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO), are believed to contain fragments of the original precursor to a large degree and low organic content. Such SiOxCy or SiNxCy coatings have a degree of water miscibility or swellability, allowing them to be attacked by aqueous solutions. SiOxCy or SiNxCy coatings deposited from cyclic siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS), are believed to include more intact cyclic siloxane rings and longer series of repeating units of the precursor structure. These coatings are believed to be nanoporous but structured and hydrophobic, and these properties are believed to contribute to their success as pH protective coatings. This is shown, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,901,783.
- Optionally, the pH protective coating or
layer 286 can be composed of, comprise, or consist essentially of SiwOxCyHz (or its equivalent SiOxCy) or SiwNxCyHz or its equivalent SiNxCy), each as defined previously. The atomic ratio of Si:O:C or Si:N:C can be determined by XPS (X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy). Taking into account the H atoms, the pH protective coating or layer may thus in one aspect have the formula SiwOxCyHz, or its equivalent SiOxCy, for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9. - Typically, expressed as the formula SiwOxCy, the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C are, as several options:
-
- Si 100: O 50-150: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.5 to 1.5, y=0.9 to 2);
- Si 100: O 70-130: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.7 to 1.3, y=0.9 to 2)
- Si 100: O 80-120: C 90-150 (i.e. w=1, x=0.8 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.5)
- Si 100: O 90-120: C 90-140 (i.e. w=1, x=0.9 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.4)
- Si 100: O 92-107: C 116-133 (i.e. w=1, x=0.92 to 1.07, y=1.16 to 1.33), or
- Si 100: O 80-130: C 90-150.
- Alternatively, the pH protective coating or layer can have atomic concentrations normalized to 100% carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) of less than 50% carbon and more than 25% silicon. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 25 to 45% carbon, 25 to 65% silicon, and 10 to 35% oxygen. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 30 to 40% carbon, 32 to 52% silicon, and 20 to 27% oxygen. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 33 to 37% carbon, 37 to 47% silicon, and 22 to 26% oxygen.
- The thickness of the pH protective coating or layer can be, for example:
- from 10 nm to 1000 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 1000 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 900 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 800 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 700 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 600 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 500 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 400 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 300 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 200 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 100 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 50 nm;
- alternatively from 20 nm to 1000 nm;
- alternatively from 50 nm to 1000 nm;
- alternatively from 10 nm to 1000 nm;
- alternatively from 50 nm to 800 nm;
- alternatively from 100 nm to 700 nm;
- alternatively from 300 to 600 nm.
- Optionally, the atomic concentration of carbon in the pH protective layer, normalized to 100% of carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), can be greater than the atomic concentration of carbon in the atomic formula for the organosilicon precursor. For example, embodiments are contemplated in which the atomic concentration of carbon increases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively from 30 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively from 35 to 45 atomic percent, alternatively from 37 to 41 atomic percent.
- Optionally, the atomic ratio of carbon to oxygen in the pH protective coating or layer can be increased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor, and/or the atomic ratio of oxygen to silicon can be decreased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor.
- Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can have an atomic concentration of silicon, normalized to 100% of carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), less than the atomic concentration of silicon in the atomic formula for the feed gas. For example, embodiments are contemplated in which the atomic concentration of silicon decreases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively by from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively by from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively by from 30 to 55 atomic percent, alternatively by from 40 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively by from 42 to 46 atomic percent.
- As another option, a pH protective coating or layer is contemplated that can be characterized by a sum formula wherein the atomic ratio C:O can be increased and/or the atomic ratio Si:O can be decreased in comparison to the sum formula of the organosilicon precursor.
- The pH protective coating or
layer 286 commonly is located between the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 and the fluid 218 in the finished article. The pH protective coating orlayer 286 is supported by thethermoplastic wall 214. - The pH protective coating or
layer 286 optionally is effective to keep the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 at least substantially undissolved as a result of attack by the fluid 218 for a period of at least six months. - The pH protective coating or layer can have a density between 1.25 and 1.65 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.35 and 1.55 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.44 and 1.48 g/cm3, as determined by X-ray reflectivity (XRR). Optionally, the organosilicon compound can be octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane and the pH protective coating or layer can have a density which can be higher than the density of a pH protective coating or layer made from HMDSO as the organosilicon compound under the same PECVD reaction conditions.
- The pH protective coating or layer optionally can prevent or reduce the precipitation of a compound or component of a composition in contact with the pH protective coating or layer, in particular can prevent or reduce insulin precipitation or blood clotting, in comparison to the uncoated surface and/or to a barrier coated surface using HMDSO as precursor.
- The pH protective coating or layer optionally can have an RMS surface roughness value (measured by AFM) of from about 5 to about 9, optionally from about 6 to about 8, optionally from about 6.4 to about 7.8. The Ra surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM, can be from about 4 to about 6, optionally from about 4.6 to about 5.8. The Rmax surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM, can be from about 70 to about 160, optionally from about 84 to about 142, optionally from about 90 to about 130.
- The interior surface of the pH protective optionally can have a contact angle (with distilled water) of from 90° to 110°, optionally from 80° to 120°, optionally from 70° to 130°, as measured by Goniometer Angle measurement of a water droplet on the pH protective surface, per ASTM D7334-08 “Standard Practice for Surface Wettability of Coatings, Substrates and Pigments by Advancing Contact Angle Measurement.”
- The passivation layer or pH protective coating or
layer 286 optionally shows an O-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.4, measured as: -
- The O-Parameter is defined in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, which claims an O-parameter value of most broadly from 0.4 to 0.9. It can be measured from physical analysis of an FTIR amplitude versus wave number plot to find the numerator and denominator of the above expression, as shown in
FIG. 22 , which is the same as FIG. 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, except annotated to show interpolation of the wave number and absorbance scales to arrive at an absorbance at 1253 cm−1 of 0.0424 and a maximum absorbance at 1000 to 1100 cm−1 of 0.08, resulting in a calculated O-parameter of 0.53. The O-Parameter can also be measured from digital wave number versus absorbance data. - U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 asserts that the claimed O-parameter range provides a superior pH protective coating or layer, relying on experiments only with HMDSO and HMDSN, which are both non-cyclic siloxanes. Surprisingly, it has been found by the present inventors that if the PECVD precursor is a cyclic siloxane, for example OMCTS, O-parameters outside the ranges claimed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, using OMCTS, provide even better results than are obtained in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 with HMDSO.
- Alternatively in the embodiment of
FIGS. 19-21 , the O-parameter has a value of from 0.1 to 0.39, or from 0.15 to 0.37, or from 0.17 to 0.35. - Even another aspect of the invention is a composite material as just described, exemplified in
FIGS. 19-21 , wherein the passivation layer shows an N-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.7, measured as: -
- The N-Parameter is is also described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, and is measured analogously to the O-Parameter except that intensities at two specific wave numbers are used—neither of these wave numbers is a range. U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 claims a passivation layer with an N-Parameter of 0.7 to 1.6. Again, the present inventors have made better coatings employing a pH protective coating or
layer 286 having an N-Parameter lower than 0.7, as described above. Alternatively, the N-parameter has a value of at least 0.3, or from 0.4 to 0.6, or at least 0.53. - The rate of erosion, dissolution, or leaching (different names for related concepts) of the pH protective coating or
layer 286, if directly contacted by the fluid 218, is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, if directly contacted by thefluid 218. - The thickness of the pH protective coating or layer is contemplated to be from 50-500 nm, with a preferred range of 100-200 nm.
- The pH protective coating or
layer 286 is effective to isolate the fluid 218 from the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, at least for sufficient time to allow the barrier coating to act as a barrier during the shelf life of the pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210. - The inventors have further found that certain pH protective coatings or layers of SiOxCy or SiNxCy formed from cyclic polysiloxane precursors, which pH protective coatings or layers have a substantial organic component, do not erode quickly when exposed to fluids, and in fact erode or dissolve more slowly when the fluids have higher pHs within the range of 5 to 9. For example, at pH 8, the dissolution rate of a pH protective coating or layer made from the precursor octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, or OMCTS, is quite slow. These pH protective coatings or layers of SiOxCy or SiNxCy can therefore be used to cover a barrier layer of SiOx, retaining the benefits of the barrier layer by protecting it from the fluid in the pharmaceutical package. The pH protective layer is applied over at least a portion of the SiOx layer to protect the SiOx layer from contents stored in a vessel, where the contents otherwise would be in contact with the SiOx layer.
- Although the present invention does not depend upon the accuracy of the following theory, it is further believed that effective pH protective coatings or layers for avoiding erosion can be made from cyclic siloxanes and silazanes as described in this disclosure. SiOxCy or SiNxCy coatings deposited from cyclic siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS), are believed to include intact cyclic siloxane rings and longer series of repeating units of the precursor structure. These coatings are believed to be nanoporous but structured and hydrophobic, and these properties are believed to contribute to their success as pH protective coatings or layers. This is shown, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,901,783.
- SiOxCy or SiNxCy coatings also can be deposited from linear siloxane or linear silazane precursors, for example hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO) or tetramethyldisiloxane (TMDSO).
- Optionally an FTIR absorbance spectrum of the pH protective coating or
layer 286 of any embodiment has a ratio greater than 0.75 between the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si symmetrical stretch peak normally located between about 1000 and 1040 cm−1, and the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si asymmetric stretch peak normally located between about 1060 and about 1100 cm−1. Alternatively in any embodiment, this ratio can be at least 0.8, or at least 0.9, or at least 1.0, or at least 1.1, or at least 1.2. Alternatively in any embodiment, this ratio can be at most 1.7, or at most 1.6, or at most 1.5, or at most 1.4, or at most 1.3. Any minimum ratio stated here can be combined with any maximum ratio stated here, as an alternative embodiment of the invention ofFIGS. 19-21 . - Optionally, in any embodiment the pH protective coating or
layer 286, in the absence of the medicament, has a non-oily appearance. This appearance has been observed in some instances to distinguish an effective pH protective coating or layer from a lubricity layer, which in some instances has been observed to have an oily (i.e. shiny) appearance. - Optionally, for the pH protective coating or
layer 286 in any embodiment, the silicon dissolution rate by a 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer diluted in water for injection, adjusted to pH 8 with concentrated nitric acid, and containing 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, (measured in the absence of the medicament, to avoid changing the dissolution reagent), at 40° C., is less than 170 ppb/day. (Polysorbate-80 is a common ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations, available for example as Tween®-80 from Uniqema Americas LLC, Wilmington Del.) - Optionally, for the pH protective coating or
layer 286 in any embodiment, the silicon dissolution rate is less than 160 ppb/day, or less than 140 ppb/day, or less than 120 ppb/day, or less than 100 ppb/day, or less than 90 ppb/day, or less than 80 ppb/day. Optionally, in any embodiment ofFIGS. 24-26 the silicon dissolution rate is more than 10 ppb/day, or more than 20 ppb/day, or more than 30 ppb/day, or more than 40 ppb/day, or more than 50 ppb/day, or more than 60 ppb/day. Any minimum rate stated here can be combined with any maximum rate stated here for the pH protective coating orlayer 286 in any embodiment. - Optionally, for the pH protective coating or
layer 286 in any embodiment the total silicon content of the pH protective coating or layer and barrier coating, upon dissolution into a test composition with a pH of 8 from the vessel, is less than 66 ppm, or less than 60 ppm, or less than 50 ppm, or less than 40 ppm, or less than 30 ppm, or less than 20 ppm. - The inventors offer the following theory of operation of the pH protective coating or layer described here. The invention is not limited by the accuracy of this theory or to the embodiments predictable by use of this theory.
- The dissolution rate of the SiOx barrier layer is believed to be dependent on SiO bonding within the layer. Oxygen bonding sites (silanols) are believed to increase the dissolution rate.
- It is believed that the OMCTS-based pH protective coating or layer bonds with the silanol sites on the SiOx barrier layer to “heal” or passivate the SiOx surface and thus dramatically reduces the dissolution rate. In this hypothesis, the thickness of the OMCTS layer is not the primary means of protection—the primary means is passivation of the SiOx surface. It is contemplated that a pH protective coating or layer as described in this specification can be improved by increasing the crosslink density of the pH protective coating or layer.
- The pH protective or lubricity coating or layer of SiOxCy also can have utility as a hydrophobic layer, independent of whether it also functions as a pH protective coating or layer. Suitable hydrophobic coatings or layers and their application, properties, and use are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188. Dual functional pH protective/hydrophobic coatings or layers having the properties of both types of coatings or layers can be provided for any embodiment of the present invention.
- An embodiment can be carried out under conditions effective to form a hydrophobic pH protective coating or layer on the substrate. Optionally, the hydrophobic characteristics of the pH protective coating or layer can be set by setting the ratio of the O2 to the organosilicon precursor in the gaseous reactant, and/or by setting the electric power used for generating the plasma. Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can have a lower wetting tension than the uncoated surface, optionally a wetting tension of from 20 to 72 dyne/cm, optionally from 30 to 60 dynes/cm, optionally from 30 to 40 dynes/cm, optionally 34 dyne/cm. Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can be more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- Use of a coating or layer according to any described embodiment is contemplated as (i) a lubricity coating having a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface; and/or (ii) a pH protective coating or layer preventing dissolution of the barrier coating in contact with a fluid, and/or (iii) a hydrophobic layer that is more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- Three embodiments of the invention having many common features are those of
FIGS. 8-10 . Some of their common features are the following, indicated in many cases by common reference characters or names. The nature of the features of each embodiment can be as described later in the specification. - The
pharmaceutical packages 210 ofFIGS. 8-10 each include a vessel, afluid composition 218, a composite barrier coating or layer 288 (alternatively described as a tie coating or layer plus a composite barrier coating or layer), and a pHprotective coating 286. Thevessel 250 has alumen 212 defined at least in part by awall 214 made of thermoplastic material. - The
wall 214 has aninterior surface 254 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 216. - The
fluid composition 218 is contained in thelumen 212 and has a pH between 5 and 9. - The composite barrier coating or
layer 288 comprises or consists essentially of SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.4, from 2 to 1000 nm thick, the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 of SiOx having aninterior surface 220 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 222 facing thewall 214interior surface 254, the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 being effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into thelumen 212 compared to anuncoated vessel 250. One suitable barrier composition is one where x is 2.3, for example. - The pH
protective coating 286 is made of SiOxCy or SiNxCy wherein x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3. The pHprotective coating 286 has aninterior surface 224 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 226 facing theinterior surface 220 of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288. The pHprotective coating 286 is formed by chemical vapor deposition of a precursor selected from a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a Silatrane, a Silquasilatrane, a Silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. This process is described in more detail throughout this specification. - The rate of erosion of the pH
protective coating 286, if directly contacted by thefluid composition 218, is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, if directly contacted by thefluid composition 218. - The pH
protective coating 286 is effective to isolate thefluid composition 218 from the composite barrier coating orlayer 288. - The embodiments of
FIGS. 8-9 also share as a common feature alubricity layer 287, which serves in the syringe ofFIG. 8 to reduce the friction of theplunger 258 sliding in thesyringe barrel 250 and in the vial ofFIG. 9 to ease the insertion of a stopper cap (not shown) into the mouth of the vial to close it. - Optionally any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 have as a common feature that at least a portion of thewall 214 of thevessel 250 comprises or consists essentially of a polymer, for example a polyolefin (for example a cyclic olefin polymer, a cyclic olefin copolymer, or polypropylene), a polyester, for example polyethylene terephthalate, a polycarbonate, or any combination or copolymer of any of these. Optionally for any of the embodiments ofFIGS. 8-10 , at least a portion of thewall 214 of thevessel 250 comprises or consists essentially of glass, for example borosilicate glass. A combination of any two or more of the materials in this paragraph can also be used. - Optionally for the embodiments of
FIG. 8 , thevessel 250 comprises asyringe barrel 250. - Optionally for the embodiments of
FIG. 9 , thevessel 250 comprises a vial. - Optionally for the embodiments of
FIG. 10 , thevessel 250 comprises a blister package. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thefluid composition 218 has a pH between 5 and 6, optionally between 6 and 7, optionally between 7 and 8, optionally between 8 and 9, optionally between 6.5 and 7.5, optionally between 7.5 and 8.5, optionally between 8.5 and 9. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thefluid composition 218 is a liquid at 20° C. and ambient pressure at sea level, which is defined as a pressure of 760 mm Hg. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thefluid composition 218 is an aqueous liquid. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 is from 4 nm to 500 nm thick, optionally from 7 nm to 400 nm thick, optionally from 10 nm to 300 nm thick, optionally from 20 nm to 200 nm thick, optionally from 30 nm to 100 nm thick. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 comprises or consists essentially of SiOxCy. Optionally for any of the embodiments ofFIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 comprises or consists essentially of SiNxCy. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the precursor comprises a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the precursor comprises a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a Silatrane, a Silquasilatrane, a Silproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. Optionally for any of the embodiments ofFIGS. 8-10 , the precursor comprises octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS) or consists essentially of OMCTS. Other precursors described elsewhere in this specification or known in the art are also contemplated for use according to the invention. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the precursor comprises a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 as applied is between 10 and 1000 nm thick, optionally between 50 and 800 nm thick, optionally between 100 and 700 nm thick, optionally between 300 and 600 nm thick. The thickness does not need to be uniform throughout the vessel, and will typically vary from the preferred values in portions of a vessel. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 contacting thefluid composition 218 is between 10 and 1000 nm thick, optionally between 50 and 500 nm thick, optionally between 100 and 400 nm thick, optionally between 150 and 300 nm thick two years after thepharmaceutical package 210 is assembled. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the rate of erosion of the pHprotective coating 286, if directly contacted by afluid composition 218 having a pH of 8, is less than 20%, optionally less than 15%, optionally less than 10%, optionally less than 7%, optionally from 5% to 20%, optionally 5% to 15%, optionally 5% to 10%, optionally 5% to 7%, of the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, if directly contacted by thesame fluid composition 218 under the same conditions. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 is at least coextensive with the composite barrier coating orlayer 288. The pHprotective coating 286 alternatively can be less extensive than the barrier coating, as when the fluid composition does not contact or seldom is in contact with certain parts of the barrier coating absent the pH protective coating. The pHprotective coating 286 alternatively can be more extensive than the barrier coating, as it can cover areas that are not provided with a barrier coating. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thepharmaceutical package 210 can have a shelf life, after thepharmaceutical package 210 is assembled, of at least one year, alternatively at least two years. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the shelf life is measured at 3° C., alternatively at 4° C. or higher, alternatively at 20° C. or higher, alternatively at 23° C., alternatively at 40° C. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 5 and 6 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 6 and 7 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 7 and 8 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 8 and 9 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 80 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 5 and 6 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 6 and 7 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 7 and 8 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life. Alternatively, the pH of thefluid composition 218 is between 8 and 9 and the thickness by TEM of the pHprotective coating 286 is at least 150 nm at the end of the shelf life. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thefluid composition 218 removes the pHprotective coating 286 at a rate of 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 44 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (200 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 88 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (100 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 175 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (50 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 250 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (35 nm per year), alternatively 1 nm or less of lubricity and/or pH protective coating thickness per 350 hours of contact with the fluid composition 218 (25 nm per year). The rate of removing the pH protective coating can be determined by TEM from samples exposed to the fluid composition for known periods. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , the pHprotective coating 286 is effective to provide a lower frictional resistance than the uncoatedinterior surface 254. Preferably the frictional resistance is reduced by at least 25%, more preferably by at least 45%, even more preferably by at least 60% in comparison to the uncoatedinterior surface 254. For example, the pHprotective coating 286 preferably is effective to reduce the frictional resistance between a portion of thewall 214 contacted by thefluid composition 218 and a relatively slidingpart 258 after thepharmaceutical package 210 is assembled. Preferably, the pHprotective coating 286 is effective to reduce the frictional resistance between thewall 214 and a relatively slidingpart 258 at least two years after thepharmaceutical package 210 is assembled. - Optionally for any of the embodiments of
FIGS. 8-10 , thefluid composition 218 comprises a member or a combination of two or more members selected from the group consisting of: - Isopropenyl vinyl ether
- methoxyflurane,
- AdreView (lobenguane I 123 Injection for Intravenous Use)
- Apidra (Insulin Glulisine [rDNA origin] Inj)
- Aranesp (darbepoetin alfa)
- Com path
- Cytovene (ganciclovir)
- Depo-
Provera 104 mg/ml
Depo-Provera 150 mg/ml - EC-Naprosyn (naproxen)
- Enbrel (etanercept)
- Fabrazyme (Adalsidase beta)
- Forteo (Teriparatide (rDNA origin) Injection)
- Fuzeon (enfuvirtide)
- hG-CSF
- Increlex (Mecasermin [rDNA origin] Injection)
- Insulin Aspart [rDNA origin] Inj (NovoLog)
Insulin Glargine [rDNA origin] Injection (Lantus)
Insulin Glulisine [rDNA origin] Inj (Apidra)
Interferon alfa-2b, Recombinant for Injection (Intron A)
Intron A (Interferon alfa-2b, Recombinant for Injection) - Invirase (saquinavir mesylate)
lobenguane I 123 Injection for Intravenous Use (AdreView)
lopromide Injection (Ultravist)
loversol Injection (Optiray Injection)
Iplex (Mecasermin Rinfabate [rDNA origin] Injection) - Klonopin (clonazepam)
- lacosamide Tablet and Injection (Vimpat)
- Liraglutide [rDNA] Injection (Victoza)
- Mecasermin [rDNA origin] Injection (Increlex)
Mecasermin Rinfabate [rDNA origin] Injection (Iplex) - Myozyme (Alglucosidase alfa)
- Naprosyn (naproxen)
- Neulasta (pegfilgrastim)
- NovoLog (Insulin Aspart [rDNA origin] Inj)
Nplate (romiplostim)
Nutropin (Somatropin (rDNA origin) for Inj) - Nutropin Depot (Somatropin (rDNA origin) for Inj)
- Omnitrope (Somatropin [rDNA origin] Injection)
- Optiray Injection (loversol Injection)
- Physostigmine Salicylate (Physostigmine Salicylate (injection))
Physostigmine Salicylate (injection) (Physostigmine Salicylate) - rhApo2L/TRAIL
- Rocephin (ceftriaxone)
- Roferon-A (interferon alfa-2a)
Romazicon (flumazenil) - Sensipar (cinacalcet)
- Serostim LQ (Somatropin (rDNA origin) Injection)
- Somatropin (rDNA origin) for Inj (Nutropin)
- Teriparatide (rDNA origin) Injection (Forteo)
- Tev-Tropin (Somatropin, rDNA Origin, for Injection)
tgAAC94 - Ultravist (lopromide Injection)
- Valium (diazepam)
- Victoza (Liraglutide [rDNA] Injection)
Vimpat (lacosamide Tablet and Injection) - Xenical (orlistat)
- Zenapax (daclizumab)
- Crystalline Amino Acid Solution with Electrolytes (Aminosyn Electrolytes)
- Epogen (Epoetin alfa)
- Methylin Oral Solution (Methylphenidate HCl
Oral Solution 5 mg/5 mL and 10 mg/5 mL) - Methylphenidate HCl
Oral Solution 5 mg/5 mL and 10 mg/5 mL (Methylin Oral Solution)
Methylprednisolone sodium succinate (Solu Medrol) - Nystatin (oral) (Nystatin Oral Suspension)
Nystatin Oral Suspension (Nystatin (oral)) - Solu Medrol (Methylprednisolone sodium succinate)
- 5-alpha-reductase inhibitors
5-aminosalicylates
5HT3 receptor antagonists
adamantane antivirals
adrenal cortical steroids
adrenal corticosteroid inhibitors
adrenergic bronchodilators
agents for hypertensive emergencies
agents for pulmonary hypertension
aldosterone receptor antagonists
alkylating agents
alpha-adrenoreceptor antagonists
alpha-glucosidase inhibitors
alternative medicines
amebicides
aminoglycosides
aminopenicillins
aminosalicylates
amylin analogs - androgens and anabolic steroids
angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors
angiotensin II inhibitors
anorectal preparations
anorexiants
antacids
anthelmintics
anti-angiogenic ophthalmic agents
anti-CTLA-4 monoclonal antibodies
anti-infectives
antiadrenergic agents, centrally acting
antiadrenergic agents, peripherally acting
antiandrogens
antianginal agents
antiarrhythmic agents
antiasthmatic combinations
antibiotics/antineoplastics
anticholinergic antiemetics
anticholinergic antiparkinson agents
anticholinergic bronchodilators
anticholinergic chronotropic agents
anticholinergics/antispasmodics
anticoagulants
anticonvulsants
antidepressants
antidiabetic agents
antidiabetic combinations
antidiarrheals
antidiuretic hormones
antidotes
antiemetic/antivertigo agents
antifungals
antigonadotropic agents
antigout agents
antihistamines
antihyperlipidemic agents
antihyperlipidemic combinations
antihypertensive combinations
antihyperuricemic agents
antimalarial agents
antimalarial combinations
antimalarial quinolines
antimetabolites
antimigraine agents
antineoplastic detoxifying agents
antineoplastic interferons
antineoplastic monoclonal antibodies
antineoplastics
antiparkinson agents
antiplatelet agents
antipseudomonal penicillins
antipsoriatics
antipsychotics
antirheumatics
antiseptic and germicides
antithyroid agents
antitoxins and antivenins
antituberculosis agents
antituberculosis combinations
antitussives
antiviral agents
antiviral combinations
antiviral interferons
anxiolytics, sedatives, and hypnotics
aromatase inhibitors
atypical antipsychotics
azole antifungals
bacterial vaccines
barbiturate anticonvulsants
barbiturates
BCR-ABL tyrosine kinase inhibitors
benzodiazepine anticonvulsants
benzodiazepines
beta-adrenergic blocking agents
beta-lactamase inhibitors
bile acid sequestrants
biologicals
bisphosphonates
bone resorption inhibitors
bronchodilator combinations
bronchodilators
calcitonin
calcium channel blocking agents
carbamate anticonvulsants
carbapenems
carbonic anhydrase inhibitor anticonvulsants
carbonic anhydrase inhibitors
cardiac stressing agents
cardioselective beta blockers
cardiovascular agents
catecholamines
CD20 monoclonal antibodies
CD33 monoclonal antibodies
CD52 monoclonal antibodies
central nervous system agents
cephalosporins
cerumenolytics
chelating agents
chemokine receptor antagonist
chloride channel activators
cholesterol absorption inhibitors
cholinergic agonists
cholinergic muscle stimulants
cholinesterase inhibitors
CNS stimulants
coagulation modifiers
colony stimulating factors
contraceptives
corticotropin
coumarins and indandiones
cox-2 inhibitors
decongestants
dermatological agents
diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals
dibenzazepine anticonvulsants
digestive enzymes
dipeptidyl peptidase 4 inhibitors
diuretics
dopaminergic antiparkinsonism agents
drugs used in alcohol dependence
echinocandins
EGFR inhibitors
estrogen receptor antagonists
estrogens
expectorants
factor Xa inhibitors
fatty acid derivative anticonvulsants
fibric acid derivatives
first generation cephalosporins
fourth generation cephalosporins
functional bowel disorder agents
gallstone solubilizing agents
gamma-aminobutyric acid analogs
gamma-aminobutyric acid reuptake inhibitors
gamma-aminobutyric acid transaminase inhibitors
gastrointestinal agents
general anesthetics
genitourinary tract agents
GI stimulants
glucocorticoids
glucose elevating agents
glycopeptide antibiotics
glycoprotein platelet inhibitors
glycylcyclines
gonadotropin releasing hormones
gonadotropin-releasing hormone antagonists
gonadotropins
group I antiarrhythmics
group II antiarrhythmics
group III antiarrhythmics
group IV antiarrhythmics
group V antiarrhythmics
growth hormone receptor blockers
growth hormones
H. pylori eradication agents
H2 antagonists
hematopoietic stem cell mobilizer
heparin antagonists
heparins
HER2 inhibitors
herbal products
histone deacetylase inhibitors
hormone replacement therapy
hormones
hormones/antineoplastics
hydantoin anticonvulsants
illicit (street) drugs
immune globulins
immunologic agents
immunosuppressive agents
impotence agents
in vivo diagnostic biologicals
incretin mimetics
inhaled anti-infectives
inhaled corticosteroids
inotropic agents
insulin
insulin-like growth factor
integrase strand transfer inhibitor
interferons
intravenous nutritional products
iodinated contrast media
ionic iodinated contrast media
iron products
ketolides
laxatives
leprostatics
leukotriene modifiers
lincomycin derivatives
lipoglycopeptides
local injectable anesthetics
loop diuretics
lung surfactants
lymphatic staining agents
lysosomal enzymes
macrolide derivatives
macrolides
magnetic resonance imaging contrast media
mast cell stabilizers
medical gas
meglitinides
metabolic agents
methylxanthines
mineralocorticoids
minerals and electrolytes
miscellaneous agents
miscellaneous analgesics
miscellaneous antibiotics
miscellaneous anticonvulsants
miscellaneous antidepressants
miscellaneous antidiabetic agents
miscellaneous antiemetics
miscellaneous antifungals
miscellaneous antihyperlipidemic agents
miscellaneous antimalarials
miscellaneous antineoplastics
miscellaneous antiparkinson agents
miscellaneous antipsychotic agents
miscellaneous antituberculosis agents
miscellaneous antivirals
miscellaneous anxiolytics, sedatives and hypnotics
miscellaneous biologicals
miscellaneous bone resorption inhibitors
miscellaneous cardiovascular agents
miscellaneous central nervous system agents
miscellaneous coagulation modifiers
miscellaneous diuretics
miscellaneous genitourinary tract agents
miscellaneous GI agents
miscellaneous hormones
miscellaneous metabolic agents
miscellaneous ophthalmic agents
miscellaneous otic agents
miscellaneous respiratory agents
miscellaneous sex hormones
miscellaneous topical agents
miscellaneous uncategorized agents
miscellaneous vaginal agents
mitotic inhibitors
monoamine oxidase inhibitors
monoclonal antibodies
mouth and throat products
mTOR inhibitors
mTOR kinase inhibitors
mucolytics
multikinase inhibitors
muscle relaxants
mydriatics
narcotic analgesic combinations
narcotic analgesics
nasal anti-infectives
nasal antihistamines and decongestants
nasal lubricants and irrigations
nasal preparations
nasal steroids
natural penicillins
neuraminidase inhibitors
neuromuscular blocking agents
next generation cephalosporins
nicotinic acid derivatives
nitrates - non-cardioselective beta blockers
non-iodinated contrast media
non-ionic iodinated contrast media
non-sulfonylureas
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents
norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
norepinephrine-dopamine reuptake inhibitors
nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs)
nutraceutical products
nutritional products
ophthalmic anesthetics
ophthalmic anti-infectives
ophthalmic anti-inflammatory agents
ophthalmic antihistamines and decongestants
ophthalmic diagnostic agents
ophthalmic glaucoma agents
ophthalmic lubricants and irrigations
ophthalmic preparations
ophthalmic steroids
ophthalmic steroids with anti-infectives
ophthalmic surgical agents
oral nutritional supplements
otic anesthetics
otic anti-infectives
otic preparations
otic steroids
otic steroids with anti-infectives
oxazolidinedione anticonvulsants
parathyroid hormone and analogs
penicillinase resistant penicillins
penicillins
peripheral opioid receptor antagonists
peripheral vasodilators
peripherally acting antiobesity agents
phenothiazine antiemetics
phenothiazine antipsychotics
phenylpiperazine antidepressants
plasma expanders
platelet aggregation inhibitors
platelet-stimulating agents
polyenes
potassium-sparing diuretics
probiotics
progesterone receptor modulators
progestins
prolactin inhibitors
prostaglandin D2 antagonists
protease inhibitors
proton pump inhibitors
psoralens
psychotherapeutic agents
psychotherapeutic combinations
purine nucleosides
pyrrolidine anticonvulsants
quinolones
radiocontrast agents
radiologic adjuncts
radiologic agents
radiologic conjugating agents
radiopharmaceuticals
RANK ligand inhibitors
recombinant human erythropoietins
renin inhibitors
respiratory agents
respiratory inhalant products
rifamycin derivatives
salicylates
sclerosing agents
second generation cephalosporins
selective estrogen receptor modulators
selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
serotoninergic neuroenteric modulators
sex hormone combinations
sex hormones
skeletal muscle relaxant combinations
skeletal muscle relaxants
smoking cessation agents
somatostatin and somatostatin analogs
spermicides
statins
sterile irrigating solutions
streptomyces derivatives
succinimide anticonvulsants
sulfonamides
sulfonylureas
synthetic ovulation stimulants
tetracyclic antidepressants
tetracyclines
therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals
thiazide diuretics
thiazolidinediones
thioxanthenes
third generation cephalosporins
thrombin inhibitors
thrombolytics
thyroid drugs
tocolytic agents
topical acne agents
topical agents
topical anesthetics
topical anti-infectives
topical antibiotics
topical antifungals
topical antihistamines
topical antipsoriatics
topical antivirals
topical astringents
topical debriding agents
topical depigmenting agents
topical emollients
topical keratolytics
topical steroids
topical steroids with anti-infectives
toxoids
triazine anticonvulsants
tricyclic antidepressants
trifunctional monoclonal antibodies
tumor necrosis factor (TNF) inhibitors
tyrosine kinase inhibitors
ultrasound contrast media
upper respiratory combinations
urea anticonvulsants
urinary anti-infectives
urinary antispasmodics
urinary pH modifiers
uterotonic agents
vaccine
vaccine combinations
vaginal anti-infectives
vaginal preparations
vasodilators
vasopressin antagonists
vasopressors
VEGF/VEGFR inhibitors
viral vaccines
viscosupplementation agents
vitamin and mineral combinations
vitamins - ACE (Angiotensin I converting enzyme)
- Acid phosphatase
- Activated clotting time
Activated protein C resistance
Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)
Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) - Alkaline phosphatase
Alkaline phosphatase (ALP)
Alpha1-antitrypsin - Ammonia levels
- ANA (antinuclear antbodies)
ANA (antinuclear antibodies)
Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) - Anticardiolipin antibody
Anticardiolipin antivbodies (ACA)
Anti-centromere antibody
Antidiuretic hormone - Anti-Gliadin antibody
Anti-glomerular basement membrane antibody
Anti-HBc (Hepatitis B core antibodies
Anti-HBs (Hepatitis B surface antibody
Antiphospholipid antibody
Anti-RNA polymerase
Anti-Smith (Sm) antibodies
Anti-Smooth Muscle antibody - Anti-Xa activity
Anti-Xa assay - Aspartate aminotransferase (AST)
- Bilirubin, direct
Bilirubin, indirect
Bilirubin, total
Bleeding time
Blood gases (arterial)
Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) - BUN (blood urea nitrogen)
- Calcium (ionized)
Carbon monoxide (CO)
Carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) - CEA (carcinoembryonic antigen)
- Clot lysis time
Clot retraction time - Cold agglutinins
- Corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) stimulation test
- Cortrosyn stimulation test
- C-reactive protein
- Creatinine kinase (CK)
- DAT (Direct antiglobulin test)
- Dexamethasone suppression test
- Dilute Russell viper venom
- Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR)
- Ethylene glycol
Euglobulin lysis - Factor VIII inhibitor
Factor VIII level - Fibrin split products
- Folate (serum
Fractional excretion of sodium (FENA)
FSH (follicle stimulating factor) - Gamma glutamyl transferase (GGT)
- GGTP (Gamma glutamyl transferase)
- Growth hormone
- HBeAg (Hepatitis Be antigen)
HBs-Ag (Hepatitis B surface antigen)
Helicobacter pylori - Hemoglobin electrophoresis
Hepatitis A antibodies
Hepatitis C antibodies
IAT (Indirect antiglobulin test) - Lactate dehydrogenase (LDH)
Lactic acid (lactate) - LH (Leutinizing hormone
- Lupus anticoagulant
- MCH (mean corpuscular hemoglobin
MCHC (mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration)
MCV (mean corpuscular volume) - MPV (mean platelet volume)
- Parathyroid hormone (PTH)
- Platelets (pit)
- Prostate specific antigen (PSA)
- PSA (prostate specific antigen)
PT (Prothrombin time)
PTT (Partial thromboplastin time)
RDW (red cell distribution width) - Reticulocyte count
reticulocytes
Rheumatoid factor (RF) - Serum glutamic-pyruvic transaminase (SGPT
Serum protein electrophoresis (SPEP) - T3-resin uptake (T3RU)
- Thrombin time
Thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) - Total iron binding capacity (TIBC)
Total protein - Transferrin saturation
- Uric acid
- White blood cells (WBC)
Widal test - As several examples, the
fluid composition 218 can be an inhalation anesthetic, a drug, or a diagnostic test material. Any of thesefluid compositions 218 can be an injectable material, a volatile material capable of being inhaled, or otherwise capable of being introduced into a subject. - In the embodiment of
FIG. 8 in particular, thepharmaceutical package 210 is a syringe. The syringe can comprise asyringe barrel 250 and aplunger 258. Thewall 214 can define at least a portion of thesyringe barrel 250. Theplunger 258 can be a relatively sliding part of the syringe, with respect to thesyringe barrel 250. The term “syringe,” however, is broadly defined to include cartridges, injection “pens,” and other types of barrels or reservoirs adapted to be assembled with one or more other components to provide a functional syringe. “Syringe” is also broadly defined to include related articles such as auto-injectors, which provide a mechanism for dispensing the contents. - Another aspect of the invention illustrated by
FIGS. 8-10 is an article such as any of the pharmaceutical packages orother vessels 210 including awall 214, afluid composition 218, a composite barrier coating orlayer 288, and a pHprotective coating 286. - The
wall 214 has an inner orinterior surface 254. - The
fluid composition 218 is contained in thelumen 212 and has a pH between 5 and 9. - The composite barrier coating or
layer 288 is made at least in part of SiOx, wherein x is from 1.5 to 2.4, from 2 to 1000 nm thick. The composite barrier coating orlayer 288 of SiOx has aninterior surface 220 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 222 facing the wall inner orinterior surface 254. The composite barrier coating orlayer 288 is effective to reduce the ingress of atmospheric gas into thelumen 212, compared to an uncoated container otherwise the same as the pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210. - The pH
protective coating 286 is made at least in part of SiOxCy or SiNxCy where x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4 and y is from about 0.6 to about 3. The pHprotective coating 286 has aninterior surface 224 facing thelumen 212 and anouter surface 226 facing theinterior surface 254 of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288. The pHprotective coating 286 is formed by chemical vapor deposition of a precursor selected from a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. One specific example of a suitable pH protective coating precursor of this type is octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane or OMCTS. Other specific examples of precursors within this broad definition are provided elsewhere in this specification. - The rate of erosion, dissolution, or leaching (different names for related concepts) of the pH
protective coating 286, if directly contacted by thefluid composition 218, is less than the rate of erosion of the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, if directly contacted by thefluid composition 218. - The pH
protective coating 286 is effective to isolate thefluid composition 218 from the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, at least for sufficient time to allow the barrier coating to act as a barrier during the shelf life of the pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210. - Still another aspect of the invention, again illustrated by
FIGS. 8-10 , is a pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210 including athermoplastic wall 214 having an inner orinterior surface 220 enclosing alumen 212. Afluid composition 218 contained in thelumen 212 has a pH greater than 5. - A composite barrier coating or
layer 286 of SiOx, in which x is between 1.5 and 2.4, is applied by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) directly or indirectly to thethermoplastic wall 214 so that in the filled pharmaceutical package orother vessel 210 the composite barrier coating orlayer 286 is located between the inner orinterior surface 220 of thethermoplastic wall 214 and thefluid composition 218. The composite barrier coating orlayer 286 of SiOx is supported by thethermoplastic wall 214. The composite barrier coating orlayer 286 has the characteristic of being subject to being measurably diminished in barrier improvement factor in less than six months as a result of attack by thefluid composition 218. The composite barrier coating orlayer 286 as described elsewhere in this specification, or in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188, can be used in any embodiment. - The barrier improvement factor (BIF) of the barrier layer can be determined by providing two groups of identical containers, adding a barrier layer to one group of containers, testing a barrier property (such as the rate of outgassing in micrograms per minute or another suitable measure) on containers having a barrier, doing the same test on containers lacking a barrier, and taking a ratio of the properties of the materials with versus without a barrier. For example, if the rate of outgassing through the barrier is one-third the rate of outgassing without a barrier, the barrier has a BIF of 3.
- A pH
protective coating 286 of SiOxCy, in which x is between 0.5 and 2.4 and y is between 0.6 and 3, is applied by PECVD directly or indirectly to the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 so it is located between the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 and thefluid composition 218 in the finished article. The pHprotective coating 286 is supported by thethermoplastic wall 214. The pHprotective coating 286 is effective to keep the composite barrier coating orlayer 288 at least substantially undissolved as a result of attack by thefluid composition 218 for a period of at least six months. - Any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 can further optionally include alubricity layer 287. Thelubricity layer 287 can be applied between the pH protective coating and the lumen. Lubricity layers 287 as described elsewhere in this specification, or in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188, can be used in any embodiment. - Any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 can further optionally include a further coating applied adjacent to the inner surface of the pH protective coating, the further coating having an outer surface facing the interior surface of the thermoplastic wall and an inner surface facing the lumen. - Optionally, any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 can further include afluid composition 218 in contact with the pH protective coating - The pH protective and
286 and 287 of any embodiment oflubricity layers FIGS. 8-10 can be either separate layers with a sharp transition or a single, graduated layer that transitions between the pHprotective coating 286 and thelubricity layer 287, without a sharp interface between them. - Optionally an FTIR absorbance spectrum of the pH
protective coating 286 of any embodiment ofFIGS. 8-10 has a ratio greater than 0.75 between the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si symmetrical stretch peak normally located between about 1000 and 1040 cm−1, and the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si asymmetric stretch peak normally located between about 1060 and about 1100 cm−1. Alternatively in any embodiment, this ratio can be at least 0.8, or at least 0.9, or at least 1.0, or at least 1.1, or at least 1.2. Alternatively in any embodiment, this ratio can be at most 1.7, or at most 1.6, or at most 1.5, or at most 1.4, or at most 1.3. Any minimum ratio stated here can be combined with any maximum ratio stated here, as an alternative embodiment of the invention ofFIGS. 8-10 . - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the pH protective coating, in the absence of the medicament, has a non-oily appearance. This appearance has been observed in some instances to distinguish an effective pH protective coating from a lubricity layer, which in some instances has been observed to have an oily (i.e. shiny) appearance. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the silicon dissolution rate by a 50 mM potassium phosphate buffer diluted in water for injection, adjusted to pH 8 with concentrated nitric acid, and containing 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, (measured in the absence of the medicament, to avoid changing the dissolution reagent), at 40° C., is less than 170 ppb/day. (Polysorbate-80 is a common ingredient of pharmaceutical preparations, available for example as Tween®-80 from Uniqema Americas LLC, Wilmington Del.) As will be seen from the working examples, the silicon dissolution rate is measured by determining the total silicon leached from the vessel into its contents, and does not distinguish between the silicon derived from the pHprotective coating 286, thelubricity layer 287, the composite barrier coating orlayer 288, or other materials present. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the silicon dissolution rate is less than 160 ppb/day, or less than 140 ppb/day, or less than 120 ppb/day, or less than 100 ppb/day, or less than 90 ppb/day, or less than 80 ppb/day. Optionally, in any embodiment ofFIGS. 8-10 the silicon dissolution rate is more than 10 ppb/day, or more than 20 ppb/day, or more than 30 ppb/day, or more than 40 ppb/day, or more than 50 ppb/day, or more than 60 ppb/day. Any minimum rate stated here can be combined with any maximum rate stated here, as an alternative embodiment of the invention ofFIGS. 8-10 . - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the total silicon content of the pH protective coating and barrier coating, upon dissolution into a test composition with a pH of 8 from the vessel, is less than 66 ppm, or less than 60 ppm, or less than 50 ppm, or less than 40 ppm, or less than 30 ppm, or less than 20 ppm. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the calculated shelf life of the package (total Si/Si dissolution rate) is more than six months, or more than 1 year, or more than 18 months, or more than 2 years, or more than 2½ years, or more than 3 years, or more than 4 years, or more than 5 years, or more than 10 years, or more than 20 years. Optionally, in any embodiment ofFIGS. 8-10 the calculated shelf life of the package (total Si/Si dissolution rate) is less than 60 years. - Any minimum time stated here can be combined with any maximum time stated here, as an alternative embodiment of the invention of
FIGS. 8-10 . - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the pH protective coating is applied by PECVD at a power level per of more than 22,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 30,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 40,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 50,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 60,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 62,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 70,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 80,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 100,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 200,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 300,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 400,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or more than 500,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 the pH protective coating is applied by PECVD at a power level per of less than 2,000,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 1,000,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 700,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 500,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 100,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 90,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor, or less than 81,000 kJ/kg of mass of precursor. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 , the thermoplastic wall is a syringe barrel. A plunger is positioned for sliding in the barrel and a lubricity coating or layer is present on at least a portion of the plunger. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 , the lubricity coating or layer is configured to provide a lower piston sliding force or breakout force than the uncoated substrate. - Optionally, in any embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 , the lubricity layer has one of the atomic ratios previously defined for the lubricity and/or pH protective coating, measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). The lubricity layer has a thickness by transmission electron microscopy (TEM) between 10 and 500 nm; the lubricity layer deposited by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) under conditions effective to form a coating from a precursor selected from a linear siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a linear silazane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. - Even another aspect of the invention, exemplified in
FIGS. 8-10 , is a composite material including a substrate such as awall 214, a composite barrier coating orlayer 288 disposed on the substrate orwall 214, and a passivation layer or pHprotective coating 286 on the barrier layer orcoating 288. Several examples of articles made from such a composite material are a syringe barrel, a vial, and a medical device of any kind. The passivation layer or pHprotective coating 286 is deposited by PECVD using a source material comprising a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, a silatrane, a silquasilatrane, a silproatrane, an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, an azasilproatrane, or a combination of any two or more of these precursors. - The passivation layer or pH protective coating, taking into account the H atoms, may thus in one aspect have the formula SiwOxCyHz, for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9. Typically, expressed as the formula SiwOxCy, the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C are, as several options:
-
- Si 100: O 80-130: C 90-150,
- Si 100: O 90-120: C 90-140, or
- Si 100: O 92-107: C 116-133.
- The passivation layer or pH
protective coating 286 shows an O-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.4, measured as: -
- The O-Parameter is defined in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, which claims an O-parameter value of most broadly from 0.4 to 0.9. It can be measured from physical analysis of an FTIR amplitude versus wave number plot to find the numerator and denominator of the above expression, as shown in
FIG. 15 , which is the same as FIG. 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, except annotated to show interpolation of the wave number and absorbance scales to arrive at an absorbance at 1253 cm−1 of 0.0424 and a maximum absorbance at 1000 to 1100 cm−1 of 0.08, resulting in a calculated O-parameter of 0.53. The O-Parameter can also be measured from digital wave number versus absorbance data. - U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 asserts that the claimed O-parameter range provides a superior pH protective coating or layer, relying on experiments only with HMDSO and HMDSN, which are both non-cyclic siloxanes. Surprisingly, it has been found by the present inventors that if the PECVD precursor is a cyclic siloxane, for example OMCTS, O-parameters outside the ranges claimed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, using OMCTS, provide even better results than are obtained in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 with HMDSO.
- Alternatively in the embodiment of
FIGS. 8-10 , the O-parameter has a value of from 0.1 to 0.39, or from 0.15 to 0.37, or from 0.17 to 0.35. - Even another aspect of the invention is a composite material as just described, exemplified in
FIGS. 8-10 , wherein the passivation layer shows an N-Parameter measured with attenuated total reflection (ATR) of less than 0.7, measured as: -
- The N-Parameter is also described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070, and is measured analogously to the O-Parameter except that intensities at two specific wave numbers are used—neither of these wave numbers is a range. U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070 claims a passivation layer with an N-Parameter of 0.7 to 1.6. Again, the present inventors have made better coatings employing a pH
protective coating 286 having an N-Parameter lower than 0.7, as described above. Alternatively, the N-parameter has a value of at least 0.3, or from 0.4 to 0.6, or at least 0.53. - The inventors offer the following theory of operation of the pH protective coating or layer described here. The invention is not limited by the accuracy of this theory or to the embodiments predictable by use of this theory.
- The dissolution rate of the SiOx barrier layer is believed to be dependent on SiO bonding within the layer. Oxygen bonding sites (silanols) are believed to increase the dissolution rate.
- It is believed that the OMCTS-based pH protective coating or layer bonds with the silanol sites on the SiOx barrier layer to “heal” or passivate the SiOx surface and thus dramatically reduces the dissolution rate. In this hypothesis, the thickness of the OMCTS layer is not the primary means of protection—the primary means is passivation of the SiOx surface. It is contemplated that a pH protective coating as described in this specification can be improved by increasing the crosslink density of the pH protective coating or layer.
- The pH protective coating described in this specification can be applied in many different ways. For one example, the low-pressure PECVD process described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 can be used. For another example, instead of using low-pressure PECVD, atmospheric PECVD can be employed to deposit the pH protective coating. For another example, the coating can be simply evaporated and allowed to deposit on the SiOx layer to be protected. For another example, the coating can be sputtered on the SiOx layer to be protected. For still another example, the pH protective coating or layer can be applied from a liquid medium used to rinse or wash the SiOx layer.
- Other precursors and methods can be used to apply the pH protective coating or passivating treatment. For example, hexamethylene disilazane (HMDZ) can be used as the precursor. HMDZ has the advantage of containing no oxygen in its molecular structure. This passivation treatment is contemplated to be a surface treatment of the SiOx barrier layer with HMDZ. To slow down and/or eliminate the decomposition of the silicon dioxide coatings at silanol bonding sites, the coating must be passivated. It is contemplated that passivation of the surface with HMDZ (and optionally application of a few mono layers of the HMDZ-derived coating) will result in a toughening of the surface against dissolution, resulting in reduced decomposition. It is contemplated that HMDZ will react with the —OH sites that are present in the silicon dioxide coating, resulting in the evolution of NH3 and bonding of S—(CH3)3 to the silicon (it is contemplated that hydrogen atoms will be evolved and bond with nitrogen from the HMDZ to produce NH3).
- It is contemplated that this HMDZ passivation can be accomplished through several possible paths.
- One contemplated path is dehydration/vaporization of the HMDZ at ambient temperature. First, an SiOx surface is deposited, for example using hexamethylene disiloxane (HMDSO). The as-coated silicon dioxide surface is then reacted with HMDZ vapor. In an embodiment, as soon as the SiOx surface is deposited onto the article of interest, the vacuum is maintained. The HMDSO and oxygen are pumped away and a base vacuum is achieved. Once base vacuum is achieved, HMDZ vapor is flowed over the surface of the silicon dioxide (as coated on the part of interest) at pressures from the mTorr range to many Torr. The HMDZ is then pumped away (with the resulting NH3 that is a byproduct of the reaction). The amount of NH3 in the gas stream can be monitored (with a residual gas analyzer—RGA—as an example) and when there is no more NH3 detected, the reaction is complete. The part is then vented to atmosphere (with a clean dry gas or nitrogen). The resulting surface is then found to have been passivated. It is contemplated that this method optionally can be accomplished without forming a plasma.
- Alternatively, after formation of the SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, the vacuum can be broken before dehydration/vaporization of the HMDZ. Dehydration/vaporization of the HMDZ can then be carried out in either the same apparatus used for formation of the SiOx composite barrier coating or layer or different apparatus.
- Dehydration/vaporization of HMDZ at an elevated temperature is also contemplated. The above process can alternatively be carried out at an elevated temperature exceeding room temperature up to about 150° C. The maximum temperature is determined by the material from which the coated part is constructed. An upper temperature should be selected that will not distort or otherwise damage the part being coated.
- Dehydration/vaporization of HMDZ with a plasma assist is also contemplated. After carrying out any of the above embodiments of dehydration/vaporization, once the HMDZ vapor is admitted into the part, a plasma is generated. The plasma power can range from a few watts to 100+ watts (similar powers as used to deposit the SiOx). The above is not limited to HMDZ and could be applicable to any molecule that will react with hydrogen, for example any of the nitrogen-containing precursors described in this specification.
- Another way of applying the pH protective coating is to apply as the pH protective coating an amorphous carbon or fluorocarbon coating, or a combination of the two.
- Amorphous carbon coatings can be formed by PECVD using a saturated hydrocarbon, (e.g. methane or propane) or an unsaturated hydrocarbon (e.g. ethylene, acetylene) as a precursor for plasma polymerization. Fluorocarbon coatings can be derived from fluorocarbons (for example, hexafluoroethylene or tetrafluoroethylene). Either type of coating, or a combination of both, can be deposited by vacuum PECVD or atmospheric pressure PECVD. It is contemplated that that an amorphous carbon and/or fluorocarbon coating will provide better passivation of an SiOx barrier layer than a siloxane coating since an amorphous carbon and/or fluorocarbon coating will not contain silanol bonds.
- It is further contemplated that fluorosilicon precursors can be used to provide a pH protective coating or layer over an SiOx barrier layer. This can be carried out by using as a precursor a fluorinated silane precursor such as hexafluorosilane and a PECVD process. The resulting coating would also be expected to be a non-wetting coating.
- It is further contemplated that any embodiment of the pH protective coating processes described in this specification can also be carried out without using the article to be coated to contain the plasma. For example, external surfaces of medical devices, for example catheters, surgical instruments, closures, and others can be protected or passivated by sputtering the coating, employing a radio frequency target.
- Yet another coating modality contemplated for protecting or passivating an SiOx barrier layer is coating the barrier layer using a polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin resin. For example, the barrier coated part can be dip coated in a fluid polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin resin melt, solution or dispersion and cured by autoclaving or other heating at a temperature between 60 and 100° C. It is contemplated that a coating of polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin resin can be preferentially used in aqueous environments between pH 5-8, as such resins are known to provide high wet strength in paper in that pH range. Wet strength is the ability to maintain mechanical strength of paper subjected to complete water soaking for extended periods of time, so it is contemplated that a coating of polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin resin on an SiOx barrier layer will have similar resistance to dissolution in aqueous media. It is also contemplated that, because polyamidoamine epichlorohydrin resin imparts a lubricity improvement to paper, it will also provide lubricity in the form of a coating on a thermoplastic surface made of, for example, COC or COP.
- Even another approach for protecting an SiOx layer is to apply as a pH protective coating or layer a liquid-applied coating of a polyfluoroalkyl ether, followed by atmospheric plasma curing the pH protective coating. For example, it is contemplated that the process practiced under the trademark TriboGlide®, described in this specification, can be used to provide a pH protective coating or layer that is also a lubricity layer, as TriboGlide® is conventionally used to provide lubricity.
- Suitable methods and apparatus for applying a barrier or lubricity coating or layer such as 90 of SiOx, SiOxCy, or SiNxCy to a substrate such as the vessel 80 (
FIG. 1 ) or a vial are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 or the EP applications cited in paragraph [002], under conditions effective to form a coating or layer. - For depositing a pH protective coating, a precursor feed or process gas can be employed having a standard volume ratio of, for example:
-
- from 0.5 to 10 standard volumes, optionally from 1 to 6 standard volumes, optionally from 2 to 4 standard volumes, optionally equal to or less than 6 standard volumes, optionally equal to or less than 2.5 standard volumes, optionally equal to or less than 1.5 standard volumes, optionally equal to or less than 1.25 standard volumes of the precursor, for example OMCTS or one of the other precursors of any embodiment;
- from 0 to 100 standard volumes, optionally from 1 to 80 standard volumes, optionally from 5 to 100 standard volumes, optionally from 10 to 70 standard volumes, of a carrier gas of any embodiment;
- from 0.1 to 10 standard volumes, optionally from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes, optionally from 0.2 to 1.5 standard volumes, optionally from 0.2 to 1 standard volumes, optionally from 0.5 to 1.5 standard volumes, optionally from 0.8 to 1.2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
- Another embodiment is a pH protective coating or layer of the type made by the above process.
- Another embodiment is a vessel such as the vessel 80 (
FIG. 1 ) including a lumen defined by a surface defining a substrate. A pH protective coating or layer is present on at least a portion of the substrate, typically deposited over an SiOx barrier layer to protect the barrier layer from dissolution. The pH protective coating or layer is made by the previously defined process. - Still another embodiment is a chemical vapor deposition apparatus such as the
apparatus 28 illustrated inFIG. 5 (or any other illustrated coating apparatus, such as the apparatus illustrated inFIGS. 1-4 ), for applying a pH protective coating or layer to a substrate. - Referring now to
FIG. 5 , suitable chemical vapor deposition apparatus is shown. - Referring to
FIG. 8 , yet another embodiment is a syringe such as 252 comprising aplunger 258, abarrel 250, and a pH protective coating or layer on the inner or interior surface 264. Thebarrel 250 is a vessel and has an inner or interior surface 264 defining the vessel lumen 274 and receiving theplunger 258 for sliding. The vessel inner or interior surface 264 is a substrate. A pH protective coating or layer can be applied on the substrate 264, theplunger 258, or both, by chemical vapor deposition. In addition to this pH protective coating or layer, the syringe may contain one or more other coatings or layers, for example an SiOxcomposite barrier coating or layer. Said additional coating(s) or layer(s) may be located under the lubricity and/orcomposite barrier coating or layer, i.e. nearer to the barrel of the syringe. - For any embodiment of a syringe such as 252, in particular a syringe that is stored or intended to be stored for an extended time while prefilled, the
plunger 258 optionally is provided with a lubricity layer, at least on its surface in contact with the barrel interior surface 264, and the barrel interior surface 264 is provided with an SiOx barrier layer protected by a pH protective coating or layer wherever it is in contact or likely to be in contact with a fluid pharmaceutical composition contained in the syringe. An advantage of this construction is that the pH protective coating or layer, which is in contact with the fluid pharmaceutical composition when the syringe is stored prefilled, can be optimized for protection of the SiOx barrier layer, while the lubricity layer, which is located where the plunger typically contacts the inner surface 264 at a fixed location during storage, can be optimized for lubricity. The lubricity coating or layer on the plunger is in the right position to prevent “sticktion” during storage and to continue to lower the friction between the plunger and barrel when the plunger is advanced, and if applied by CVD is contemplated to be less subject to displacement by the force exerted by the plunger on the barrel than traditional silicon oil coatings or layers and more uniformly applied as a uniform coating rather than as isolated droplets of liquid. As a further option, an adhesion layer or coating of SiOxCy can be applied to the substrate and the barrier layer can be applied to the adhesion layer to improve adhesion of the SiOx barrier layer or coating to the substrate. - A concern of converting from glass to plastic syringes centers around the potential for leachable materials from plastics. With plasma coating technology, the coatings or layers derived from non-metal gaseous precursors, for example HMDSO or OMCTS or other organosilicon compounds, will itself contain no trace metals and function as a barrier to inorganic, metals and organic solutes, preventing leaching of these species from the coated substrate into syringe fluids. In addition to leaching control of plastic syringes, the same plasma pH protective coating or layer technology offers potential to provide a solute barrier to the plunger tip, typically made of elastomeric plastic compositions containing even higher levels of leachable organic oligomers and catalysts.
- Moreover, certain syringes prefilled with synthetic and biological pharmaceutical formulations are very oxygen and moisture sensitive. A critical factor in the conversion from glass to plastic syringe barrels will be the improvement of plastic oxygen and moisture barrier performance. The plasma pH protective coating or layer technology is suitable to maintain the SiOx composite barrier coating or layer for protection against oxygen and moisture over an extended shelf life.
- Even another embodiment is a
plunger 258 for a syringe 252, comprising a piston or tip, a pH protective coating or layer, and a push rod. The piston or tip has a front face, a generally cylindrical side face that slides within thebarrel 250, comprising a substrate, and a back portion. The side face is configured to movably seat within a syringe barrel. The pH protective coating or layer is on the substrate and is a lubricity and/or pH protective coating interfacing with the side face. The lubricity and/or pH protective coating is produced from a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) process employing the previously defined precursor feed or process gas. The push rod engages the back portion of the piston and is configured for advancing the piston in a syringe barrel. - Even another embodiment is a medical or diagnostic kit including a vessel having a coating or layer as defined in any embodiment herein on a substrate as defined in any embodiment above. Optionally, the kit additionally includes a medicament or diagnostic agent which is contained in the vessel with a pH protective coating in contact with the coating or layer; and/or a hypodermic needle, double-ended needle, or other delivery conduit; and/or an instruction sheet.
- Other aspects of the invention include any one or more of the following:
- Use of the pH protective coating or layer according to any embodiment described above for treating a surface and thereby preventing or reducing mechanical and/or chemical effects of the surface on a compound or composition in contact with the pH protective coating or layer;
- Use of the coating or layer according to any described embodiment as a lubricity and/or pH protective coating;
- Use of the coating or layer according to any described embodiment for protecting a compound or composition contacting the pH protective coating or layer against mechanical and/or chemical effects of the surface of the vessel material without a pH protective coating;
- Use of the coating or layer according to any described embodiment for preventing or reducing precipitation and/or clotting or platelet activation of a compound or a component of the composition in contact with the coating or layer.
- As one option, the compound or a component of the composition is insulin, and precipitation of the insulin is prevented or reduced. As another option, the compound or a component of the composition is blood or a blood fraction, and blood clotting or platelet activation is prevented or reduced. As still another option, the vessel with a pH protective coating is a blood collection tube. Optionally, the blood collection tube can contain an agent for preventing blood clotting or platelet activation, for example ethylenediamineteetraacetic acid (EDTA), a sodium salt thereof, or heparin.
- Additional options for use of the invention include any one or more of the following:
- Use of a coated substrate according to any described embodiment, for example a vessel such as a sample collection tube, for example a blood collection tube and/or a closed-ended sample collection tube; a vial; a conduit; a cuvette; or a vessel part, for example a stopper; or a syringe, or a syringe part, for example a barrel or piston for reception and/or storage and/or delivery of a compound or composition.
- The use of a coated substrate according to any described embodiment is contemplated for storing insulin.
- The use of a coated substrate according to any described embodiment is contemplated for storing blood. Optionally, the stored blood is viable for return to the vascular system of a patient.
- Use of a coating or layer according to any described embodiment is contemplated as (i) a lubricity coating having a lower frictional resistance than the uncoated surface; and/or (ii) a pH protective coating preventing dissolution of the barrier coating in contact with a fluid, and/or (iii) a hydrophobic layer that is more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- Other aspects of the invention include any of the uses defined above in the summary section.
- The organosilicon precursor for the composite barrier coating or layer and the pH protective layer can include any of the following precursors useful for PECVD. The precursor for the PECVD pH protective coating or layer of the present invention is broadly defined as an organometallic precursor. An organometallic precursor is defined in this specification as comprehending compounds of metal elements from Group III and/or Group IV of the Periodic Table having organic residues, for example hydrocarbon, aminocarbon or oxycarbon residues. Organometallic compounds as presently defined include any precursor having organic moieties bonded to silicon or other Group III/IV metal atoms directly, or optionally bonded through oxygen or nitrogen atoms. The relevant elements of Group III of the Periodic Table are Boron, Aluminum, Gallium, Indium, Thallium, Scandium, Yttrium, and Lanthanum, Aluminum and Boron being preferred. The relevant elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table are Silicon, Germanium, Tin, Lead, Titanium, Zirconium, Hafnium, and Thorium, with Silicon and Tin being preferred. Other volatile organic compounds can also be contemplated. However, organosilicon compounds are preferred for performing present invention.
- An organosilicon precursor is contemplated, where an “organosilicon precursor” is defined throughout this specification most broadly as a compound having at least one of the linkages:
- The first structure immediately above is a tetravalent silicon atom connected to an oxygen atom and an organic carbon atom (an organic carbon atom being a carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom). The second structure immediately above is a tetravalent silicon atom connected to an —NH— linkage and an organic carbon atom (an organic carbon atom being a carbon atom bonded to at least one hydrogen atom). Optionally, the organosilicon precursor is selected from the group consisting of a linear siloxane, a monocyclic siloxane, a polycyclic siloxane, a polysilsesquioxane, a linear silazane, a monocyclic silazane, a polycyclic silazane, a polysilsesquiazane, and a combination of any two or more of these precursors. Also contemplated as a precursor, though not within the two formulas immediately above, is an alkyl trimethoxysilane.
- If an oxygen-containing precursor (for example a Siloxane) is used, a representative predicted empirical composition resulting from PECVD under conditions forming a hydrophobic or lubricating pH protective coating or layer would be SiwOxCyHz or its equivalent SiOxCy as defined in the Definition Section, while a representative predicted empirical composition resulting from PECVD under conditions forming a composite barrier coating or layer would be SiOx, where x in this formula is from about 1.5 to about 2.4. If a nitrogen-containing precursor (for example a silazane) is used, the predicted composition would be Siw*Nx*Cy*Hz*, i.e. in SiwOxCyHz or its equivalent SiOxCy as specified in the Definition Section, O is replaced by N and the indices for H are adapted to the higher valency of N as compared to O (3 instead of 2. The latter adaptation will generally follow the ratio of w, x, y and z in a Siloxane to the corresponding indices in its aza counterpart. In a particular aspect of the invention, Siw*Nx*Cy*Hz* (or its equivalent SiNx*Cy*) in which w*, x*, y*, and z* are defined the same as w, x, y, and z for the siloxane counterparts, but for an optional deviation in the number of hydrogen atoms.
- One type of precursor starting material having the above empirical formula is a linear siloxane, for example a material having the following formula:
- in which each R is independently selected from alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, vinyl, alkyne, or others, and n is 1, 2, 3, 4, or greater, optionally two or greater. Several examples of contemplated linear siloxanes are
hexamethyldisiloxane (HMDSO),
octamethyltrisiloxane,
decamethyltetrasiloxane,
dodecamethylpentasiloxane,
or combinations of two or more of these. The analogous silazanes in which —NH— is substituted for the oxygen atom in the above structure are also useful for making analogous pH protective coatings or layers. Several examples of contemplated linear silazanes are octamethyltrisilazane, decamethyltetrasilazane, or combinations of two or more of these. - Another type of precursor starting material, among the preferred starting materials in the present context, is a monocyclic siloxane, for example a material having the following structural formula:
- in which R is defined as for the linear structure and “a” is from 3 to about 10, or the analogous monocyclic silazanes. Several examples of contemplated hetero-substituted and unsubstituted monocyclic siloxanes and silazanes include
1,3,5-trimethyl-1,3,5-tris(3,3,3-trifluoropropyl)methyl]cyclotrisiloxane
2,4,6,8-tetramethyl-2,4,6,8-tetravinylcyclotetrasiloxane,
pentamethylcyclopentasiloxane,
pentavinylpentamethylcyclopentasiloxane,
hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane,
hexaphenylcyclotrisiloxane,
octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS),
octaphenylcyclotetrasiloxane,
decamethylcyclopentasiloxane
dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane,
methyl(3,3,3-trifluoropropl)cyclosiloxane,
Cyclic organosilazanes are also contemplated, such as - 1,3,5,7-tetravinyl-1,3,5,7-tetramethylcyclotetrasilazane hexamethylcyclotrisilazane,
octamethylcyclotetrasilazane,
decamethylcyclopentasilazane,
dodecamethylcyclohexasilazane, or
combinations of any two or more of these. - Another type of precursor starting material, among the preferred starting materials in the present context, is a polycyclic siloxane, for example a material having one of the following structural formulas:
- in which Y can be oxygen or nitrogen, E is silicon, and Z is a hydrogen atom or an organic substituent, for example alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, vinyl, alkyne, or others. When each Y is oxygen, the respective structures, from left to right, are a Silatrane, a Silquasilatrane, and a Silproatrane. When Y is nitrogen, the respective structures are an azasilatrane, an azasilquasiatrane, and an azasilproatrane.
- Another type of polycyclic siloxane precursor starting material, among the preferred starting materials in the present context, is a polysilsesquioxane, with the empirical formula RSiO1.5 and the structural formula:
- in which each R is a hydrogen atom or an organic substituent, for example alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, vinyl, alkyne, or others. Two commercial materials of this sort are SST-eM01 poly(methylsilsesquioxane), in which each R is methyl, and SST-3MH1.1 poly(Methyl-Hydridosilsesquioxane), in which 90% of the R groups are methyl, 10% are hydrogen atoms. This material is available in a 10% solution in tetrahydrofuran, for example. Combinations of two or more of these are also contemplated. Other examples of a contemplated precursor are methylsilatrane, CAS No. 2288-13-3, in which each Y is oxygen and Z is methyl, methylazasilatrane, poly(methylsilsesquioxane) (for example SST-eM01 poly(methylsilsesquioxane)), in which each R optionally can be methyl, SST-3MH1.1 poly(Methyl-Hydridosilsesquioxane) (for example SST-3MH1.1 poly(Methyl-Hydridosilsesquioxane)), in which 90% of the R groups are methyl and 10% are hydrogen atoms, or a combination of any two or more of these.
- The analogous polysilsesquiazanes in which —NH— is substituted for the oxygen atom in the above structure are also useful for making analogous pH protective coating or layer. Examples of contemplated polysilsesquiazanes are a poly(methylsilsesquiazane), in which each R is methyl, and a poly(Methyl-Hydridosilsesquiazane, in which 90% of the R groups are methyl, 10% are hydrogen atoms. Combinations of two or more of these are also contemplated.
- One particularly contemplated precursor for the composite barrier coating or layer according to the present invention is a linear siloxane, for example is HMDSO. One particularly contemplated precursor for the lubricity coating or layer and the pH protective coating or layer according to the present invention is a cyclic siloxane, for example octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS).
- It is believed that the OMCTS or other cyclic siloxane molecule provides several advantages over other siloxane materials. First, its ring structure results in a less dense pH protective coating or layer (as compared to pH protective coating or layer prepared from HMDSO). The molecule also allows selective ionization so that the final structure and chemical composition of the pH protective coating or layer can be directly controlled through the application of the plasma power. Other organosilicon molecules are readily ionized (fractured) so that it is more difficult to retain the original structure of the molecule.
- In any of the PECVD methods according to the present invention, the applying step optionally can be carried out by vaporizing the precursor and providing it in the vicinity of the substrate. For example, OMCTS is usually vaporized by heating it to about 50° C. before applying it to the PECVD apparatus.
- Cyclic organosilicon precursors, in particular monocyclic organosilicon precursors (like the monocyclic precursors listed elsewhere in present description), and specifically OMCTS, are particularly suitable to achieve a pH protective coating or layer.
- Generally, for a pH protective coating or layer, O2 can be present in an amount (which can, for example be expressed by the flow rate in seem) which is less than one order of magnitude greater than the organosilicon amount. In contrast, in order to achieve a composite barrier coating or layer, the amount of 02 typically is at least one order of magnitude higher than the amount of organosilicon precursor. In particular, the volume ratio (in seem) of organosilicon precursor to O2 for a pH protective coating or layer can be in the range from 0.1:1 to 10:1, optionally in the range from 0.3:1 to 8:1, optionally in the range from 0.5:1 to 5:1, optionally from 1:1 to 3:1. The presence of the precursor and O2 in the volume ratios as given in Tables 1 to 3 is specifically suitable to achieve a pH protective coating or layer.
- In one aspect of the invention, a carrier gas is absent in the reaction mixture, in another aspect of the invention, it is present. Suitable carrier gases include Argon, Helium and other noble gases such as Neon and Xenon. When the carrier gas is present in the reaction mixture, it is typically present in a volume (in seem) exceeding the volume of the organosilicon precursor. For example, the ratio of the organosilicon precursor to carrier gas can be from 1:1 to 1:50, optionally from 1:5 to 1:40, optionally from 1:10 to 1:30. One function of the carrier gas is to dilute the reactants in the plasma, encouraging the formation of a coating on the substrate instead of powdered reaction products that do not adhere to the substrate and are largely removed with the exhaust gases.
- Since the addition of Argon gas improves the lubricity and/or pH protective performance (see the working examples below), it is believed that additional ionization of the molecule in the presence of Argon contributes to providing lubricity. The Si—O—Si bonds of the molecule have a high bond energy followed by the Si—C, with the C—H bonds being the weakest. Lubricity and/or pH protective appears to be achieved when a portion of the C—H bonds are broken. This allows the connecting (cross-linking) of the structure as it grows. Addition of oxygen (with the Argon) is understood to enhance this process. A small amount of oxygen can also provide C—O bonding to which other molecules can bond. The combination of breaking C—H bonds and adding oxygen all at low pressure and power leads to a chemical structure that is solid while providing lubricity.
- In any of embodiments, one preferred combination of process gases includes octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS) or another cyclic siloxane as the precursor, in the presence of oxygen as an oxidizing gas and argon as a carrier gas. Without being bound to the accuracy of this theory, the inventors believe this particular combination is effective for the following reasons. The presence of O2, N2O, or another oxidizing gas and/or of a carrier gas, in particular of a carrier gas, for example a noble gas, for example Argon (Ar), is contemplated to improve the resulting pH protective coating or layer.
- Some non-exhaustive alternative selections and suitable proportions of the precursor gas, oxygen, and a carrier gas are provided below.
- OMCTS: 0.5-5.0 sccm
Oxygen: 0.1-5.0 sccm
Argon: 1.0-20 sccm - The low-pressure PECVD process described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 can be used to provide the barrier, lubricity, and pH protective layers described in this specification. A brief synopsis of that process follows.
- A PECVD apparatus suitable for performing the present invention includes a vessel holder, an inner electrode, an outer electrode, and a power supply. A vessel seated on the vessel holder defines a plasma reaction chamber, which optionally can be a vacuum chamber. Optionally, a source of vacuum, a reactant gas source, a gas feed or a combination of two or more of these can be supplied. Optionally, a gas drain, not necessarily including a source of vacuum, is provided to transfer gas to or from the interior of a vessel seated on the port to define a closed chamber.
- The PECVD apparatus can be used for atmospheric-pressure PECVD, in which case the plasma reaction chamber does not need to function as a vacuum chamber.
- Referring to
FIGS. 1 and 2 , thevessel holder 50 comprises agas inlet port 104 for conveying a gas into a vessel seated on the vessel port. Thegas inlet port 104 has a sliding seal provided by at least one O-ring 106, or two O-rings in series, or three O-rings in series, which can seat against acylindrical probe 108 when theprobe 108 is inserted through thegas inlet port 104. Theprobe 108 can be a gas inlet conduit that extends to a gas delivery port at itsdistal end 110. Thedistal end 110 of the illustrated embodiment can be inserted deep into thevessel 80 for providing one or more PECVD reactants and other precursor feed or process gases. -
FIG. 5 shows additional optional details of the coating orlayer station 28 that are usable, for example, with all the illustrated embodiments. The coating orlayer station 28 can also have amain vacuum valve 574 in itsvacuum line 576 leading to thepressure sensor 152. Amanual bypass valve 578 is provided in thebypass line 580. Avent valve 582 controls flow at thevent 404. - Flow out of the PECVD gas or
precursor source 144 is controlled by a mainreactant gas valve 584 regulating flow through the mainreactant feed line 586. One component of thegas source 144 is theorganosilicon liquid reservoir 588. The contents of thereservoir 588 are drawn through theorganosilicon capillary line 590, which is provided at a suitable length to provide the desired flow rate. Flow of organosilicon vapor is controlled by the organosilicon shut-offvalve 592. Pressure is applied to theheadspace 614 of theliquid reservoir 588, for example a pressure in the range of 0-15 psi (0 to 78 cm. Hg), from apressure source 616 such as pressurized air connected to theheadspace 614 by apressure line 618 to establish repeatable organosilicon liquid delivery that is not dependent on atmospheric pressure (and the fluctuations therein). Thereservoir 588 is sealed and thecapillary connection 620 is at the bottom of thereservoir 588 to ensure that only neat organosilicon liquid (not the pressurized gas from theheadspace 614 flows through thecapillary tube 590. The organosilicon liquid optionally can be heated above ambient temperature, if necessary or desirable to cause the organosilicon liquid to evaporate, forming an organosilicon vapor. To accomplish this heating, the pH protective coating or layer apparatus can advantageously include heated delivery lines from the exit of the precursor reservoir to as close as possible to the gas inlet into the syringe. Preheating is useful, for example, when feeding OMCTS. - Oxygen is provided from the
oxygen tank 594 via anoxygen feed line 596 controlled by amass flow controller 598 and provided with an oxygen shut-offvalve 600. - For instances in which a carrier gas is used, the carrier gas is obtained from a source of
carrier gas 602 and passes via aconduit 604, controlled by a carrier gas shut-offvalve 606, to the mainreactant feed line 586 where it is combined with the other components of the PECVD gas feed. - Referring especially to
FIG. 1 , theprocessing station 28 can include anelectrode 160 fed by a radiofrequency power supply 162 for providing an electric field for generating plasma within thevessel 80 during processing. In this embodiment, theprobe 108 is also electrically conductive and is grounded, thus providing a counter-electrode within thevessel 80. Alternatively, in any embodiment theouter electrode 160 can be grounded and theprobe 108 directly connected to thepower supply 162. - In the embodiment of
FIG. 1 , theouter electrode 160 can either be generally cylindrical as illustrated inFIGS. 1 and 2 or a generally U-shaped elongated channel as illustrated inFIG. 1 (FIG. 2 being an embodiment of the section taken along section line A-A ofFIG. 1 ). Each illustrated embodiment has one or more sidewalls, such as 164 and 166, and optionally atop end 168, disposed about thevessel 80 in close proximity. - Referring to
FIGS. 3 and 4 , a specific adaptation of the PECVD process is described for applying PECVD coatings to a vessel such as a syringe barrel that is open at both ends. -
FIGS. 3 and 4 show a method and apparatus generally indicated at 290 for coating or layer an inner orinterior surface 292 of arestricted opening 294 of a generallytubular vessel 250 to be processed, for example the restricted front opening 294 of asyringe barrel 250, by PECVD. The previously described process is modified by connecting the restrictedopening 294 to aprocessing vessel 296 and optionally making certain other modifications. - The generally
tubular vessel 250 to be processed includes anouter surface 298, an inner or inner orinterior surface 254 defining alumen 300, alarger opening 302 having an inner diameter, and arestricted opening 294 that is defined by an inner orinterior surface 292 and has an inner diameter smaller than the inner diameter of thelarger opening 302. - The
processing vessel 296 has alumen 304 and aprocessing vessel opening 306, which optionally is the only opening, although in other embodiments a second opening can be provided that optionally is closed off during processing. Theprocessing vessel opening 306 is connected with the restrictedopening 294 of thevessel 250 to be processed to establish communication between thelumen 300 of thevessel 250 to be processed and the processing vessel lumen via the restrictedopening 294. - At least a partial vacuum is drawn within the
lumen 300 of thevessel 250 to be processed andlumen 304 of theprocessing vessel 296. A PECVD reactant is flowed from thegas source 144 through thefirst opening 302, then through thelumen 300 of thevessel 250 to be processed, then through the restrictedopening 294, then into thelumen 304 of theprocessing vessel 296. - The PECVD reactant can be introduced through the
larger opening 302 of thevessel 250 by providing a generally tubularinner electrode 308 having aninterior passage 310, aproximal end 312, adistal end 314, and adistal opening 316, in an alternative embodiment multiple distal openings can be provided adjacent to thedistal end 314 and communicating with theinterior passage 310. The distal end of theelectrode 308 can be placed adjacent to or into thelarger opening 302 of thevessel 250 to be processed. A reactant gas can be fed through thedistal opening 316 of theelectrode 308 into thelumen 300 of thevessel 250 to be processed. The reactant will flow through the restrictedopening 294, then into thelumen 304, to the extent the PECVD reactant is provided at a higher pressure than the vacuum initially drawn before introducing the PECVD reactant. -
Plasma 318 is generated adjacent to the restrictedopening 294 under conditions effective to deposit a coating or layer of a PECVD reaction product on the inner orinterior surface 292 of the restrictedopening 294. - More details concerning adapting the PECVD process to syringe processing are provided, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188.
- Specific PECVD conditions for application of a pH protective coating or layer are provided below.
- Typically, the plasma in the PECVD process is generated at RF frequency. For providing a pH protective layer on the interior of a vessel by a plasma reaction carried out within the vessel, the plasma of any embodiment can be generated with an electric power of from 0.1 to 500 W, optionally from 0.1 to 400 W, optionally from 0.1 to 300 W, optionally from 1 to 250 W, optionally from 1 to 200 W, even optionally from 10 to 150 W, optionally from 20 to 150 W, for example of 40 W, optionally from 40 to 150 W, even optionally from 60 to 150 W. The ratio of the electrode power to the plasma volume can be less than 100 W/ml, optionally is from 5 W/ml to 75 W/ml, optionally is from 6 W/ml to 60 W/ml, optionally is from 10 W/ml to 50 W/ml, optionally from 20 W/ml to 40 W/ml. These power levels are suitable for applying pH protective coatings or layers to syringes and sample tubes and pharmaceutical packages or other vessels of similar geometry having a void volume of 5 mL in which PECVD plasma is generated. It is contemplated that for larger or smaller objects the power applied, in Watts, should be increased or reduced accordingly to scale the process to the size of the substrate.
- Exemplary reaction conditions for preparing a pH protective coating or layer according to the present invention in a 3 ml sample size syringe with a 1/8″ diameter tube (open at the end) are as follows:
- OMCTS: 0.5-10 sccm
Oxygen: 0.1-10 sccm
Argon: 1.0-200 sccm
Power: 0.1-500 watts - OMCTS: 2.0 sccm
Oxygen: 0.7 sccm
Argon: 7.0 sccm
Power: 3.5 watts - The pH protective coating or layer and its application are described in more detail below. A method for applying the coating includes several steps. A vessel wall is provided, as is a reaction mixture comprising plasma forming gas, i.e. an organosilicon compound gas, optionally an oxidizing gas, and optionally a hydrocarbon gas.
- Plasma is formed in the reaction mixture that is substantially free of hollow cathode plasma. The vessel wall is contacted with the reaction mixture, and the pH protective coating or layer of SiOx is deposited on at least a portion of the vessel wall.
- In certain embodiments, the generation of a uniform plasma throughout the portion of the vessel to be coated is contemplated, as it has been found in certain instances to generate a better pH protective coating or layer. Uniform plasma means regular plasma that does not include a substantial amount of hollow cathode plasma (which has a higher emission intensity than regular plasma and is manifested as a localized area of higher intensity interrupting the more uniform intensity of the regular plasma).
- A method of applying an optional lubricity coating or layer derived from an organosilicon precursor, and the resulting pH protective coating or layer and coated item are described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188. A “lubricity coating” or any similar term is generally defined as a coating or layer that reduces the frictional resistance of the coated surface, relative to the uncoated surface. If the coated object is a syringe (or syringe part, for example syringe barrel) or any other item generally containing a plunger or movable part in sliding contact with the coated surface, the frictional resistance has two main aspects—breakout force and plunger sliding force.
- It should be understood that a coating optionally can be both a lubricity coating or layer and a pH protective coating or layer, respectively as explained in this description.
- The pH protective or lubricity coating or layer of SiwOxCy or its equivalent SiOxCy also can have utility as a hydrophobic layer. A coating or layer of this kind is contemplated to be hydrophobic, independent of whether it also functions as a lubricity and/or pH protective coating. A coating or layer or treatment is defined as “hydrophobic” if it lowers the wetting tension of a surface, compared to the corresponding uncoated or untreated surface. Hydrophobicity is thus a function of both the untreated substrate and the treatment.
- Suitable hydrophobic coatings or layers and their application, properties, and use are described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188. Dual functional pH protective/hydrophobic coatings or layers having the properties of both types of coatings or layers can be provided for any embodiment of the present invention.
- The thickness of a PECVD coating or layer such as the pH protective coating or layer, the composite barrier coating or layer, the lubricity coating or layer, and/or a composite of any two or more of these layers can be measured, for example, by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). An exemplary TEM image for a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer is shown in
FIG. 6 . An exemplary TEM image for an SiO2 composite barrier coating or layer is shown inFIG. 7 . - The TEM can be carried out, for example, as follows. Samples can be prepared for Focused Ion Beam (FIB) cross-sectioning in two ways. Either the samples can be first coated with a thin layer of carbon (50-100 nm thick) and then coated with a sputtered coating or layer of platinum (50-100 nm thick) using a K575X Emitech pH protective coating or layer system, or the samples can be coated directly with the pH protective sputtered Pt layer. The coated samples can be placed in an FEI FIB200 FIB system. An additional coating or layer of platinum can be FIB-deposited by injection of an organometallic gas while rastering the 30 kV gallium ion beam over the area of interest. The area of interest for each sample can be chosen to be a location half way down the length of the syringe barrel. Thin cross sections measuring approximately 15 μm (“micrometers”) long, 2 μm wide and 15 μm deep can be extracted from the die surface using an in-situ FIB lift-out technique. The cross sections can be attached to a 200 mesh copper TEM grid using FIB-deposited platinum. One or two windows in each section, measuring about 8 μm wide, can be thinned to electron transparency using the gallium ion beam of the FEI FIB.
- Cross-sectional image analysis of the prepared samples can be performed utilizing either a Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM), or a Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope (STEM), or both. All imaging data can be recorded digitally. For STEM imaging, the grid with the thinned foils can be transferred to a Hitachi HD2300 dedicated STEM. Scanning transmitted electron images can be acquired at appropriate magnifications in atomic number contrast mode (ZC) and transmitted electron mode (TE). The following instrument settings can be used.
-
Instrument Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope Manufacturer/Model Hitachi HD2300 Accelerating Voltage 200 kV Objective Aperture # 2 Condenser Lens 1 Setting1.672 Condenser Lens 2 Setting1.747 Approximate Objective Lens Setting 5.86 ZC Mode Projector Lens 1.149 TE Mode Projector Lens 0.7 Image Acquisition Pixel Resolution 1280 × 960 Acquisition Time 20 sec.(×4 - For TEM analysis the sample grids can be transferred to a Hitachi HF2000 transmission electron microscope. Transmitted electron images can be acquired at appropriate magnifications. The relevant instrument settings used during image acquisition can be those given below.
-
Instrument Transmission Electron Microscope Manufacturer/Model Hitachi HF2000 Accelerating Voltage 200 kV Condenser Lens 1 0.78 Condenser Lens 20 Objective Lens 6.34 Condenser Lens Aperture # 1 Objective Lens Aperture for #3 imaging Selective Area Aperture for N/A SAD - The following methods can be used to measure the degree of adhesion of the composite barrier coating or layer to a substrate. Key references are:
-
- (1) ASTM D3359-09 “Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test”
- (2) B905-00 “Standard Test Methods for Assessing the Adhesion of Metallic and Inorganic Coatings by the Mechanized Tape Test.”
- (Sections of
1 and 2 followed whenever relevant)References - In this method as used in this specification, a deformation force is applied to an SiOx coated article to stress the coating, after which the extent of removal of the coating with adhesive tape is assessed.
- A coated vial, syringe barrel, cartridge or other article having a cylindrical section is cut at each end of the article resulting in a uniform constant inner diameter (ID) open-ended cylinder. The non-cylindrical or differing ID sections are discarded. Cutting is performed with a hot wire cutter. If appropriate, careful removal of any particles that may be present is achieved with clean, dry compressed air (no physical contact should be made with the coated interior of the cylinder).
- The uniform coated cylinder derived from the vial, syringe barrel, cartridge, or other article is placed in an Instron® stress-strain material testing machine, either (a) in an axial deformation orientation, with open ends vertical; the stainless Instron® plates contacting the circular open edges (also known as “top down deformation”) or (b) in a diametric deformation orientation with its open ends horizontal; the stainless Instron® plates contacting two parallel opposed lengths of the cylinder (also known as “side deformation”). Unless otherwise stated, axial deformation is employed in the test methods specified in the claims.
- Depending on the plastic composition, mold conditions, and cylinder thickness, compression deformation forces are applied; forces should not exceed levels which would result in any irreversible physical deformation or failure of the cylinder. For axial testing of thermoplastic containers as recited in the claims, a compression force of 350 lb. (158 Kg) is employed. For diametric deformation in alternative testing, the same compression force is applied. If side compression or diametric deformation is selected, reproducible contact location of the cylinder on the stainless plates relative to mold lines should be established.
- The cylinder is cut longitudinally in half using the same cutting methods applied in the Sample Preparation Section.
- The curved nature of the cylinders requires a narrow tape strip to facilitate uniform, bubble-free tape adhesion to the coated inner wall surface. A one-sided Scotch Brand adhesive tape is cut to a width of three millimeters and length about six millimeters longer than the overall cylinder length. The adhesive tape section is clamped from about three millimeters from each end of the tape with long handled needle-nose tweezers or micro-hemostats, without touching the walls. Once the tape extends axially and its ends are equally positioned beyond each open end of the cylinder, the tape is contacted with the curved coated inner wall. A small pencil eraser head or hemispherical-rounded end three millimeter stainless rod is then moved up and down the tape surface between the clamps, removing any bubbles under the tape. It is important to apply a uniform force on the tape.
- Once the tape is uniformly adhered to the inner wall, the clamps can be removed, but making sure the previously clamped ends do not adhere to the wall.
- Tape Removal:
- (See Reference 2-p3 (Section 7.4) for details of Tape Pull Time, Rate, and Angle). For the tests carried out in this specification, a 90 o tape pull was used as described below.
- A single needle-nose tweezer or micro-hemostat used previously in the Tape Application Section is clamped on the opposite free end of the wall surface affixed tape, followed by uniform pulling at a 90° angle (perpendicular to the adhered tape) on the clamped tape end with removal of the tape. Clamps attached to an Instron® vertical motion bar can be utilized to provide a uniform rate of tape pull removal.
- Using a Layer Explorer UT Instrument (www.rap-id.com) or equivalent interferometric thickness measurement device, the coating thickness before and after tape application is measured along an axial line bisecting the location of the adherent tape. The reduction of area (coating thickness x length of scan) of the difference after tape pull versus before tape adhesion is a measure of the degree of coating adhesion. This is represented as a percent of original coating retained after tape pull.
- (Sections of
1 and 2 followed whenever relevant)References - In this method as used in this specification, the coating of an SiOx coated article is scratched to stress the coating, after which the extent of removal of the coating with adhesive tape is assessed.
- A coated vial, syringe barrel, or cartridge is cut at each end of the article and cut in half along an axial plane as described above, resulting in a uniform constant inner diameter (ID) half cylinder.
- X scratch pattern:
- If an X scratch pattern is selected, as specified in certain claims, an “X” is scribed onto the inner coated wall surface of the half cylinder, using a stainless pointed dental pick. The shape of the X is a uniformly shaped and positioned pair of scratches forming an axially elongated pattern. The smaller angle between the two scratches is a uniform value between 30° and 40°.
- If a rectangular scratch pattern is selected, as specified in certain claims or described in
Reference 2, Section 10 (p3), an “square cross-cut” is scribed onto the inner coated wall surface of the cylinder, using a sharp razor blade, scalpel, knife or other cutting device. - The tape is applied as described above, but is positioned to overlie the scratches. If an X scratch pattern is employed, the tape is positioned to extend axially with the center of the X centered circumferentially on the tape. If a rectangular scratch pattern is employed, the tape is positioned to extend axially with the tape centered circumferentially on the scratch pattern.
- (See Reference 2-p3 (Section 7.4) for details of Tape Pull Time, Rate, and Angle)
- A single clamp is clamped on the opposite free end of the wall surface affixed tape, followed by uniform pulling at a 90° angle (perpendicular to the adhered tape) on the clamped tape end with removal of the tape. The clamp is attached to an Instron® vertical motion bar to provide a uniform rate of tape pull removal.
- Using a Layer Explorer UT Instrument (www.rap-id.com) or equivalent interferometric thickness measurement device, the coating thickness before and after tape application (but both after X-cut or Cross-cut) along a line bisecting the location of the adherent tape is measured. The reduction of area (coating thickness x length of scan) of the difference after tape pull versus before tape adhesion is a measure of the degree of coating adhesion. This can be represented as a percent of original coating retained after tape pull.
- (B1) Inventive Adhesion performance of SiOx barrier coating on a
COP 5 millilter vial versus comparative borosilicate glass vial using A1 and A2 Adhesion Assessment Methods. - Using established SiOx coating procedures discussed in the Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx in this specification, 5 millilter injection blow-molded vials (SiO2 Medical Products) and
borosilicate glass 5 milliliter vials (Schott) are coated with a composite barrier coating or layer. - Utilizing A1 and A2 Adhesion assessment methods, adhesion results (Table 4) are obtained.
- (B2) Inventive Adhesion performance of Bilayer Coated (SiOx barrier and p-OMCTS pH protective) coating on a
COP 5 millilter vial versus comparative borosilicate glass vial using A1 and A2 Adhesion Assessment Methods. - Using established SiOx coating procedures discussed previously in Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx in this specification, 5 millilter injection blow-molded vials (SiO2 Medical Products) and
borosilicate glass 5 milliliter vials (Schott) were coated with a standard SiOx composite barrier coating or layer and a standard pH protective coating or layer. - Utilizing A1 and A2 Adhesion assessment methods, adhesion results (Table 4) are obtained.
- (B3) Inventive Adhesion performance of SiOx barrier coating on a
COP 1 millilter long staked needle syringe barrel versus comparative borosilicate glass syringe barrel using A1 and A2 Adhesion Assessment Methods. - Using the Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx in this specification, one millilter injection blow-molded staked needle syringe barrel (SiO2 Medical Products) and borosilicate glass syringe barrel (Becton-Dickenson, silicone oil previously removed with hexane) were coated under standard SiOx coating procedures.
- Utilizing A1 and A2 Adhesion assessment methods, adhesion results (Table 4) are obtained.
- (B4) Inventive Adhesion performance of Bilayer Coated (SiOx composite barrier coating or layer and p-OMCTS pH protective coating or layer) coating on a thermoplastic vial versus comparative borosilicate glass vial using A1 and A2 Adhesion Assessment Methods.
- Using the Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx in this specification, one mL (milliliter) injection blow-molded staked needle syringe barrel (SiO2 Medical Products) and borosilicate glass syringe barrel (Becton-Dickenson, silicone oil previously removed with hexane) are coated under SiOx composite barrier coating or layer and pH protective coating or layer protocols as shown in this specification.
- Utilizing A1 and A2 Adhesion assessment methods, adhesion results (Table 5) are predicted.
- Pharmaceutical packages or other vessels, such as a prefilled syringe (schematically shown in
FIG. 8 ) or a vial or blister pack (schematically shown inFIGS. 9 and 10 ) are contemplated having a composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 at least partially covered by a pH protective coating or layer such as 286. - The
pharmaceutical package 210 as shown in any embodiment, for exampleFIGS. 8-10 , comprises a vessel or vessel part such as 250; optionally a composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 on the vessel or vessel part; a pH protective coating or layer such as 286 on the vessel, vessel part, or composite barrier coating or layer; and a pharmaceutical composition or preparation such as 218 contained within the vessel. - The composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 can be an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer applied as described in any embodiment of this specification. For example, the composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 of any embodiment can be applied at a thickness of at least 2 nm, or at least 4 nm, or at least 7 nm, or at least 10 nm, or at least 20 nm, or at least 30 nm, or at least 40 nm, or at least 50 nm, or at least 100 nm, or at least 150 nm, or at least 200 nm, or at least 300 nm, or at least 400 nm, or at least 500 nm, or at least 600 nm, or at least 700 nm, or at least 800 nm, or at least 900 nm. The composite barrier coating or layer can be up to 1000 nm, or at most 900 nm, or at most 800 nm, or at most 700 nm, or at most 600 nm, or at most 500 nm, or at most 400 nm, or at most 300 nm, or at most 200 nm, or at most 100 nm, or at most 90 nm, or at most 80 nm, or at most 70 nm, or at most 60 nm, or at most 50 nm, or at most 40 nm, or at most 30 nm, or at most 20 nm, or at most 10 nm, or at most 5 nm thick. Specific thickness ranges composed of any one of the minimum thicknesses expressed above, plus any equal or greater one of the maximum thicknesses expressed above, are expressly contemplated. The thickness of the SiOx or other composite barrier coating or layer can be measured, for example, by transmission electron microscopy (TEM), and its composition can be measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). The pH protective coating or layer described herein can be applied to a variety of pharmaceutical packages or other vessels made from plastic or glass, for example to plastic tubes, vials, and syringes.
- The pH protective coating or layer such as 286 can be an SiOxCy pH protective coating or layer applied as described in any embodiment of this specification. For example, the pH protective coating or layer such as 286 of any embodiment comprises or consists essentially of a coating or layer of SiOxCy applied over the composite barrier coating or
layer 288 to protect at least a portion of the composite barrier coating or layer from the pharmaceutical preparation such as 218 inFIGS. 8-10 . The pH protective coating or layer such as 286 is provided, for example, by applying one of the described precursors on or in the vicinity of a substrate in a PECVD process, providing a pH protective coating. The coating can be applied, for example, at a thickness of 1 to 5000 nm, or 10 to 1000 nm, or 10 to 500 nm, or 10 to 200 nm, or 20 to 100 nm, or 30 to 1000 nm, or 30 to 500 nm thick, or 30 to 1000 nm, or 20 to 100 nm, or 80 to 150 nm, and crosslinking or polymerizing (or both) the pH protective layer, optionally in a PECVD process, to provide a protected surface. - Although not intending to be bound according to the accuracy of the following theory, the inventors contemplate that the pH protective coating or layer, applied over an SiOx barrier layer on a vessel wall, functions at least in part by passivating the SiOx barrier layer surface against attack by the contents of the vessel, as well as providing a more resistant or sacrificial independent layer to isolate the SiOx barrier layer from the contents of the vessel. It is thus contemplated that the pH protective coating or layer can be very thin, and even so improve the shelf life of the pharmaceutical package.
- A lubricity coating or layer can be applied after applying an SiOx barrier layer and/or a pH protective coating or layer to the inner or interior surface or to other parts of the pharmaceutical package, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188.
- Thus, the coating or
layer 90 can comprise a composite barrier coating or layer of SiOx and a pH protective layer of SiwOxCy (which for all embodiments in this specification is equivalent to SiOxCy, since w=1) and optionally in any embodiment further including a lubricity coating or layer, each characterized as defined in this specification. As another option, the composite barrier coating or layer of SiOx can be deposited at a location more remote from the pH protective coating or layer, with at least one intervening coating or layer of another material. - Another expedient contemplated here, for adjacent layers of SiOx and a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer, is a graded composite of SiOx and SiwOxCy, or its equivalent SiOxCy, as defined in the Definition Section. A graded composite can be separate layers of a lubricity and/or pH protective and/or barrier layer or coating with a transition or interface of intermediate composition between them, or separate layers of a lubricity and/or pH protective and/or hydrophobic layer and SiOx with an intermediate distinct pH protective coating or layer of intermediate composition between them, or a single coating or layer that changes continuously or in steps from a composition of a lubricity and/or pH protective and/or hydrophobic layer to a composition more like SiOx, going through the pH protective coating or layer in a normal direction.
- The grade in the graded composite can go in either direction. For example, the composition of SiOx can be applied directly to the substrate and graduate to a composition further from the surface of a pH protective coating or layer, and optionally can further graduate to another type of coating or layer, such as a hydrophobic coating or layer or a lubricity coating or layer. Additionally, in any embodiment an adhesion coating or layer, for example SiwOxCy, or its equivalent SiOxCy, optionally can be applied directly to the substrate before applying the barrier layer. A graduated pH protective coating or layer is particularly contemplated if a layer of one composition is better for adhering to the substrate than another, in which case the better-adhering composition can, for example, be applied directly to the substrate. It is contemplated that the more distant portions of the graded pH protective coating or layer can be less compatible with the substrate than the adjacent portions of the graded pH protective coating or layer, since at any point the pH protective coating or layer is changing gradually in properties, so adjacent portions at nearly the same depth of the pH protective coating or layer have nearly identical composition, and more widely physically separated portions at substantially different depths can have more diverse properties. It is also contemplated that a pH protective coating or layer portion that forms a better barrier against transfer of material to or from the substrate can be directly against the substrate, to prevent the more remote pH protective coating or layer portion that forms a poorer barrier from being contaminated with the material intended to be barred or impeded by the barrier.
- The applied coatings or layers, instead of being graded, optionally can have sharp transitions between one layer and the next, without a substantial gradient of composition. Such pH protective coating or layer can be made, for example, by providing the gases to produce a layer as a steady state flow in a non-plasma state, then energizing the system with a brief plasma discharge to form a coating or layer on the substrate. If a subsequent pH protective coating or layer is to be applied, the gases for the previous pH protective coating or layer are cleared out and the gases for the next pH protective coating or layer are applied in a steady-state fashion before energizing the plasma and again forming a distinct layer on the surface of the substrate or its outermost previous pH protective coating or layer, with little if any gradual transition at the interface.
- Another embodiment is a
pharmaceutical package 210 as shown in any embodiment, for exampleFIGS. 8-10 , comprising a vessel or vessel part such as 214 or 250 made of glass; optionally a composite barrier coating or layer such as 288 on the vessel or vessel part; a pH protective coating or layer such as 286 on the vessel, vessel part, or composite barrier coating or layer; and a pharmaceutical composition or preparation such as 218 contained within the vessel. In this embodiment the composite barrier coating or layer is optional because a glass vessel wall in itself is an extremely good barrier layer. It is contemplated to optionally provide a barrier layer primarily to provide isolation: in other words, to prevent contact and interchange of material of any kind, such as ions of the glass or constituents of the pharmaceutical composition or preparation between the vessel wall and the contents of the vessel. The pH protective layer as defined in this specification is contemplated to perform the isolation function independently, at least to a degree. This protection layer is contemplated to provide a useful function on glass in contact with the pharmaceutical composition or preparation, as the present working examples show that borosilicate glass, commonly used today for pharmaceutical packaging, is dissolved by a fluid composition having a pH exceeding 5. Particularly in applications where such dissolution is disadvantageous or perceived to be disadvantageous, the present pH protective coatings or layers will find utility. - The vessel can be made, for example of glass of any type used in medical or laboratory applications, such as soda-lime glass, borosilicate glass, or other glass formulations. One function of a pH protective coating or layer on a glass vessel can be to reduce the ingress of ions in the glass, either intentionally or as impurities, for example sodium, calcium, or others, from the glass to the contents of the pharmaceutical package or other vessel, such as a reagent or blood in an evacuated blood collection tube. Alternatively, a dual functional pH protective/lubricity coating or layer can be used on a glass vessel in whole or in part, such as selectively at surfaces contacted in sliding relation to other parts, to provide lubricity, for example to ease the insertion or removal of a stopper or passage of a sliding element such as a piston in a syringe, as well as to provide the isolation of a pH protective coating or layer. Still another reason to coat a glass vessel, for example with a dual functional hydrophobic and pH protective coating or layer, is to prevent a reagent or intended sample for the pharmaceutical package or other vessel, such as blood, from sticking to the wall of the vessel or an increase in the rate of coagulation of the blood in contact with the wall of the vessel, as well as to provide the isolation of a pH protective coating or layer.
- A related embodiment is a vessel as described in the previous paragraphs, in which the composite barrier coating or layer is made of soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, or another type of glass coating or layer on a substrate.
- A vessel with a pH protective coating as described herein and/or prepared according to a method described herein can be used for reception and/or storage and/or delivery of a compound or composition. The compound or composition can be sensitive, for example air-sensitive, oxygen-sensitive, sensitive to humidity and/or sensitive to mechanical influences. It can be a biologically active compound or composition, for example a pharmaceutical preparation or medicament like insulin or a composition comprising insulin. In another aspect, it can be a biological fluid, optionally a bodily fluid, for example blood or a blood fraction. In certain aspects of the present invention, the compound or composition can be a product to be administrated to a subject in need thereof, for example a product to be injected, like blood (as in transfusion of blood from a donor to a recipient or reintroduction of blood from a patient back to the patient) or insulin.
- A vessel with a pH protective coating as described herein and/or prepared according to a method described herein can further be used for protecting a compound or composition contained in its interior space against mechanical and/or chemical effects of the surface of the vessel material. For example, it can be used for preventing or reducing precipitation and/or clotting or platelet activation of the compound or a component of the composition, for example insulin precipitation or blood clotting or platelet activation.
- It can further be used for protecting a compound or composition contained in its interior against the environment outside of the pharmaceutical package or other vessel, for example by preventing or reducing the entry of one or more compounds from the environment surrounding the vessel into the interior space of the vessel. Such environmental compound can be a gas or liquid, for example an atmospheric gas or liquid containing oxygen, air, and/or water vapor.
- A vessel with a pH protective coating as described herein can also be evacuated and stored in an evacuated state. For example, the pH protective coating or layer allows better maintenance of the vacuum in comparison to a corresponding vessel without a pH protective coating. In one aspect of this embodiment, the vessel with a pH protective coating is a blood collection tube. The tube can also contain an agent for preventing blood clotting or platelet activation, for example EDTA or heparin.
- Any of the above-described embodiments can be made, for example, by providing as the vessel a length of tubing from about 1 cm to about 200 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 150 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 120 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 100 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 80 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 60 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 40 cm, optionally from about 1 cm to about 30 cm long, and processing it with a probe electrode as described below. Particularly for the longer lengths in the above ranges, it is contemplated that relative motion between the probe and the vessel can be useful during pH protective coating or layer formation. This can be done, for example, by moving the vessel with respect to the probe or moving the probe with respect to the vessel.
- In these embodiments, it is contemplated that the composite barrier coating or layer can be thinner or less complete than would be preferred to provide the high gas barrier integrity needed in an evacuated blood collection tube. In these embodiments, it is contemplated that the pH protective coating or layer can be thinner or less complete than would be preferred to provide the long shelf life needed to store a liquid material in contact with the barrier layer for an extended period.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel has a central axis.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel wall is sufficiently flexible to be flexed at least once at 20° C., without breaking the wall, over a range from at least substantially straight to a bending radius at the central axis of not more than 100 times as great as the outer diameter of the vessel.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the bending radius at the central axis is not more than 90 times as great as, or not more than 80 times as great as, or not more than 70 times as great as, or not more than 60 times as great as, or not more than 50 times as great as, or not more than 40 times as great as, or not more than 30 times as great as, or not more than 20 times as great as, or not more than 10 times as great as, or not more than 9 times as great as, or not more than 8 times as great as, or not more than 7 times as great as, or not more than 6 times as great as, or not more than 5 times as great as, or not more than 4 times as great as, or not more than 3 times as great as, or not more than 2 times as great as, or not more than, the outer diameter of the vessel.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel wall can be a fluid-contacting surface made of flexible material.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel lumen can be the fluid flow passage of a pump.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel can be a blood bag adapted to maintain blood in good condition for medical use.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the polymeric material can be a silicone elastomer or a thermoplastic polyurethane, as two examples, or any material suitable for contact with blood, or with insulin.
- In an optional embodiment, the vessel has an inner diameter of at least 2 mm, or at least 4 mm.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the vessel is a tube.
- As an optional feature of any of the foregoing embodiments the lumen has at least two open ends.
- Vessel Containing Viable Blood, Having a pH Protective Coating or Layer Deposited from an Organosilicon Precursor
- Even another embodiment is a blood containing vessel. Several non-limiting examples of such a vessel are a blood transfusion bag, a blood sample collection vessel in which a sample has been collected, the tubing of a heart-lung machine, a flexible-walled blood collection bag, or tubing used to collect a patient's blood during surgery and reintroduce the blood into the patient's vasculature. If the vessel includes a pump for pumping blood, a particularly suitable pump is a centrifugal pump or a peristaltic pump. The vessel has a wall; the wall has an inner or interior surface defining a lumen. The inner or interior surface of the wall has an at least partial pH protective coating or layer of a pH protective layer, which optionally also presents a hydrophobic surface. The pH protective coating or layer can be as thin as monomolecular thickness or as thick as about 1000 nm. The vessel contains blood viable for return to the vascular system of a patient disposed within the lumen in contact with the hydrophobic layer.
- An embodiment is a blood containing vessel including a wall and having an inner or interior surface defining a lumen. The inner or interior surface has an at least partial pH protective coating or layer that optionally also presents a hydrophobic surface. The pH protective coating or layer can also comprise or consist essentially of SiOxCy where x and y are as defined in this specification. The thickness of the hydrophobic coating or layer is within the range from monomolecular thickness to about 1000 nm thick on the inner or interior surface. The vessel contains blood viable for return to the vascular system of a patient disposed within the lumen in contact with the hydrophobic coating or layer.
- pH Protective Coating or Layer Deposited from an Organosilicon Precursor Reduces Clotting or Platelet Activation of Blood in the Vessel
- Another embodiment is a vessel having a wall. The wall has an inner or interior surface defining a lumen and has an at least partial pH protective coating or layer that presents a hydrophobic surface, where optionally x and y are as previously defined. The thickness of the pH protective coating or layer is from monomolecular thickness to about 1000 nm thick on the inner or interior surface. The pH protective coating or layer is effective to reduce the clotting or platelet activation of blood exposed to the inner or interior surface, compared to the same type of wall uncoated with a hydrophobic layer.
- It is contemplated that the incorporation of a hydrophobic layer will reduce the adhesion or clot forming tendency of the blood, as compared to its properties in contact with an unmodified polymeric or SiOx surface. This property is contemplated to reduce or potentially eliminate the need for treating the blood with heparin, as by reducing the necessary blood concentration of heparin in a patient undergoing surgery of a type requiring blood to be removed from the patient and then returned to the patient, as when using a heart-lung machine during cardiac surgery. It is contemplated that this will reduce the complications of surgery involving the passage of blood through such a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, by reducing the bleeding complications resulting from the use of heparin.
- Another embodiment is a vessel including a wall and having an inner or interior surface defining a lumen. The inner or interior surface has an at least partial pH protective coating or layer that presents a hydrophobic surface, the thickness of the pH protective coating or layer being from monomolecular thickness to about 1000 nm thick on the inner or interior surface, the pH protective coating or layer being effective to reduce the clotting or platelet activation of blood exposed to the inner or interior surface.
- Another embodiment is a blood containing vessel having a wall having an inner or interior surface defining a lumen. The inner or interior surface has an at least partial pH protective coating or layer of a composition comprising one or more elements of Group III, one or more elements of Group IV, or a combination of two or more of these. The thickness of the pH protective coating or layer is between monomolecular thickness and about 1000 nm thick, inclusive, on the inner or interior surface. The vessel contains blood viable for return to the vascular system of a patient disposed within the lumen in contact with the pH protective coating or layer.
- Optionally, in the vessel of the preceding paragraph, the pH protective coating or layer of the Group III or IV Element is effective to reduce the clotting or platelet activation of blood exposed to the inner or interior surface of the vessel wall.
- A vessel with a pH protective coating or vessel as described herein can be used for preventing or reducing the escape of a compound or composition contained in the vessel into the environment surrounding the vessel.
- Further uses of the pH protective coating or layer and vessel as described herein, which are apparent from any part of the description and claims, are also contemplated.
- In any embodiment contemplated here, many common conditions can be used, for example any of the following, in any combination. Alternatively, any different conditions described elsewhere in this specification or claims can be employed.
- The vessel can be a sample collection tube, for example a blood collection tube, or a syringe, or a syringe part, for example a barrel or piston or plunger; a vial; a conduit; or a cuvette. The substrate can be a closed-ended tube, for example a medical sample collection tube. The substrate can be the inside wall of a vessel having a lumen, the lumen having a void volume of from 0.5 to 50 mL, optionally from 1 to 10 mL, optionally from 0.5 to 5 mL, optionally from 1 to 3 mL. The substrate surface can be part or all of the inner or interior surface of a vessel having at least one opening and an inner or interior surface, and wherein the gaseous reactant, also known in any embodiment as a precursor feed, fills the interior lumen of the vessel and the plasma can be generated in part or all of the interior lumen of the vessel.
- The substrate can be a syringe barrel. The syringe barrel can have a plunger sliding surface and the pH protective coating or layer can be disposed on at least a portion of the plunger sliding surface. The pH protective coating or layer can be a lubricity and/or pH protective coating. The lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer can be on the barrel inner or interior surface. The lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer can be on the plunger. In a particular aspect, the substrate is a staked needle syringe or part of a staked needle syringe.
- The substrate can be a stopper receiving surface in the mouth of a vessel. The substrate can be a generally conical or cylindrical inner or interior surface of an opening of a vessel adapted to receive a stopper.
- The substrate can be a sliding surface of a stopper. The substrates can be coated by providing a multiplicity of the stoppers located in a single substantially evacuated vessel. The chemical vapor deposition can be plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition and the stopper can be contacted with the plasma. The chemical vapor deposition can be plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition. The plasma can be formed upstream of the stopper, producing plasma product, and the plasma product can be contacted with the stopper.
- A closure can define a substrate coated with a pH protective coating or layer, optionally a stopper coated with a lubricity and/or pH protective coating. The substrate can be a closure seated in a vessel defining a lumen and a surface of the closure facing the lumen can be coated with the pH protective coating or layer.
- The pH protective coating or layer can be effective to reduce the transmission of a metal ion constituent of the stopper into the lumen of the vessel.
- The substrate can be a vessel wall. A portion of the vessel wall in contact with a wall-contacting surface of a closure can be coated with the pH protective coating or layer. The pH protective coating or layer can be a composite of material having first and second layers. The first coating or layer can interface with the elastomeric stopper. The first layer of the pH protective coating or layer can be effective to reduce the transmission of one or more constituents of the stopper into the vessel lumen. The second pH protective coating or layer can interface with the inner wall of the vessel. The second layer can be effective to reduce friction between the stopper and the inner wall of the vessel when the stopper is seated on the vessel.
- Alternatively, the first and second layers of any embodiment can be defined by a pH protective coating or layer of graduated properties containing carbon and hydrogen, in which the proportions of carbon and hydrogen are less in the first coating or layer (applied to the substrate) than in the second coating or layer (exposed to the contents of the vessel).
- The pH protective coating or layer of any embodiment can be applied by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition.
- The substrate of any embodiment can comprise glass, alternatively a polymer, alternatively a polycarbonate polymer, alternatively an olefin polymer, alternatively a cyclic olefin copolymer, alternatively a polypropylene polymer, alternatively a polyester polymer, alternatively a polyethylene terephthalate polymer, alternatively a polyethylene naphthalate polymer, alternatively a combination, composite or blend of any two or more of the above materials.
- The plasma for PECVD, if used, can be generated at reduced pressure and the reduced pressure can be less than 300 mTorr, optionally less than 200 mTorr, even optionally less than 100 mTorr. The physical and chemical properties of the pH protective coating or layer can be set by setting the ratio of 02 to the organosilicon precursor in the gaseous reactant, and/or by setting the electric power used for generating the plasma.
- The process gas can contain this ratio of gases for preparing a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer:
-
- from 0.5 to 10 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 10 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 1 to 80 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes, of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - z from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 1 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 3 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.2 to 1 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes
- of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes, of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.1 to 2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.5 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.5 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes, of a carrier gas,
- from 0.5 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.5 to 1.5 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.8 to 1.2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 2 to 4 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 5 to 100 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.8 to 1.2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - from 1 to 6 standard volumes of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.8 to 1.2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
alternatively this ratio: - 2 to 4 standard volumes, of the precursor;
- from 10 to 70 standard volumes of a carrier gas,
- from 0.8 to 1.2 standard volumes of an oxidizing agent.
- The organosilicon precursor has been described elsewhere in this description.
- The organosilicon compound can in certain aspects, particularly when a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer is formed, comprise octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS). The organosilicon compound for any embodiment of said certain aspects can consist essentially of octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS). The organosilicon compound can in certain aspects, particularly when a barrier coating or layer is formed, be or comprise hexamethyldisiloxane.
- The reaction gas can also include a hydrocarbon. The hydrocarbon can comprise methane, ethane, ethylene, propane, acetylene, or a combination of two or more of these.
- The organosilicon precursor can be delivered at a rate of equal to or less than 10 sccm, optionally equal to or less than 6 sccm, optionally equal to or less than 2.5 seem, optionally equal to or less than 1.5 sccm, optionally equal to or less than 1.25 seem. Larger pharmaceutical packages or other vessels or other changes in conditions or scale may require more or less of the precursor. The precursor can be provided at less than 1 Torr absolute pressure.
- The carrier gas can comprise or consist of an inert gas, for example argon, helium, xenon, neon, another gas that is inert to the other constituents of the process gas under the deposition conditions, or any combination of two or more of these.
- The oxidizing gas can comprise or consist of oxygen (O2 and/or O3 (commonly known as ozone)), nitrous oxide, or any other gas that oxidizes the precursor during PECVD at the conditions employed. The oxidizing gas comprises about 1 standard volume of oxygen. The gaseous reactant or process gas can be at least substantially free of nitrogen.
- The plasma of any PECVD embodiment can be formed in the vicinity of the substrate. The plasma can in certain cases, especially when preparing a composite barrier coating or layer, be a non-hollow-cathode plasma. In other certain cases, especially when preparing a lubricity coating or layer, a non-hollow-cathode plasma is not desired. The plasma can be formed from the gaseous reactant at reduced pressure. Sufficient plasma generation power input can be provided to induce pH protective coating or layer formation on the substrate.
- The precursor can be contacted with a plasma made by energizing the vicinity of the precursor with electrodes powered at a frequency of 10 kHz to 2.45 GHz, alternatively from about 13 to about 14 MHz.
- The precursor can be contacted with a plasma made by energizing the vicinity of the precursor with electrodes powered at radio frequency, optionally at a frequency of from 10 kHz to less than 300 MHz, optionally from 1 to 50 MHz, even optionally from 10 to 15 MHz, optionally at 13.56 MHz.
- The precursor can be contacted with a plasma made by energizing the vicinity of the precursor with electrodes supplied with electric power at from 0.1 to 25 W, optionally from 1 to 22 W, optionally from 1 to 10 W, even optionally from 1 to 5 W, optionally from 2 to 4 W, for example of 3 W, optionally from 3 to 17 W, even optionally from 5 to 14 W, for example 6 or 7.5 W, optionally from 7 to 11 W, for example of 8 W, from 0.1 to 500 W, optionally from 0.1 to 400 W, optionally from 0.1 to 300 W, optionally from 1 to 250 W, optionally from 1 to 200 W, even optionally from 10 to 150 W, optionally from 20 to 150 W, for example of 40 W, optionally from 40 to 150 W, even optionally from 60 to 150 W.
- The precursor can be contacted with a plasma made by energizing the vicinity of the precursor with electrodes supplied with electric power density at less than 10 W/ml of plasma volume, alternatively from 6 W/ml to 0.1 W/ml of plasma volume, alternatively from 5 W/ml to 0.1 W/ml of plasma volume, alternatively from 4 W/ml to 0.1 W/ml of plasma volume, alternatively from 2 W/ml to 0.2 W/ml of plasma volume, alternatively from 10 W/ml to 50 W/ml, optionally from 20 W/ml to 40 W/ml.
- The plasma can be formed by exciting the reaction mixture with electromagnetic energy, alternatively microwave energy.
- The applying step for applying a pH protective coating or layer to the substrate can be carried out by vaporizing the precursor and providing it in the vicinity of the substrate.
- The chemical vapor deposition employed can be PECVD and the deposition time can be from 1 to 30 sec, alternatively from 2 to 10 sec, alternatively from 3 to 9 sec. The purposes for optionally limiting deposition time can be to avoid overheating the substrate, to increase the rate of production, and to reduce the use of process gas and its constituents. The purposes for optionally extending deposition time can be to provide a thicker pH protective coating or layer for particular deposition conditions.
- An embodiment can be carried out under conditions effective to form a hydrophobic pH protective coating or layer on the substrate. Optionally, the hydrophobic characteristics of the pH protective coating or layer can be set by setting the ratio of the 02 to the organosilicon precursor in the gaseous reactant, and/or by setting the electric power used for generating the plasma. Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can have a lower wetting tension than the uncoated surface, optionally a wetting tension of from 20 to 72 dyne/cm, optionally from 30 to 60 dynes/cm, optionally from 30 to 40 dynes/cm, optionally 34 dyne/cm. Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can be more hydrophobic than the uncoated surface.
- Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can have a thickness determined by transmission electron microscopy (TEM), of any amount stated in this disclosure.
- Optionally, the lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer can be composed of SiwOxCyHz (or its equivalent SiOxCy) or SiwNxCyHz or its equivalent SiNxCy), each as defined previously. The atomic ratio of Si:O:C can be determined by XPS (X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy). Taking into account the H atoms, the pH protective coating or layer may thus in one aspect have the formula SiwOxCyHz, or its equivalent SiOxCy, for example where w is 1, x is from about 0.5 to about 2.4, y is from about 0.6 to about 3, and z is from about 2 to about 9.
- Typically, expressed as the formula SiwOxCy, the atomic ratios of Si, O, and C are, as several options:
-
- Si 100: O 50-150: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.5 to 1.5, y=0.9 to 2);
- Si 100: O 70-130: C 90-200 (i.e. w=1, x=0.7 to 1.3, y=0.9 to 2)
- Si 100: O 80-120: C 90-150 (i.e. w=1, x=0.8 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.5)
- Si 100: O 90-120: C 90-140 (i.e. w=1, x=0.9 to 1.2, y=0.9 to 1.4), or
- Si 100: O 92-107: C 116-133 (i.e. w=1, x=0.92 to 1.07, y=1.16 to 1.33).
- Alternatively, the pH protective coating or layer can have atomic concentrations normalized to 100% carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) of less than 50% carbon and more than 25% silicon. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 25 to 45% carbon, 25 to 65% silicon, and 10 to 35% oxygen. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 30 to 40% carbon, 32 to 52% silicon, and 20 to 27% oxygen. Alternatively, the atomic concentrations are from 33 to 37% carbon, 37 to 47% silicon, and 22 to 26% oxygen.
- Optionally, the atomic concentration of carbon in the pH protective layer, normalized to 100% of carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), can be greater than the atomic concentration of carbon in the atomic formula for the organosilicon precursor. For example, embodiments are contemplated in which the atomic concentration of carbon increases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively from 30 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively from 35 to 45 atomic percent, alternatively from 37 to 41 atomic percent.
- Optionally, the atomic ratio of carbon to oxygen in the pH protective coating or layer can be increased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor, and/or the atomic ratio of oxygen to silicon can be decreased in comparison to the organosilicon precursor.
- Optionally, the pH protective coating or layer can have an atomic concentration of silicon, normalized to 100% of carbon, oxygen, and silicon, as determined by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), less than the atomic concentration of silicon in the atomic formula for the feed gas. For example, embodiments are contemplated in which the atomic concentration of silicon decreases by from 1 to 80 atomic percent, alternatively by from 10 to 70 atomic percent, alternatively by from 20 to 60 atomic percent, alternatively by from 30 to 55 atomic percent, alternatively by from 40 to 50 atomic percent, alternatively by from 42 to 46 atomic percent.
- As another option, a pH protective coating or layer is contemplated that can be characterized by a sum formula wherein the atomic ratio C:O can be increased and/or the atomic ratio Si:O can be decreased in comparison to the sum formula of the organosilicon precursor.
- The pH protective coating or layer can have a density between 1.25 and 1.65 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.35 and 1.55 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.4 and 1.5 g/cm3, alternatively between 1.44 and 1.48 g/cm3, as determined by X-ray reflectivity (XRR). Optionally, the organosilicon compound can be octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane and the pH protective coating or layer can have a density which can be higher than the density of a pH protective coating or layer made from HMDSO as the organosilicon compound under the same PECVD reaction conditions.
- The pH protective coating or layer optionally can prevent or reduce the precipitation of a compound or component of a composition in contact with the pH protective coating or layer, in particular can prevent or reduce insulin precipitation or blood clotting, in comparison to the uncoated surface and/or to a barrier coated surface using HMDSO as precursor.
- The substrate can be a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, for protecting a compound or composition contained or received in the vessel with a pH protective coating against mechanical and/or chemical effects of the surface of the uncoated substrate.
- The substrate can be a pharmaceutical package or other vessel, for preventing or reducing precipitation and/or clotting of a compound or a component of the composition in contact with the inner or interior surface of the vessel. The compound or composition can be a biologically active compound or composition, for example a medicament, for example the compound or composition can comprise insulin, wherein insulin precipitation can be reduced or prevented. Alternatively, the compound or composition can be a biological fluid, for example a bodily fluid, for example blood or a blood fraction wherein blood clotting can be reduced or prevented.
- The pH protective coating or layer optionally can have an RMS surface roughness value (measured by AFM) of from about 5 to about 9, optionally from about 6 to about 8, optionally from about 6.4 to about 7.8. The Ra surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM, can be from about 4 to about 6, optionally from about 4.6 to about 5.8. The Rmax surface roughness value of the pH protective coating or layer, measured by AFM, can be from about 70 to about 160, optionally from about 84 to about 142, optionally from about 90 to about 130.
- In any embodiment, the substrate can be a vessel having an inner or interior surface defining a lumen and an exterior surface, the pH protective coating or layer can be on the inner or interior surface of the pharmaceutical package or other vessel, and the vessel can contain a compound or composition in its lumen, for example citrate or a citrate containing composition, or for example insulin or an insulin containing composition. A prefilled syringe is especially considered which contains injectable or other liquid drugs like insulin.
- The following Examples are in part already disclosed in
EP 2 251 455. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, not all of the Examples inEP 2 251 455 A2 are repeated here, but explicit reference is herewith made to them. - The pharmaceutical packages or other vessels tested in the subsequent working examples were formed and coated according to the following exemplary protocols, except as otherwise indicated in individual examples. Particular parameter values given in the following basic protocols, for example the electric power and gaseous reactant or process gas flow, are typical values. When parameter values were changed in comparison to these typical values, this will be indicated in the subsequent working examples. The same applies to the type and composition of the gaseous reactant or process gas.
- In some instances, the reference characters and Figures mentioned in the following protocols and additional details can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188.
- Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx
- The apparatus and protocol generally as found in U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 can be used for coating syringe barrel interiors with an SiOx composite barrier coating or layer, varied as follows. 5 ml vials are provided for barrier coating. The feed gas is a mixture of 1.56 sccm of HMDSO (hexamethylenedisiloxane) and 20 sccm of O2, with no carrier gas. The RF power profile is as follows. The initial power level is 20 W, and the final power level is 140 W. The power level is increased linearly from 20 W to 140 W over a period of two seconds. The power level is then maintained at 140 W for 13 seconds, the remainder of the coating sequence. The resulting SiOx composite barrier coating or layer is a minimum of 40 nm and a maximum of 65 nm thick. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) typically shows the presence of an interface, typically not more than 3 nm thick, between the composite barrier coating or layer and the substrate having at least 2 mol.% O3—Si—C covalent bonding, as a proportion of the O3—Si—C covalent bonding plus SiO4 bonding. High Resolution X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS) also shows the interface between the composite barrier coating or layer and the substrate has Si 2p peak broadening of at least 0.2 eV, compared to the binding energy of SiO4 bonding.
- Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with OMCTS pH Protective Coating
- Syringe barrels already interior coated with a composite barrier coating or layer of SiOx, as previously identified, are further interior coated with a pH protective coating as previously identified, generally following the protocols of U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,188 for applying the lubricity coating or layer, except with modified conditions in certain instances as noted in the working examples. The conditions given here are for a COC syringe barrel, and can be modified as appropriate for syringe barrels made of other materials. The apparatus as generally shown in
FIGS. 3 and 4 is used to hold a syringe barrel with butt sealing at the base of the syringe barrel. Additionally a cap is provided that seals the end of the syringe barrel (illustrated inFIG. 3 ). - The syringe barrel is carefully moved into the sealing position over the extended probe or
counter electrode 108 and pushed against a plasma screen. The plasma screen is fit snugly around the probe orcounter electrode 108 insuring good electrical contact. The probe orcounter electrode 108 is grounded to the casing of the RF matching network. - The
gas delivery port 110 is connected to a manual ball valve or similar apparatus for venting, a thermocouple pressure gauge and a bypass valve connected to the vacuum pumping line. In addition, the gas system is connected to thegas delivery port 110 allowing the gaseous reactant or process gas, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (OMCTS) (or the specific gaseous reactant or process gas reported for a particular example) to be flowed through the gas delivery port 110 (under process pressures) into the interior of the syringe barrel. - The gas system is comprised of a commercially available heated mass flow vaporization system that heats the OMCTS to about 100° C. The heated mass flow vaporization system is connected to liquid octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane (Alfa Aesar® Part Number A12540, 98%). The OMCTS flow rate is set to the specific organosilicon precursor flow reported for a particular example. To ensure no condensation of the vaporized OMCTS flow past this point, the gas stream is diverted to the pumping line when it is not flowing into the interior of the COC syringe barrel for processing.
- Once the syringe barrel is installed, the vacuum pump valve is opened to the
vessel holder 50 and the interior of the COC syringe barrel. A vacuum pump and blower comprise the vacuum pump system. The pumping system allows the interior of the COC syringe barrel to be reduced to pressure(s) of less than 100 mTorr while the gaseous reactant or process gases is flowing at the indicated rates. - Once the base vacuum level is achieved, the
vessel holder 50 assembly is moved into theelectrode 160 assembly. The gas stream (OMCTS vapor) is flowed into the gas delivery port 110 (by adjusting the 3-way valve from the pumping line to thegas delivery port 110. Pressure inside the COC syringe barrel is approximately 140 mTorr as measured by a capacitance manometer (MKS) installed on the pumping line near the valve that controls the vacuum. In addition to the COC syringe barrel pressure, the pressure inside thegas delivery port 110 and gas system is also measured with the thermocouple vacuum gauge that is connected to the gas system. This pressure is typically less than 6 Torr. - Once the gas is flowing to the interior of the COC syringe barrel, the RF power supply is turned on to its fixed power level. A 600 Watt RF power supply is used (at 13.56 MHz) at a fixed power level indicated in a specific example. The RF power supply is connected to an auto match which matches the complex impedance of the plasma (to be created in the vessel) to the output impedance of the RF power supply. The forward power is as stated and the reflected power is 0 Watts so that the stated power is delivered to the interior of the vessel. The RF power supply is controlled by a laboratory timer and the power on time set to 10 seconds (or a different time stated in a given example).
- Upon initiation of the RF power, a uniform plasma is established inside the interior of the vessel. The plasma is maintained for the entire pH protective coating or layer time, until the RF power is terminated by the timer. The plasma produces a pH protective coating or layer on the interior of the vessel.
- After pH protective coating, the gas flow is diverted back to the vacuum line and the vacuum valve is closed. The vent valve is then opened, returning the interior of the COC syringe barrel to atmospheric pressure (approximately 760 Torr). The treated vessel is then carefully removed from the
vessel holder 50 assembly (after moving thevessel holder 50 assembly out of theelectrode 160 assembly). - A similar protocol is used, except using apparatus generally like that of
FIG. 1 , for applying a pH protective coating or layer to vials. - This protocol is used to determine the total amount of silicon coatings present on the entire vessel wall. A supply of 0.1 N potassium hydroxide (KOH) aqueous solution is prepared, taking care to avoid contact between the solution or ingredients and glass. The water used is purified water, 18 MΩ quality. A Perkin Elmer Optima Model 7300DV ICP-OES instrument is used for the measurement except as otherwise indicated.
- Each device (vial, syringe, tube, or the like) to be tested and its cap and crimp (in the case of a vial) or other closure are weighed empty to 0.001 g, then filled completely with the KOH solution (with no headspace), capped, crimped, and reweighed to 0.001 g. In a digestion step, each vial is placed in a sonicating water bath at 40° C. for a minimum of 8-10 hours. The digestion step is carried out to quantitatively remove the silicon coatings from the vessel wall into the KOH solution. After this digestion step, the vials are removed from the sonicating water bath and allowed to cool to room temperature. The contents of the vials are transferred into 15 ml ICP tubes. The total Si concentration is run on each solution by ICP/OES following the operating procedure for the ICP/OES.
- The total Si concentration is reported as parts per billion of Si in the KOH solution. This concentration represents the total amount of silicon coatings that were on the vessel wall before the digestion step was used to remove it.
- The total Si concentration can also be determined for fewer than all the silicon layers on the vessel, as when an SiOx barrier layer is applied, an SiOxCy second layer (for example, a lubricity layer or a pH protective coating or layer) is then applied, and it is desired to know the total silicon concentration of just the SiOxCy layer. This determination is made by preparing two sets of vessels, one set to which only the SiOx layer is applied and the other set to which the same SiOx layer is applied, followed by the SiOxCy layer or other layers of interest. The total Si concentration for each set of vessels is determined in the same manner as described above. The difference between the two Si concentrations is the total Si concentration of the SiOxCy second layer.
- In some of the working examples, the amount of silicon dissolved from the wall of the vessel by a test solution is determined, in parts per billion (ppb), for example to evaluate the dissolution rate of the test solution. This determination of dissolved silicon is made by storing the test solution in a vessel provided with an SiOx and/or SiOxCy coating or layer under test conditions, then removing a sample of the solution from the vessel and testing the Si concentration of the sample. The test is done in the same manner as the Protocol for Total Silicon Measurement, except that the digestion step of that protocol is replaced by storage of the test solution in the vessel as described in this protocol. The total Si concentration is reported as parts per billion of Si in the test solution
- The average dissolution rates reported in the working examples are determined as follows. A series of test vessels having a known total total silicon measurement are filled with the desired test solution analogous to the manner of filling the vials with the KOH solution in the Protocol for Total Silicon Measurement. (The test solution can be a physiologically inactive test solution as employed in the present working examples or a physiologically active pharmaceutical preparation intended to be stored in the vessels to form a pharmaceutical package). The test solution is stored in respective vessels for several different amounts of time, then analyzed for the Si concentration in parts per billion in the test solution for each storage time. The respective storage times and Si concentrations are then plotted. The plots are studied to find a series of substantially linear points having the steepest slope.
- The plot of dissolution amount (ppb Si) versus days decreases in slope with time. It is believed that the dissolution rate is not flattening out because the Si layer has been fully digested by the test solution.
- For the PC194 test data in Table 2, linear plots of dissolution versus time data are prepared by using a least squares linear regression program to find a linear plot corresponding to the first five data points of each of the experimental plots. The slope of each linear plot is then determined and reported as representing the average dissolution rate applicable to the test, measured in parts per billion of Si dissolved in the test solution per unit of time.
- The calculated shelf life values reported in the working examples below are determined by extrapolation of the total silicon measurements and average dissolution rates, respectively determined as described in the Protocol for Total Silicon Measurement and the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate. The assumption is made that under the indicated storage conditions the SiOxCy pH protective coating will be removed at the average dissolution rate until the coating is entirely removed. Thus, the total silicon measurement for the vessel, divided by the dissolution rate, gives the period of time required for the test solution to totally dissolve the SiOxCy coating. This period of time is reported as the calculated shelf life. Unlike commercial shelf life calculations, no safety factor is calculated. Instead, the calculated shelf life is the calculated time to failure.
- It should be understood that because the plot of ppb Si versus hours decreases in slope with time, an extrapolation from relatively short measurement times to relatively long calculated shelf lives is believed to be a “worst case” test that tends to underestimate the calculated shelf life actually obtainable.
- Syringe samples were produced as follows. A COC 8007 extended barrel syringe was produced according to the Protocol for Forming COC Syringe Barrel. An SiOx barrier coating or layer is applied to some of the syringes according to the Protocol for coating COC Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx. A lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer is applied to the SiOx coated syringes according to the Protocol for Coating COC Syringe Barrel Interior with OMCTS Lubricity Coating, modified as follows. The OMCTS was supplied from a vaporizer, due to its low volatility. Argon carrier gas was used. The process conditions were set to the following:
-
- OMCTS—3 sccm
- Argon gas—65 sccm
- Power—6 watts
- Time—10 seconds
- Several syringes are then tested for lubricity using a Genesis Packaging Plunger Force Tester (Model SFT-01 Syringe Force Tester, manufactured by Genesis Machinery, Lionville, Pa.) according to the Protocol for Lubricity Testing. Both the initiation force and maintenance forces (in Newtons) were noted relative to an uncoated sample, and expected data based on similar experiments are reported in Table 4.
- Syringes coated with silicon oil are included as a reference since this is the current industry standard.
- The lubricity coatings produced according to these working examples also function as pH protective coatings or layers to increase the shelf life of the vessels, compared to similar vessels provided with a composite barrier coating or layer but no lubricity coating or layer.
- Syringe samples are produced as follows. A COC 8007 extended barrel syringe was produced according to the Protocol for Forming COC Syringe Barrel. An SiOx pH protective coating or layer is applied to the syringe barrels according to the Protocol for Coating COC Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx. A lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer is applied to the SiOx coated syringes according to the Protocol for Coating COC Syringe Barrel Interior with OMCTS, modified as follows. Argon carrier gas and oxygen are used where noted in Table 6. The process conditions are set to the following, or as indicated in Table 6:
-
- OMCTS—3 sccm (when used)
- Argon gas—7.8 sccm (when used)
- Oxygen 0.38 sccm (when used)
- Power—3 watts
- Power on time—10 seconds
- The syringes of Examples 5 and 6 prepared under these conditions. The syringes of Example are 7 prepared under these conditions except without a lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer, and the syringes of Example 8 (a commercial syringe coated with silicon oil) are then tested for lubricity and/or pH protective coatings using a Genesis Packaging Plunger Force Tester according to the Protocol for Lubricity Testing. Both the initiation force and maintenance forces (in Newtons) are noted relative to an uncoated sample, and expected data based on similar experiments are reported in Table 6. Syringes coated with silicon oil were included as a reference since this is the current industry standard.
- The lubricity results predicted in Table 6 (Initiation Force and Maintenance Force), illustrate under these test conditions as well that the lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer on Syringes E and F are expected to markedly improve their lubricity compared to Syringes G which lack any lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer. The lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer on the syringes of Examples 5 and 6 also are expected to markedly improve their lubricity compared to the syringes of Example 8, which contain the standard lubricity coating or layer in the industry.
- The syringes of Examples 5-7 are also tested to determine total extractable silicon levels (representing extraction of the organosilicon-based PECVD pH protective coating or layer) using the Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel, modified and supplemented as shown in this example.
- The silicon is extracted using saline water digestion. The tip of each syringe plunger is covered with PTFE tape to prevent extracting material from the elastomeric tip material, then inserted into the syringe barrel base. The syringe barrel is filled with two milliliters of 0.9% aqueous saline solution via a hypodermic needle inserted through the Luer tip of the syringe. This is an appropriate test for extractables because many prefilled syringes are used to contain and deliver saline solution. The Luer tip is plugged with a piece of PTFE beading of appropriate diameter. The syringe is set into a PTFE test stand with the Luer tip facing up and placed in an oven at 50° C. for 72 hours.
- Then, either a static or a dynamic mode is used to remove the saline solution from the syringe barrel. According to the static mode indicated in Table 6, the syringe plunger is removed from the test stand, and the fluid in the syringe is decanted into a vessel. According to the dynamic mode indicated in Table 6, the Luer tip seal is removed and the plunger is depressed to push fluid through the syringe barrel and expel the contents into a vessel. In either case, the fluid obtained from each syringe barrel is brought to a volume of 50 ml using 18.2MΩ-cm deionized water and further diluted by a factor of 2 to minimize sodium background during analysis. The CVH barrels contain two milliliters and the commercial barrels contain 2.32 milliliters.
- Next, the fluid recovered from each syringe is tested for extractable silicon using the Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel. The instrument used is a Perkin Elmer Elan DRC II equipped with a Cetac ASX-520 autosampler. The following ICP-MS conditions are employed:
-
- Nebulizer: Quartz Meinhardt
- Spray Chamber: Cyclonic
- RF (radio frequency) power: 1550 Watts
- Argon (Ar) Flow: 15.0 L/min
- Auxiliary Ar Flow: 1.2 L/min
- Nebulizer Gas Flow: 0.88 L/min
- Integration time: 80 sec
- Scanning mode: Peak hopping
- RPq (The RPq is a rejection parameter) for Cerium as CeO (m/z 156: <2%
- Aliquots from aqueous dilutions obtained from the syringes of Examples 5-7 are injected and analyzed for Si in concentration units of micrograms per liter. The expected results of this test, based on similar testing, are shown in Table 6. While the results are not quantitative, they do indicate that extractables from the lubricity and/or pH protective coating or layer are not clearly higher than the extractables for the SiOx barrier layer only. Also, the static mode produced far less extractables than the dynamic mode, which was expected.
- The Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel is followed, except as modified here. Test solutions—50 mM buffer solutions at
3, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 12 are prepared. Buffers are selected having appropriate pKa values to provide the pH values being studied. A potassium phosphate buffer is selected forpH 3, 7, 8 and 12, a sodium citrate buffer is utilized forpH pH 6 and tris buffer is selected for pH 9. 3 ml of each test solution is placed inborosilicate glass 5 ml pharmaceutical vials and SiOx coated 5 ml thermoplastic pharmaceutical vials. The vials are all closed with standard coated stoppers and crimped. The vials are placed in storage at 20-25° C. and pulled at various time points for inductively coupled plasma spectrometer (ICP) analysis of Si content in the solutions contained in the vials, in parts per billion (ppb) by weight, for different storage times. - The Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate Si content is used to monitor the rate of glass dissolution, except as modified here. The data is plotted to determine an average rate of dissolution of borosilicate glass or SiOx coating at each pH condition.
- The rate of Si dissolution in ppb is converted to a predicted thickness (nm) rate of Si dissolution by determining the total weight of Si removed, then using a surface area calculation of the amount of vial surface (11.65 cm2) exposed to the solution and a density of SiOx of 2.2 g/cm3 The predicted initial thickness of the coating is about 36 nm at
pH 5, about 80 nm atpH 6, about 230 nm at pH 7, about 400 nm at pH 7.5, about 750 nm at pH 8, and about 2600 nm at pH 9. - The coating thicknesses represent atypically harsh case scenarios for pharma and biotech products. Most biotech products and many pharma products are stored at refrigerated conditions and none are typically recommended for storage above room temperature. As a general rule of thumb, storage at a lower temperature reduces the thickness required, all other conditions being equivalent.
- The following conclusions are reached, based on this test. First, the amount of dissolved Si in the SiOx coating or glass increases exponentially with increasing pH. Second, the SiOx coating dissolves more slowly than borosilicate glass at a pH lower than 8. The SiOx coating shows a linear, monophasic dissolution over time, whereas borosilicate glass tends to show a more rapid dissolution in the early hours of exposure to solutions, followed by a slower linear dissolution. This may be due to surface accumulation of some salts and elements on borosilicate during the forming process relative to the uniform composition of the SiOx coating. This result incidentally suggests the utility of an SiOx coating on the wall of a borosilicate glass vial to reduce dissolution of the glass at a pH lower than 8. Third, PECVD applied barrier coatings for vials in which pharmaceutical preparations are stored will need to be adapted to the specific pharmaceutical preparation and proposed storage conditions (or vice versa), at least in some instances in which the pharmaceutical preparation interacts with the barrier coating significantly.
- An experiment is conducted with vessels coated with SiOx coating+OMCTS lubricity layer, to test the lubricity layer for its functionality as a pH protective coating. The vessels are 5 mL vials (the vials are normally filled with product to 5 mL; their capacity without headspace, when capped, is about 7.5 mL) composed of cyclic olefin co-polymer (COC, Topas® 6013M-07).
- Sixty vessels are coated on their interior surfaces with an SiOx coating produced in a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) process using a HMDSO precursor gas according to the Protocol for Coating Tube Interior with SiOx set forth above, except that equipment suitable for coating a vial is used. The following conditions are used.
-
- HMDSO flow rate: 0.47 sccm
- Oxygen flow rate: 7.5 sccm
- RF power: 70 Watts
- Coating time: 12 seconds (includes a 2-sec RF power ramp-up time)
- Next the SiOx coated vials are coated over the SiOx with an SiOxCy coating produced in a PECVD process using an OMCTS precursor gas according to the Protocol for Coating COC Syringe Barrel Interior with OMCTS Lubricity Coating set forth above, except that the same coating equipment is used as for the SiOx coating. Thus, the special adaptations in the protocol for coating a syringe are not used. The following conditions are used.
-
- OMCTS flow rate: 2.5 sccm
- Argon flow rate: 10 sccm
- Oxygen flow rate: 0.7 sccm
- RF power: 3.4 Watts
- Coating time: 5 seconds
- Eight vials are selected and the total deposited quantity of PECVD coating (SiOx+SiOxCy) is determined with a Perkin Elmer Optima Model 7300DV ICP-OES instrument, using the Protocol for Total Silicon Measurement set forth above. This measurement determines the total amount of silicon in both coatings, and does not distinguish between the respective SiOx and SiOxCy coatings. The results are shown in Table 7.
- In the following work, except as indicated otherwise in this example, the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate is followed. Two buffered pH test solutions are used in the remainder of the experiment, respectively at pH 4 and pH 8 to test the effect of pH on dissolution rate. Both test solutions are 50 mM buffers using potassium phosphate as the buffer, diluted in water for injection (WFI) (0.1 urn sterilized, filtered). The pH is adjusted to pH 4 or 8, respectively, with concentrated nitric acid.
- 25 vials are filled with 7.5 ml per vial of pH 4 buffered test solution and 25 other vials are filled with 7.5 ml per vial of pH 4 buffered test solution (note the fill level is to the top of the vial—no head space). The vials are closed using prewashed butyl stoppers and aluminum crimps. The vials at each pH are split into two groups. One group at each pH containing 12 vials is stored at 4° C. and the second group of 13 vials is stored at 23° C.
- The vials are sampled at
1,3,6, and 8. The Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel is used, except as otherwise indicated in this example. The analytical result is reported on the basis of parts per billion of silicon in the buffered test solutions of each vial. A dissolution rate is calculated in terms of parts per billion per day as described above in the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate. The results at the respective storage temperatures are shown in Table 8:Days - The observations of Si dissolution versus time for the OMCTS-based coating at pH 8 and pH 4 indicate the pH 4 rates are higher at ambient conditions. Thus, the pH 4 rates are used to determine how much material would need to be initially applied to leave a coating of adequate thickness at the end of the shelf life, taking account of the amount of the initial coating that would be dissolved. The results of this calculation are shown in Table 9:
- Based on this calculation, the OMCTS lubricity layer needs to be about 2.5 times thicker—resulting in dissolution of 33945 ppb versus the 14,371 ppb representing the entire mass of coating tested—to achieve a 3-year calculated shelf life.
- The results of Comparative Example 9 and Example 10 above can be compared as shown in Table 10, where the “lubricity layer” is the coating of SiOxCy referred to in Example 10.
- This data shows that the silicon dissolution rate of SiOx alone is reduced by more than 2 orders of magnitude at pH 8 in vials also coated with SiOxCy coatings.
- Another comparison is shown by the data at Table 11 from several different experiments carried out under similar accelerated dissolution conditions.
- Row A (SiOx with OMCTS coating) versus C (SiOx without OMCTS coating) show that the OMCTS lubricity layer is also an effective pH protective coating or layer to the SiOx coating at pH 8. The OMCTS coating reduced the one-day dissolution rate from 2504 ug/L (“u” or u or the Greek letter “mu” as used herein are identical, and are abbreviations for “micro”) to 165 ug/L. This data also shows that an HMDSO-based SiwOxCy (or its equivalent SiOxCy) overcoat (Row D) provided a far higher dissolution rate than an OMCTS-based SiwOxCy (or its equivalent SiOxCy) overcoat (Row A). This data shows that a substantial benefit can be obtained by using a cyclic precursor versus a linear one.
- Samples 1-6 as listed in Table 1 are prepared as described in Example 9, with further details as follows.
- A cyclic olefin copolymer (COC) resin is injection molded to form a batch of 5 ml vials. Silicon chips are adhered with double-sided adhesive tape to the internal walls of the vials. The vials and chips are coated with a two layer coating by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD). The first layer is composed of SiOx with barrier properties as defined in the present disclosure, and the second layer is an SiOxCy pH protective coating or layer.
- A precursor gas mixture comprising OMCTS, argon, and oxygen is introduced inside each vial. The gas inside the vial is excited between capacitively coupled electrodes by a radio-frequency (13.56 MHz) power source i. The monomer flow rate (Fm) in units of seem, oxygen flow rate (Fo) in units of seem, argon flowrate in seem, and power (W) in units of watts are shown in Table 1.
- A composite parameter, W/FM in units of kJ/kg, is calculated from process parameters W, Fm, Fo and the molecular weight, M in g/mol, of the individual gas species. W/FM is defined as the energy input per unit mass of polymerizing gases. Polymerizing gases are defined as those species that are incorporated into the growing coating such as, but not limited to, the monomer and oxygen. Non-polymerizing gases, by contrast, are those species that are not incorporated into the growing coating, such as but not limited to argon, helium and neon.
- In this test, PECVD processing at high W/FM is believed to cause higher monomer fragmentation, producing organosiloxane coatings with higher cross-link density. PECVD processing at low W/FM, by comparison, is believed to result in lower monomer fragmentation producing organosiloxane coatings with a relatively lower cross-link density.
- The relative cross-link density of
2, 3, 5, and 6 is compared between different coatings by measuring FTIR absorbance spectra. The spectra ofsamples 2, 3, 5, and 6 are provided insamples FIGS. 11-14 . In each spectrum, the ratio of the peak absorbance at the symmetric stretching mode (1000-1040 cm−1) versus the peak absorbance at the asymmetric stretching mode (1060-1100 cm−1) of the Si—O—Si bond is measured, and the ratio of these two measurements is calculated, all as shown in Table 1. The respective ratios are found to have a linear correlation to the composite parameter W/FM. - A qualitative relation—whether the coating appeared oily (shiny, often with irridescence) or non-oily (non-shiny) when applied on the silicon chips—is also found to correlate with the W/FM values in Table 1. Oily appearing coatings deposited at lower W/FM values, as confirmed by Table 1, are believed to have a lower crosslink density, as determined by their lower sym/asym ratio, relative to the non-oily coatings that were deposited at higher W/FM and a higher cross-link density. The only exception to this general rule of thumb is
sample 2 in Table 1. It is believed that the coating ofsample 2 exhibits a non-oily appearance because it is was too thin to see. Thus, an oilyness observation is not reported in Table 1 forsample 2. The chips were analyzed by FTIR in transmission mode, with the infrared spectrum transmitted through the chip and sample coating, and the transmission through an uncoated null chip subtracted. - Non-oily organosiloxane layers produced at higher W/FM values, which protect the underlying SiOx coating from aqueous solutions at elevated pH and temperature, are preferred because they provide lower Si dissolution and a longer shelf life, as predicted by Table 1 based on similar experiments. For example, the calculated silicon dissolution by contents of the vial at a pH of 8 and 40° C. is reduced for the non-oily coatings, and the resulting shelf life was 1381 days in one case and 1147 days in another, as opposed to the much shorter shelf lives and higher rates of dissolution for oily coatings. Calculated shelf life is determined as shown for Example 9. The calculated shelf life also correlates linearly to the ratio of symmetric to asymmetric stretching modes of the Si—O—Si bond in organosiloxane pH protective coatings.
-
Sample 6 can be particularly compared toSample 5. An organosiloxane, pH protective coating is deposited according to the process conditions ofsample 6 in Table 1. The coating is deposited at a high W/FM. This results in a non-oily coating with a high expected Si—O—Si sym/asym ratio of 0.958, which results in a low rate of dissolution of 84.1 ppb/day (measured by the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate) and long shelf life of 1147 days (measured by the Protocol for Determining Calculated Shelf Life). The FTIR spectra of this coating is shown inFIG. 14 , which exhibits a relatively similar asymmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance compared to the symmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance. This is an indication of a higher cross-link density coating, which is a preferred characteristic for pH protection and long shelf life. - An organosiloxane pH protective coating was deposited according to the process conditions of
sample 5 in Table 1. The coating was deposited at a moderate W/FM. This resulted in an oily coating with a low Si—O—Si sym/asym ratio of 0.673, which is expected to result in a high rate of dissolution of 236.7 ppb/day (following the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate) and shorter shelf life of 271 days (following the Protocol for Determining Calculated Shelf Life). The FTIR spectrum of this coating exhibits a relatively high asymmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance compared to the symmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance. This is an indication of a lower cross-link density coating, which is contemplated to be an unfavorable characteristic for pH protection and long shelf life. -
Sample 2 can be particularly compared toSample 3. A pH protective coating is deposited according to the process conditions ofsample 2 in Table 1. The coating is deposited at a low W/FM. This is expected to result in a coating that exhibits a low Si—O—Si sym/asym ratio of 0.582, which results in a high rate of dissolution of 174 ppb/day and short shelf life of 107 days. The FTIR spectrum of this coating exhibits a relatively high asymmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance compared to the symmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance. This is an indication of a lower cross-link density coating, which is an unfavorable characteristic for pH protection and long shelf life. - An organosiloxane, pH protective coating is deposited according to the process conditions of
sample 3 in Table 1. The coating is deposited at a high W/FM. This results in a non-oily coating with a high Si—O—Si sym/asym ratio of 0.947, which results in a predicted low rate of Si dissolution of 79.5 ppb/day (following the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate) and long shelf life of 1381 days (following the Protocol for Determining Calculated Shelf Life). The FTIR spectrum of this coating exhibits a relatively similar asymmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance compared to the symmetric Si—O—Si peak absorbance. This is an indication of a higher cross-link density coating, which is a preferred characteristic for pH protection and long shelf life. - An experiment similar to Example 10 is carried out, modified as indicated in this example and in Table 2 (where the expected results, based on similar work with a different barrier coating or layer, are tabulated). 100 5 mL COP vials are made and coated with an SiOx barrier layer and an OMCTS-based pH protective coating or layer as described previously, except that for Sample PC194 only the pH protective coating or layer is applied. The coating quantity is again measured in parts per billion extracted from the surfaces of the vials to remove the entire pH protective coating, as reported in Table 2.
- In this example, several different coating dissolution conditions are employed. The test solutions used for dissolution contain either 0.02 or 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, as well as a buffer to maintain a pH of 8. Dissolution tests are carried out at either 23° C. or 40° C.
- Multiple syringes are filled with each test solution, stored at the indicated temperature, and analyzed at several intervals to determine the extraction profile and the amount of silicon extracted. An average dissolution rate for protracted storage times is then calculated by extrapolating the data obtained according to the Protocol for Determining Average Dissolution Rate. The predicted results, based on similar experiments, are calculated as described previously and are shown in Table 2. Of particular note, as shown on Table 2, were the very long calculated shelf lives of the filled packages provided with a PC 194 pH protective coating or layer:
- 21045 days (over 57 years) based on storage at a pH of 8, 0.02 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, at 23° C.;
- 38768 days (over 100 years) based on storage at a pH of 8, 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, at 23° C.;
- 8184 days (over 22 years) based on storage at a pH of 8, 0.02 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, at 40° C.; and
- 14732 days (over 40 years) based on storage at a pH of 8, 0.2 wt. % polysorbate-80 surfactant, at 40° C.
- Referring to Table 2, the longest calculated shelf lives corresponded with the use of an RF power level of 150 Watts and a corresponding high W/FM value. It is believed that the use of a higher power level causes higher cross-link density of the pH protective coating or layer.
- Another series of experiments similar to those of Example 13 are run, showing the effect of progressively increasing the RF power level on the FTIR absorbance spectrum of the pH protective coating or layer. The results are tabulated in Table 3, which in each instance shows a symmetric/asymmetric ratio greater than 0.75 between the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si symmetrical stretch peak normally located between about 1000 and 1040 cm−1, and the maximum amplitude of the Si—O—Si asymmetric stretch peak normally located between about 1060 and about 1100 cm−1. Thus, the symmetric/asymmetric ratio is 0.79 at a power level of 20 W, 1.21 or 1.22 at power levels of 40, 60, or 80 W, and 1.26 at 100 Watts under otherwise comparable conditions.
- The 150 Watt data in Table 3 is taken under somewhat different conditions than the other data, so it is not directly comparable with the 20-100 Watt data discussed above. The FTIR data of
samples 6 and 8 of Table 3 is taken from the upper portion of the vial and the FTIR data of samples 7 and 9 of Table 3 is taken from the lower portion of the vial. Also, the amount of OMCTS is cut in half for samples 8 and 9 of Table 3, compared tosamples 6 and 7. Reducing the oxygen level while maintaining a power level of 150 W is expected to raise the symmetric/asymmetric ratio still further, as shown by comparingsamples 6 and 7 to samples 8 and 9 in Table 3. - It is believed that, other conditions being equal, increasing the symmetric/asymmetric ratio increases the shelf life of a vessel filled with a material having a pH exceeding 5.
- Table 12 shows the calculated O-Parameters and N-Parameters (as defined in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070) for the experiments summarized in Table 3. As Table 12 shows, the O-Parameters ranged from 0.134 to 0.343, and the N-Parameters ranged from 0.408 to 0.623—all outside the ranges claimed in U.S. Pat. No. 8,067,070.
- Syringe samples for examples 15-17, employing three different pH protective coatings or layers, were produced in the same manner as for Examples 5-8 except as indicated in Table 13:
- Example 15 had a three-component pH protective coating or layer employing OMCTS, oxygen, and carrier gas. Example 16 had a two component pH protective coating or layer employing OMCTS and oxygen, but no carrier gas. Example 17 had a one-component pH protective coating or layer (OMCTS only). Syringes 15-17 were then tested for lubricity as described for Examples 5-8.
- The pH protective coatings or layers produced according to these working examples are also contemplated to function as pH protective coatings or layers to increase the shelf life of the vessels, compared to similar vessels provided with a composite barrier coating or layer but no pH protective coating or layer.
- Examples 15-17 using an OMCTS precursor gas were repeated in Examples 18-20, except that HMDSO was used as the precursor in Examples 18-20. The results are shown in Table 14. The coatings produced according to these working examples are contemplated to function as pH protective coatings or layers, and also as pH protective coatings or layers to increase the shelf life of the vessels, compared to similar vessels provided with a composite barrier coating or layer but no pH protective coating or layer.
- In these examples the surface roughness of the pH protective coating or layer was determined.
- OMCTS pH protective coatings or layers were applied with previously described equipment with the indicated specific process conditions (Table 15) onto one milliliter COC 6013 molded syringe barrels. Atomic force microscopy (AFM) Root Mean Square (RMS) and other roughness determinations (Tables 15 and 16) were made using the procedures indicated. Average RMS values are taken from three different RMS readings on the surface. The plunger force tests, AFM and SEM tests reported in Table 15 were performed on different samples due to the nature of the individual tests which prohibited a performance of all tests on one sample.
- Further testing was carried out on sister samples Examples 29, 30, and 31, respectively made under conditions similar to Example 23, 26, and 28 to show the AFM roughness data.
- The pH protective coatings or layers produced according to these working examples are also contemplated to function as pH protective coatings or layers to increase the shelf life of the vessels, compared to similar vessels provided with a composite barrier coating or layer but no pH protective coating or layer.
- Silicon extractables from syringes were measured using ICP-MS analysis as described in the Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel. The syringes were evaluated in both static and dynamic situations. The Protocol for Measuring Dissolved Silicon in a Vessel, modified as follows, describes the test procedure:
-
- Syringe filled with 2 ml of 0.9% saline solution
- Syringe placed in a stand—stored at 50° C. for 72 hours.
- After 72 hours saline solution test for dissolved silicon
- Dissolved silicon measured before and after saline solution expelled through syringe.
- The extractable Silicon Levels from a silicon oil coated glass syringe and a pH protective coated and SiOx coated COC syringe are shown in Table 17. Precision of the ICP-MS total silicon measurement is +/−3%.
- Summary of Lubricity and/or pH Protective Measurements
- Table 18 shows a summary of the above OMCTS coatings or layers
- The purpose of this example was to evaluate the recoverability or drainage of a slightly viscous aqueous solution from glass, COP and coated vials,
- This study evaluated the recovery of a 30 cps (centipoise) carbohydrate solution in water-for-injection from (A) an uncoated COP vial, (B) an SiOx+pH protective layer coated COP vial prepared according to the above Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with SiOx, followed by the Protocol for Coating Syringe Barrel Interior with OMCTS pH protective Coating or Layer, and (C) a glass vial.
- 2.0 ml of the carbohydrate solution was pipetted into 30 vials each of glass, COP and pH protective coated vials. The solution was aspirated from the vials with a 10 ml syringe, through a 23 gauge, 1.5″ needle. The vials were tipped to one side as the solution was aspirated to maximize the amount recovered. The same technique and similar withdrawal time was used for all vials. The vials were weighed empty, after placing 2.0 ml of the solution to the vial and at the conclusion of aspirating the solution from the vial. The amount delivered to the vial (A) was determined by subtracting the weight of the empty vial from the weight of the vial with the 2.0 ml of solution. The weight of solution not recovered (B) was determined by subtracting the weight of the empty vial from the weight of the vials after aspirating the solution from the vial. The percent unrecovered was determined by dividing B by A and multiplying by 100.
- It was observed during the aspiration of drug product that the glass vials remained wetted with the solution. The COP vial repelled the liquid and as the solution was aspirated from the vials. This helped with recovery but droplets were observed to bead on the sidewalls of the vials during the aspiration. The pH protective coated vials also repelled the liquid during aspiration but no beading of solution on the sidewalls was observed.
- The conclusion was that pH protective coated vials do not wet with aqueous solutions as do glass vials, leading to superior recovery of drug product relative to glass. pH protective coated vials were not observed to cause beading of solution on sidewall during aspiration of aqueous products therefore coated vials performed better than uncoated COP vials in product recovery experiments.
- While the invention has been illustrated and described in detail in the drawings and foregoing description, such illustration and description are to be considered illustrative or exemplary and not restrictive; the invention is not limited to the disclosed embodiments. Other variations to the disclosed embodiments can be understood and effected by those skilled in the art and practicing the claimed invention, from a study of the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. In the claims, the word “comprising” does not exclude other elements or steps, and the indefinite article “a” or “an” does not exclude a plurality. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that a combination of these measures cannot be used to advantage. Any reference signs in the claims should not be construed as limiting the scope.
-
TABLE 1 FTIR Absorbance Si-O-Si Si-O-Si Process Parameters Si Dissolution @ pH 8/40° C. sym asym Flow O2 Shelf Rate of stretch stretch Ratio Rate Flow Power W/FM Total Si life Dissolution (1000- (1060- Si-O-Si Samples OMCTS Ar Rate (W) (kJ/kg) (ppb) (days) (ppb/day) 1040 cm−1) 1100 cm−1) (sym/asym) Oilyness 1 3 10 0.5 14 21613 43464 385 293.18 0.153 0.219 0.700 YES 2 3 20 0.5 2 3088 7180 107 174.08 0.011 0.020 0.582 NA 3 1 20 0.5 14 62533 42252.17 1381 79.53 0.093 0.098 0.947 NO 4 2 15 0.5 8 18356 27398 380 187.63 0.106 0.141 0.748 YES 5 3 20 0.5 14 21613 24699 271 236.73 0.135 0.201 0.673 YES 6 1 10 0.5 14 62533 37094 1147 84.1 0.134 0.140 0.958 NO -
TABLE 2 OMCTS Argon O2 Total Si Average Flow Flow Flow Plasma (ppb) Calculated Rate of Rate Rate Rate Power Duration W/FM (OMCTS) Shelf-life Dissolution Sample (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) (W) (sec) (kJ/kg) layer) (days) (ppb/day) Process Parameters Si Dissolution @ pH 8/23° C./0.02% Tween ®-80 PC194 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1223335 73660 21045 3.5 018 1.0 20 0.5 18 15 77157 42982 1330 32.3 Process Parameters Si Dissolution @ pH 8/23° C./0.2% Tween ®-80 PC194 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1223335 73660 38768 1.9 018 1.0 20 0.5 18 15 77157 42982 665 64.6 048 4 80 2 35 20 37507 56520 1074 52.62 Process Parameters Si Dissolution @ pH 8/40° C./0.02% Tween ®-80 PC194 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1223335 73660 8184 9 018 1.0 20 0.5 18 15 77157 42982 511 84 Process Parameters Si Dissolution @ pH 8/40° C./0.2% Tween ®-80 PC194 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1223335 73660 14732 5 018 1.0 20 0.5 18 15 77157 42982 255 168 -
TABLE 3 Symmetric Assymetric OMCTS Argon O2 Stretch Stretch Flow Flow Flow Plasma Peak at Peak at Symmetric/ Samples Rate Rate Rate Power Duration W/FM 1000-1040 1060-1100 Assymetric ID (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) (W) (sec) (kJ/kg) cm−1 cm−1 Ratio Process Parameters FTIR Results 1 1 20 0.5 20 20 85,730 0.0793 0.1007 0.79 2 1 20 0.5 40 20 171,460 0.0619 0.0507 1.22 3 1 20 0.5 60 20 257,190 0 .1092 0.0904 1.21 4 1 20 0.5 80 20 342,919 0.1358 0.1116 1.22 5 1 20 0.5 100 20 428,649 0.209 0.1658 1.26 6 1 20 0.5 150 20 642,973 0.2312 0.1905 1.21 7 1 20 0.5 150 20 642,973 0.2324 0.1897 1.23 8 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1,223,335 0.1713 0.1353 1.27 9 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1,223,335 0.1475 0.1151 1.28 -
TABLE 4 PLUNGER SLIDING FORCE MEASUREMENTS OF OMCTS-BASED PLASMA pH protective COATING OR LAYER MADE WITH CARRIER GAS Lubricity and/or pH Lubricity Lubricity Carrier pH pH protective and/or pH and/or pH Gas protective protective coating protective protective (Ar) coating or Mainte- coating or layer OMCTS O2 Flow Flow layer Initiation nance or layer lubricity Time Flow Rate Rate Rate Power Force, Fi Force, Fm Example Type Monomer (sec) (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) (Watts) (N, Kg.) (N, Kg.) 1 Uncoated n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a >11 N >11 N (Control) COC >1.1 Kg. >1.1 Kg. 2 Silicon oil n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 8.2 N 6.3 N (Industry on COC 0.84 Kg. 0.64 Kg. Standard) 3 L3 lubricity OMCTS 10 sec 3 0 65 6 4.6 N 4.6 N (without coating or 0.47 Kg. 0.47 Kg. Oxygen) layer over SiOx on COC 4 L2 lubricity OMCTS 10 sec 3 1 65 6 4.8 N 3.5 N (with and/or pH 0.49 Kg. 0.36 Kg. Oxygen) protective coating or layer over SiOx on COC -
TABLE 5 COATED VIAL AND STAKED NEEDLE SYRINGE BARREL ADHESION Example Relative (Inventive, Retention Exper- I, or (by Exper- iment Compar- iment Number ative, C) Sample Method number) 1 B1 (I) SiOx Coated COP Vial A1 1 > 2 Cylinder 2 B1 (C) SiOx Coated glass Vial A1 2 < 1 Cylinder 3 B1 (I) SiOx Coated COP Vial A2 3 > 4 Cylinder 4 B1 (C) SiOx Coated glass Vial A2 4 < 3 Cylinder 5 B2 (I) Bilayer Coated COP Vial A1 5 > 6 Cylinder 6 B2 (C) Bilayer Coated glass Vial A1 6 < 5 Cylinder 7 B2 (I) Bilayer Coated COP Vial A2 7 > 8 Cylinder 8 B2 (C) Bilayer Coated glass Vial A2 8 < 7 Cylinder 9 B3 (I) SiOx Coated COP Syringe A1 9 > 10 Barrel Cylinder 10 B3 (C) SiOx Coated glassSyringe A1 10 < 9 Barrel Cylinder 11 B3 (I) SiOx Coated COP Syringe A2 11 > 12 Barrel Cylinder 12 B3 (C) SiOx Coated glassSyringe A2 12 < 11 Barrel Cylinder 13 B4 (I) Bilayer Coated COP Syringe A1 13 > 14 Barrel Cylinder 14 B4 (C) Bilayer Coated glassSyringe A1 14 < 13 Barrel Cylinder 15 B4 (I) Bilayer Coated COP Syringe A2 15 > 16 Barrel Cylinder 16 B4 (C) Bilayer Coated glassSyringe A2 16 < 15 Barrel Cylinder * {[(Pretape length × coating height) − (Post tape length × coating height)]/(Pretape length × coating height)} * 100% -
TABLE 6 OMCTS LUBRICITY AND/OR pH protective COATING OR LAYER (Examples 5 and 6) Initi- Mainte- ation nance ICPMS Ex- OMCTS O2 Ar Force, Force, (μg./ ICPMS ample (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) Fi (N) Fm (N) liter) Mode 5 3.0 0.38 7.8 4.8 3.5 <5 static 6 3.0 0.38 7.8 5.4 4.3 38 dynamic 7 n/a n/a n/a 13 11 <5 static (SiOx only) 8 n/a n/a n/a 8.2 6.3 (silicon oil) -
TABLE 7 Vial Total Silicon ug/ L 1 13844 2 14878 3 14387 4 13731 5 15260 6 15017 7 15118 8 12736 Mean 14371 StdDev 877 Quantity of SiOx + Lubricity layer on Vials -
TABLE 8 Vial SiOx + Vial SiOx + Lubricity Lubricity Coating at pH 4 Coating at pH 8 Shelf Life Conditions 23° C. Si Dissolution Rate (PPB/day) 31 7 Shelf Life Conditions 4° C. Si Dissolution Rate (PPB/day) 7 11 -
TABLE 9 Shelf Life Calculation Vial with SiOx + Lubricity Coating at pH 4 Si Dissolution Rate (PPB/day) 31 Mass of Coating Tested (Total Si) 14,371 Shelf Life (days) at 23° C. 464 Shelf Life (years) at 23° C. 1.3 Required Mass of Coating (Total Si) -- 2-years 22,630 Required Mass of Coating (Total Si) -- 3-years 33,945 -
TABLE 10 Shelf Life Conditions -- pH 8 and 23° C. Vial with SiOx + Vial with SiOx Lubricity Coating Si Dissolution Rate (PPB/day) 1,250 7 -
TABLE 11 SILICON DISSOLUTION WITH PH 8 AT 40° C. (ug/L) Vial Coating 1 2 3 4 7 10 15 Description day days days days days days days A. SiOx made 165 211 226 252 435 850 1,364 with HMDSO Plasma + SiwOxCy or its equivalent SiOxCy made with OMCTS Plasma B. SiwOxCy or 109 107 76 69 74 158 198 its equivalent SiOxCy made with OMCTS Plasma C. SiOx made 2,504 4,228 5,226 5,650 9,292 10,177 9,551 with HMDSO Plasma D. SiOx made 1,607 1,341 3,927 10,182 18,148 20,446 21,889 with HMDSO Plasma + SiwOxCy or its equivalent SiOxCy made with HMDSO Plasma E. SiwOxCy or 1,515 1,731 1,813 1,743 2,890 3,241 3,812 its equivalent SiOxCy made with HMDSO Plasma -
TABLE 12 OMCTS Argon O2 Flow Flow Flow Plasma Samples Rate Rate Rate Power Duration W/FM O- N- ID (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) (W) (sec) (kJ/kg) Parameter Parameter Process Parameters 1 1 20 0.5 20 20 85,730 0.343 0.436 2 1 20 0.5 40 20 171,460 0.267 0.408 3 1 20 0.5 60 20 257,190 0.311 0.457 4 1 20 0.5 80 20 342,919 0.270 0.421 5 1 20 0.5 100 20 428,649 0.177 0.406 6 1 20 0.5 150 20 642,973 0.151 0.453 7 1 20 0.5 150 20 642,973 0.151 0.448 8 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1,223,335 0.134 0.623 9 0.5 20 0.5 150 20 1,223,335 0.167 0.609 -
TABLE 13 OMCTS pH protective coating or layer OMCTS -2.5 sccm Argon gas -7.6 sccm (when used) Oxygen 0.38 sccm (when used) Power - 3 watts Power on time - 10 seconds -
TABLE 14 HMDSO pH protective coating or layer HMDSO O2 Ar Example (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) 18 2.5 0.38 7.6 19 2.5 0.38 — 20 2.5 — — -
TABLE 15 SEM Micrograph Dep. (5 Ex- OMCTS Ar/O2 Power Time micronAF AFM RMS ample (sccm) (sccm) (Watts) (sec) Vertical) (nanometers) 21 2.0 10/0.38 3.5 10 22 FIG. 6 23 19.6, 9.9, 9.4 (Average = 13.0) FIGS. 8, 9, 10 24 2.0 10/0.38 4.5 10 25 FIG. 7 26 12.5, 8.4, 6.1 (Average = 6.3) FIG. 11, 15, 16 27 2.0 10/0 3.4 10 28 1.9, 2.6, 3.0 (Average = 2.3) Fig 14, 15, 16 -
TABLE 16 Dep. Siloxane Power Time SiOx/Lub Coater Mode Feed Ar/O2 (W) (Sec.) Example 29 SiOx: Auto-Tube Auto HMDSO 0 sccm Ar, 37 7 SiOx/Baseline 52.5 in, 90 sccm O2 OMCTS Lub 133.4 cm. Lubricity: Auto-S same OMCTS, 10 sccm Ar 3.4 10 2.0 sccm 0.38 sccm O2 Example 30 SiOx.: same same same same 37 7 SiOx/High Lubricity: same same same same 4.5 10 Pwr OMCTS Lub Example 31 SiOx: Auto-Tube same same 0 sccm Ar, 37 7 SiOx/ No O 290 sccm O2 OMCTS Lub Lubricity: Auto-S same same 10 sccm Ar 3.4 10 0 sccm O2 -
TABLE 17 Silicon Extractables Comparison of Luburicity Coatings Package Type Statis (ug/L) Dynamic (ug/L) Cyclic Olefin Syringe with CV 70 81 Holdings SiOCH Lubricity Coating Borocilicate Glass Syringe with 825 835 Silicon Oil -
TABLE 18 Summary Table of OMCTS pH protective COATING OR LAYER from Tables 4, 6, 13 and 15 OMCTS O2 Ar Power Dep Time Example (sccm) (sccm) (sccm) (Watt) (sec) 3 3.0 0.00 65 6 10 4 3.0 1.00 65 6 10 5 3.0 0.38 7.8 6 10 6 3.0 0.38 7.8 6 10 15 2.5 0.38 7.6 6 10 16 2.5 0.38 0.0 6 10 17 2.5 0.00 0.0 6 10 21 2.0 0.38 10 3.5 10 24 2.0 0.38 10 4.5 10 27 2.0 0.00 10 3.4 10 29 2.0 0.38 10 3.4 10 30 2.0 0.38 10 4.5 10 31 2.0 0.00 10 3.4 10
Claims (43)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/412,472 US20150297800A1 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2013-06-28 | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS |
Applications Claiming Priority (12)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201261667871P | 2012-07-03 | 2012-07-03 | |
| US201261713435P | 2012-10-12 | 2012-10-12 | |
| US201261732180P | 2012-11-30 | 2012-11-30 | |
| US201261747584P | 2012-12-31 | 2012-12-31 | |
| US201361771644P | 2013-03-01 | 2013-03-01 | |
| US201361776733P | 2013-03-11 | 2013-03-11 | |
| US201361800746P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US201361800494P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US201361792952P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US201361800660P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
| US14/412,472 US20150297800A1 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2013-06-28 | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS |
| PCT/US2013/048709 WO2014008138A2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2013-06-28 | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2013/048709 A-371-Of-International WO2014008138A2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2013-06-28 | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/306,621 Continuation US12257371B2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2021-05-03 | SiOx barrier for pharmaceutical package and coating process |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20150297800A1 true US20150297800A1 (en) | 2015-10-22 |
Family
ID=54321083
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US14/412,472 Abandoned US20150297800A1 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2013-06-28 | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS |
| US17/306,621 Active 2036-02-22 US12257371B2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2021-05-03 | SiOx barrier for pharmaceutical package and coating process |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/306,621 Active 2036-02-22 US12257371B2 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2021-05-03 | SiOx barrier for pharmaceutical package and coating process |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US20150297800A1 (en) |
Cited By (19)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160184183A1 (en) * | 2008-05-23 | 2016-06-30 | Hospira, Inc. | Packaged Iron Sucrose Products |
| US20170340823A1 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2017-11-30 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| US20180015225A1 (en) * | 2015-02-03 | 2018-01-18 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| WO2020081118A1 (en) | 2018-10-19 | 2020-04-23 | Cmp Development Llc | Potassium phosphates composition for injection |
| US20200222650A1 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2020-07-16 | Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh | Endo-Tracheal Catheter for Use in an Anesthetic Procedure |
| US20210030970A1 (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2021-02-04 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Medical Delivery Devices Having Low Lubricant Hydrophobic Syringe Barrels |
| CN112639162A (en) * | 2018-03-27 | 2021-04-09 | Sio2医药产品公司 | Vessel, container and surface coated with a water barrier coating |
| US10973890B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2021-04-13 | Allergan, Inc. | Non-protein clostridial toxin compositions |
| US20210189554A1 (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2021-06-24 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Metal components with inert vapor phase coating on internal surfaces |
| CN113825483A (en) * | 2019-01-07 | 2021-12-21 | Sio2医药产品公司 | Polymer processing bag and method of making the same |
| AU2017281155B2 (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2021-12-23 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled syringe system |
| WO2022026798A1 (en) | 2020-07-30 | 2022-02-03 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Common contact surfaces for use in the manufacture, packaging, delivery, and assessment of biopharmaceutical products |
| US20220047843A1 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2022-02-17 | Crannmed Limited | A Tube Having an Interior Lubricious Coating and Systems and Methods of Applying the Same |
| US11278634B1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-03-22 | Extrovis Ag | Stable parenteral composition of lacosamide |
| US11382909B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2022-07-12 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| CN116769133A (en) * | 2023-06-02 | 2023-09-19 | 东莞方德泡绵制品厂有限公司 | Production process of new energy automobile interior damping material |
| EP4311865A1 (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2024-01-31 | SCHOTT Pharma AG & Co. KGaA | Coated element and method for coating an element |
| JP2024519587A (en) * | 2021-05-26 | 2024-05-17 | デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド | A pharmaceutical container containing a liquid pharmaceutical composition of 1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1-((3-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-N-methylmethanamine |
| US12070466B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2024-08-27 | Sydnexis, Inc. | D2O stabilized pharmaceutical formulations |
Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20100298738A1 (en) * | 2009-05-13 | 2010-11-25 | Felts John T | Vessel, coating, inspection and processing apparatus |
Family Cites Families (1060)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR891892A (en) | 1942-11-17 | 1944-03-22 | Injection needle | |
| GB752822A (en) | 1953-03-12 | 1956-07-18 | Onera (Off Nat Aerospatiale) | Improvements in rate of flow meters, especially for liquids |
| US3355947A (en) | 1959-02-26 | 1967-12-05 | Rockwell Mfg Co | Viscosity compensated turbine flow meter |
| DE1147836B (en) | 1959-09-26 | 1963-04-25 | Nadler Werke | Process for the sterilization of pulpy vegetable foods |
| DE1147838B (en) | 1960-10-12 | 1963-04-25 | Andre Michels | Drive of the corner locking elements of a stamp in a device for erecting a blank made of paper, cardboard or the like to form a box |
| US3274267A (en) | 1963-09-23 | 1966-09-20 | Union Carbide Corp | Cyclic alpha-perfluoro-di-p-xylylenes |
| US3297465A (en) | 1963-12-31 | 1967-01-10 | Ibm | Method for producing organic plasma and for depositing polymer films |
| US3442686A (en) | 1964-03-13 | 1969-05-06 | Du Pont | Low permeability transparent packaging films |
| FR1475825A (en) | 1966-02-21 | 1967-04-07 | Compteurs Comp D | Improvements to turbine meters for metering volumes of fluids |
| US3838598A (en) | 1969-03-28 | 1974-10-01 | Brunswick Corp | Capillary flow meter |
| US3590634A (en) | 1969-05-05 | 1971-07-06 | Stanford Research Inst | Instrument for determining permeation rates through a membrane |
| GB1363762A (en) | 1971-06-28 | 1974-08-14 | Atomic Energy Authority Uk | Fluid flow meters |
| US3957653A (en) | 1975-04-03 | 1976-05-18 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus for collection, separation and isolation of blood |
| US4111326A (en) | 1976-03-04 | 1978-09-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Closure for air evacuated container |
| US4186840A (en) | 1976-03-04 | 1980-02-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Cannulapierceable, self-sealing closure |
| US4162528A (en) | 1976-05-18 | 1979-07-24 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | X-ray-fluorescence measurement of thin film thicknesses |
| GB1513426A (en) | 1976-06-01 | 1978-06-07 | Aspro Nicholas Ltd | Packaging |
| NO137663C (en) | 1976-09-30 | 1978-03-29 | Ken Heimreid | PROCEDURES FOR EXAMINATION OF UNCOAGULATED BLOOD |
| GB1566251A (en) | 1976-10-15 | 1980-04-30 | Gervase Instr Ltd | Flow meters |
| US4168330A (en) | 1977-10-13 | 1979-09-18 | Rca Corporation | Method of depositing a silicon oxide layer |
| US4484479A (en) | 1978-04-05 | 1984-11-27 | Richard Eckhardt | Gas flow metering |
| US4392218A (en) | 1979-01-02 | 1983-07-05 | Lanier Business Products, Inc. | Apparatus for identifying a dictate station by providing an automatically generated sequence of signals and a manually entered sequence of signals |
| US4289726A (en) | 1979-07-02 | 1981-09-15 | Potoczky Joseph B | Apparatus and method for injection molding of elongated hollow plastic container walls |
| JPS5627330A (en) | 1979-08-15 | 1981-03-17 | Yoshino Kogyosho Co Ltd | Heat treatment for internal wall surface of saturated polyester resin biaxially stretched bottle |
| US4293078A (en) | 1979-11-01 | 1981-10-06 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Vacuum indicator closure for a blood collection tube |
| US4486378A (en) | 1980-05-07 | 1984-12-04 | Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd. | Plastic bottles and process for preparation thereof |
| US4391128A (en) | 1981-04-20 | 1983-07-05 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Back-diffusion quality control method for barrier treated containers |
| US4452679A (en) | 1981-10-07 | 1984-06-05 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Substrate with chemically modified surface and method of manufacture thereof |
| US4422896A (en) | 1982-01-26 | 1983-12-27 | Materials Research Corporation | Magnetically enhanced plasma process and apparatus |
| JPS58154602A (en) | 1982-03-10 | 1983-09-14 | Nippon Kokan Kk <Nkk> | Method and device for measuring surface coating thickness of stain-free steel |
| JPH0635323B2 (en) | 1982-06-25 | 1994-05-11 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Surface treatment method |
| US4522510A (en) | 1982-07-26 | 1985-06-11 | Therma-Wave, Inc. | Thin film thickness measurement with thermal waves |
| DE3239379A1 (en) | 1982-10-23 | 1984-04-26 | Helmut Fischer GmbH & Co Institut für Elektronik und Meßtechnik, 7032 Sindelfingen | DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE THICKNESS LAYERS |
| JPS5987307A (en) | 1982-11-11 | 1984-05-19 | Nippon Kokan Kk <Nkk> | Measuring device of thickness of surface film |
| US4483737A (en) | 1983-01-31 | 1984-11-20 | University Of Cincinnati | Method and apparatus for plasma etching a substrate |
| JPS59154029A (en) | 1983-02-23 | 1984-09-03 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Formation of insulating film |
| JPS59168310A (en) | 1983-03-02 | 1984-09-22 | エナ−ジ−・コンバ−シヨン・デバイセス・インコ−ポレ−テツド | Method and device for measuring thickness of thin-film |
| US4478873A (en) | 1983-05-23 | 1984-10-23 | American Optical Corporation | Method imparting anti-static, anti-reflective properties to ophthalmic lenses |
| CA1199854A (en) | 1983-08-31 | 1986-01-28 | Majesty (Her) The Queen In Right Of Canada As Represented By The Minister Of National Defence | Laminar flow element |
| US4524616A (en) | 1983-09-02 | 1985-06-25 | Tylan Corporation | Adjustable laminar flow bypass |
| US4524089A (en) | 1983-11-22 | 1985-06-18 | Olin Corporation | Three-step plasma treatment of copper foils to enhance their laminate adhesion |
| US4552791A (en) | 1983-12-09 | 1985-11-12 | Cosden Technology, Inc. | Plastic container with decreased gas permeability |
| JPH0627323B2 (en) | 1983-12-26 | 1994-04-13 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Sputtering method and apparatus |
| AT379069B (en) | 1984-01-11 | 1985-11-11 | Greiner & Soehne C A | BLOOD SAMPLES |
| JPS60158316A (en) | 1984-01-30 | 1985-08-19 | Osaka Gas Co Ltd | Turbine type flowmeter |
| GR850153B (en) | 1984-02-06 | 1985-03-29 | Obrist Ag Crown | |
| JPS6113626A (en) | 1984-06-29 | 1986-01-21 | Hitachi Ltd | plasma processing equipment |
| JPS6130036A (en) | 1984-07-23 | 1986-02-12 | Fujitsu Ltd | Microwave plasma processing apparatus |
| DE3566194D1 (en) | 1984-08-31 | 1988-12-15 | Hitachi Ltd | Microwave assisting sputtering |
| US4668365A (en) | 1984-10-25 | 1987-05-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus and method for magnetron-enhanced plasma-assisted chemical vapor deposition |
| DE3444270A1 (en) | 1984-12-05 | 1986-06-05 | Helmut Fischer GmbH & Co Institut für Elektronik und Meßtechnik, 7032 Sindelfingen | DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE THICKNESS LAYERS |
| JPH0740468B2 (en) | 1984-12-11 | 1995-05-01 | 株式会社日立製作所 | High frequency plasma generator |
| JPS61183462A (en) | 1985-02-06 | 1986-08-16 | Yuugou Giken:Kk | Apparatus and method for ion plating inner surface of pipe and the like utilizing magnetic field of magnet and coil |
| CH667528A5 (en) | 1985-03-15 | 1988-10-14 | Alusuisse | METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE THICKNESS OF TRANSPARENT PAINT LAYERS AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING IT. |
| US4767414A (en) | 1985-05-16 | 1988-08-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Ionizing plasma lubricant method |
| EP0221005A3 (en) | 1985-09-07 | 1987-12-02 | Wagner, Wolfgang, Dr.med. | Injection device with sensor |
| US4667620A (en) | 1985-10-29 | 1987-05-26 | Cosden Technology, Inc. | Method and apparatus for making plastic containers having decreased gas permeability |
| JPS6289401U (en) | 1985-11-25 | 1987-06-08 | ||
| JPS62180069A (en) | 1986-02-05 | 1987-08-07 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Method for coating inside surface of pipe |
| US4824444A (en) | 1986-04-11 | 1989-04-25 | Applied Membrane Technology, Inc. | Gas permselective composite membrane prepared by plasma polymerization coating techniques |
| JP2575653B2 (en) | 1986-06-06 | 1997-01-29 | 日新電機株式会社 | Method for forming a thin film on the inner surface of a metal cylindrical coated material |
| US6248219B1 (en) | 1986-06-23 | 2001-06-19 | Unaxis Balzers Aktiengesellschaft | Process and apparatus for sputter etching or sputter coating |
| JPS638524A (en) | 1986-06-30 | 1988-01-14 | Yamatake Honeywell Co Ltd | Differential pressure transmitter |
| ZA874580B (en) | 1986-07-04 | 1988-01-04 | ||
| US4778721A (en) | 1986-07-09 | 1988-10-18 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Method of forming abrasion-resistant plasma coatings and resulting articles |
| US4697717A (en) | 1986-08-18 | 1987-10-06 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Rubber/plastic stopper composite with mechanical adhesive joints |
| DE3729347A1 (en) | 1986-09-05 | 1988-03-17 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | PLASMA PROCESSOR |
| DE3632748A1 (en) | 1986-09-26 | 1988-04-07 | Ver Foerderung Inst Kunststoff | METHOD FOR COATING HOLLOW BODIES |
| US4756964A (en) | 1986-09-29 | 1988-07-12 | The Dow Chemical Company | Barrier films having an amorphous carbon coating and methods of making |
| JP2587924B2 (en) | 1986-10-11 | 1997-03-05 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Thin film forming equipment |
| US4725481A (en) | 1986-10-31 | 1988-02-16 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Vapor-permeable, waterproof bicomponent structure |
| JPS63124521A (en) | 1986-11-14 | 1988-05-28 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Method for treating the surface of a mask for X-ray lithography |
| US4741446A (en) | 1986-12-29 | 1988-05-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Computer generated stopper |
| DE3774098D1 (en) | 1986-12-29 | 1991-11-28 | Sumitomo Metal Ind | PLASMA UNIT. |
| US4853102A (en) | 1987-01-07 | 1989-08-01 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Sputtering process and an apparatus for carrying out the same |
| SU1530913A1 (en) | 1987-01-13 | 1989-12-23 | Казахский научно-исследовательский институт энергетики | Flow meter |
| DE3853890T2 (en) | 1987-01-19 | 1995-10-19 | Hitachi Ltd | Device working with a plasma. |
| EP0284867A2 (en) | 1987-04-03 | 1988-10-05 | Tegal Corporation | Dry etching apparatus using surface magnetic field confinement of plasma |
| US5028566A (en) | 1987-04-10 | 1991-07-02 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Method of forming silicon dioxide glass films |
| US4808453A (en) | 1987-04-13 | 1989-02-28 | Romberg Val G | Pharmaceutical elastomeric coating |
| US5000994A (en) | 1987-04-13 | 1991-03-19 | The West Company, Incorporated | Pharmaceutical elastomeric coating |
| US4973504A (en) | 1987-04-13 | 1990-11-27 | The West Company Incorporated | Pharmaceutical elastomeric coating |
| JPH0672306B2 (en) | 1987-04-27 | 1994-09-14 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Plasma processing apparatus and plasma processing method |
| US5203959A (en) | 1987-04-27 | 1993-04-20 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Microwave plasma etching and deposition method employing first and second magnetic fields |
| CA1324545C (en) | 1987-06-19 | 1993-11-23 | Masaaki Kasai | Medical instrument, and method of manufacturing the same |
| ZA884511B (en) | 1987-07-15 | 1989-03-29 | Boc Group Inc | Method of plasma enhanced silicon oxide deposition |
| KR920002864B1 (en) | 1987-07-20 | 1992-04-06 | 가부시기가이샤 히다찌세이사꾸쇼 | Apparatus for treating matrial by using plasma |
| JPS6428509A (en) | 1987-07-23 | 1989-01-31 | Nippon Kokan Kk | Apparatus for measuring thickness of film |
| US4842704A (en) | 1987-07-29 | 1989-06-27 | Collins George J | Magnetron deposition of ceramic oxide-superconductor thin films |
| US4809876A (en) | 1987-08-27 | 1989-03-07 | Aluminum Company Of America | Container body having improved gas barrier properties |
| US4880120A (en) | 1987-09-02 | 1989-11-14 | The Coca-Cola Company | Plastic container inspection process |
| GB2210826B (en) | 1987-10-19 | 1992-08-12 | Bowater Packaging Ltd | Barrier packaging materials |
| DE3738993A1 (en) | 1987-11-17 | 1989-05-24 | Philips Patentverwaltung | METHOD FOR THE GLIMATE CHARGE-ACTIVATED REACTIVE DEPOSITION OF METAL FROM A GAS PHASE |
| US4886086A (en) | 1987-12-23 | 1989-12-12 | Graco, Inc. | Non-degrading pressure regulator |
| JPH0668152B2 (en) | 1988-01-27 | 1994-08-31 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Thin film forming equipment |
| US5798027A (en) | 1988-02-08 | 1998-08-25 | Optical Coating Laboratory, Inc. | Process for depositing optical thin films on both planar and non-planar substrates |
| US4844986A (en) | 1988-02-16 | 1989-07-04 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method for preparing lubricated surfaces and product |
| JPH01225775A (en) | 1988-03-04 | 1989-09-08 | Toyo Sutoufuaa Chem:Kk | Formation of ceramic coating film on inner surface of tubular material |
| US5041303A (en) | 1988-03-07 | 1991-08-20 | Polyplasma Incorporated | Process for modifying large polymeric surfaces |
| US5275299A (en) | 1988-04-15 | 1994-01-04 | C. A. Greiner & Sohne Gesellschaft Mbh | Closure device for an in particular evacuable cylindrical housing |
| US4880675A (en) | 1988-04-25 | 1989-11-14 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Hot-fillable plastic containers |
| US5409782A (en) | 1988-05-02 | 1995-04-25 | Orient Watch Company | Composite film |
| EP0343017A3 (en) | 1988-05-20 | 1990-05-23 | Nec Corporation | Reactive ion etching apparatus |
| US4883686A (en) | 1988-05-26 | 1989-11-28 | Energy Conversion Devices, Inc. | Method for the high rate plasma deposition of high quality material |
| DE3820237C1 (en) | 1988-06-14 | 1989-09-14 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Wissenschaften Ev, 3400 Goettingen, De | |
| US4948628A (en) | 1988-07-01 | 1990-08-14 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method for plasma treatment of small diameter tubes |
| US4846101A (en) | 1988-07-01 | 1989-07-11 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus for plasma treatment of small diameter tubes |
| JPH0224502A (en) | 1988-07-12 | 1990-01-26 | Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd | Film-thickness measuring method |
| US4869203A (en) | 1988-07-18 | 1989-09-26 | Vapor Technologies Inc. | Apparatus for coating a metal gas-pressure bottle or tank |
| DE3926023A1 (en) | 1988-09-06 | 1990-03-15 | Schott Glaswerke | CVD COATING METHOD FOR PRODUCING LAYERS AND DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT THE METHOD |
| CA1335495C (en) | 1988-12-22 | 1995-05-09 | Renate Foerch | Modification of polymer surfaces by two-step reactions |
| GB8905075D0 (en) | 1989-03-06 | 1989-04-19 | Nordiko Ltd | Electrode assembly and apparatus |
| US5472660A (en) | 1989-03-08 | 1995-12-05 | Fortex, Inc. | Method for the manufacture of shaped products of biaxially oriented polymeric material |
| DE3908418C2 (en) | 1989-03-15 | 1999-06-02 | Buck Chem Tech Werke | Process for the internal coating of plastic containers and device for coating |
| US5042951A (en) | 1989-09-19 | 1991-08-27 | Therma-Wave, Inc. | High resolution ellipsometric apparatus |
| US4999014A (en) | 1989-05-04 | 1991-03-12 | Therma-Wave, Inc. | Method and apparatus for measuring thickness of thin films |
| US5225024A (en) | 1989-05-08 | 1993-07-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetically enhanced plasma reactor system for semiconductor processing |
| EP0396919A3 (en) | 1989-05-08 | 1991-07-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma reactor and method for semiconductor processing |
| JPH02298024A (en) | 1989-05-12 | 1990-12-10 | Tadahiro Omi | Reactive ion etching apparatus |
| US5429070A (en) | 1989-06-13 | 1995-07-04 | Plasma & Materials Technologies, Inc. | High density plasma deposition and etching apparatus |
| US5297561A (en) | 1989-06-15 | 1994-03-29 | Hulon Walter C | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5032202A (en) | 1989-10-03 | 1991-07-16 | Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. | Plasma generating apparatus for large area plasma processing |
| US5044199A (en) | 1989-11-13 | 1991-09-03 | Dxl International, Inc. | Flowmeter |
| JP2905828B2 (en) | 1989-12-05 | 1999-06-14 | 株式会社吉野工業所 | Syringe cylinder molding apparatus and syringe cylinder molding method |
| US5067491A (en) | 1989-12-08 | 1991-11-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Barrier coating on blood contacting devices |
| JPH03183759A (en) | 1989-12-12 | 1991-08-09 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Laminated plastic film and its production |
| US5064083A (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1991-11-12 | The West Company, Incorporated | Closure device |
| JP2706546B2 (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1998-01-28 | 日東工器株式会社 | Coating method for inner peripheral cylindrical body |
| AT401341B (en) | 1990-03-09 | 1996-08-26 | Greiner & Soehne C A | LOCKING DEVICE FOR A PARTICULARLY EVACUABLE HOUSING |
| DE4008405C1 (en) | 1990-03-16 | 1991-07-11 | Schott Glaswerke, 6500 Mainz, De | |
| JPH03271374A (en) | 1990-03-22 | 1991-12-03 | Toshiba Corp | Thin film forming device |
| JPH04374A (en) | 1990-04-16 | 1992-01-06 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Production of hardened protective film on surface of plastic substrate |
| JPH04375A (en) | 1990-04-16 | 1992-01-06 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Production of hardened protective film on surface of plastic substrate |
| JPH04373A (en) | 1990-04-16 | 1992-01-06 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Production of hardened protective film on surface of plastic substrate |
| US5084356A (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1992-01-28 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Film coated with glass barrier layer with metal dopant |
| US5085904A (en) | 1990-04-20 | 1992-02-04 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Barrier materials useful for packaging |
| JPH0414440A (en) | 1990-05-07 | 1992-01-20 | Toray Ind Inc | Laminated film |
| US5443645A (en) | 1990-05-19 | 1995-08-22 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Microwave plasma CVD apparatus comprising coaxially aligned multiple gas pipe gas feed structure |
| DE4026367A1 (en) | 1990-06-25 | 1992-03-12 | Leybold Ag | DEVICE FOR COATING SUBSTRATES |
| US5131752A (en) | 1990-06-28 | 1992-07-21 | Tamarack Scientific Co., Inc. | Method for film thickness endpoint control |
| US6251792B1 (en) | 1990-07-31 | 2001-06-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma etch processes |
| US5079481A (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1992-01-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Plasma-assisted processing magneton with magnetic field adjustment |
| US5082542A (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1992-01-21 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Distributed-array magnetron-plasma processing module and method |
| EP0470777A3 (en) | 1990-08-07 | 1993-06-02 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Thin gas barrier films and rapid deposition method therefor |
| US5192849A (en) | 1990-08-10 | 1993-03-09 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multipurpose low-thermal-mass chuck for semiconductor processing equipment |
| JPH04110617A (en) | 1990-08-31 | 1992-04-13 | Nippon Tairan Kk | Divided flow structure of mass flow controller |
| JP2916942B2 (en) | 1990-09-14 | 1999-07-05 | 住友重機械工業株式会社 | Plasma CVD treatment method and apparatus for inner surface of tube |
| CA2051219C (en) | 1990-09-14 | 2001-06-19 | Yuji Komiya | Method of preparing laminated packaging material |
| EP0484746B1 (en) | 1990-10-25 | 1996-09-18 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Chemically adsorbed monomolecular lamination film and method of manufacturing the same |
| US5240774A (en) | 1990-10-25 | 1993-08-31 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Fluorocarbon-based coating film and method of manufacturing the same |
| US5779802A (en) | 1990-12-10 | 1998-07-14 | Imec V.Z.W. | Thin film deposition chamber with ECR-plasma source |
| JP2965359B2 (en) | 1991-01-07 | 1999-10-18 | 積水化学工業株式会社 | Blood test container |
| JPH04236770A (en) | 1991-01-17 | 1992-08-25 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Method for controlling arc spot in vacuum arc deposition and vaporization source |
| FR2671931A1 (en) | 1991-01-22 | 1992-07-24 | Metal Process | DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTING MICROWAVE ENERGY FOR EXCITATION OF PLASMA |
| US5330578A (en) | 1991-03-12 | 1994-07-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Plasma treatment apparatus |
| DE4109619C1 (en) | 1991-03-23 | 1992-08-06 | Leybold Ag, 6450 Hanau, De | |
| CA2067691C (en) | 1991-05-13 | 1995-12-12 | James A. Burns | Stopper-shield combination closure |
| US5189446A (en) | 1991-05-17 | 1993-02-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Plasma wafer processing tool having closed electron cyclotron resonance |
| DE4119362A1 (en) | 1991-06-12 | 1992-12-17 | Leybold Ag | PARTICLE SOURCE, ESPECIALLY FOR REACTIVE ION NETWORK AND PLASMA SUPPORTED CVD PROCESSES |
| US5888414A (en) | 1991-06-27 | 1999-03-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma reactor and processes using RF inductive coupling and scavenger temperature control |
| US6518195B1 (en) | 1991-06-27 | 2003-02-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma reactor using inductive RF coupling, and processes |
| JP2635267B2 (en) | 1991-06-27 | 1997-07-30 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッド | RF plasma processing equipment |
| US5633711A (en) | 1991-07-08 | 1997-05-27 | Massachusettes Institute Of Technology | Measurement of material properties with optically induced phonons |
| DE4122802C1 (en) | 1991-07-10 | 1992-12-17 | Schott Glaswerke, 6500 Mainz, De | |
| US5198725A (en) | 1991-07-12 | 1993-03-30 | Lam Research Corporation | Method of producing flat ecr layer in microwave plasma device and apparatus therefor |
| US5271274A (en) | 1991-08-14 | 1993-12-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Thin film process monitoring techniques using acoustic waves |
| US5204141A (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1993-04-20 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Deposition of silicon dioxide films at temperatures as low as 100 degree c. by lpcvd using organodisilane sources |
| JP3105962B2 (en) | 1991-09-20 | 2000-11-06 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Amorphous thin film having solid lubricity and method for producing the same |
| US5224441A (en) | 1991-09-27 | 1993-07-06 | The Boc Group, Inc. | Apparatus for rapid plasma treatments and method |
| CA2268719C (en) | 1991-10-03 | 2001-08-28 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| EP0535810B1 (en) | 1991-10-03 | 1996-03-06 | Becton, Dickinson and Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| DE69218720T2 (en) | 1991-10-17 | 1997-07-17 | Applied Materials Inc | Plasma reactor |
| JP2647585B2 (en) | 1991-11-28 | 1997-08-27 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Automatic thin film measuring device |
| US5333049A (en) | 1991-12-06 | 1994-07-26 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Apparatus and method for interferometrically measuring the thickness of thin films using full aperture irradiation |
| US5372851A (en) | 1991-12-16 | 1994-12-13 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Method of manufacturing a chemically adsorbed film |
| US5397956A (en) | 1992-01-13 | 1995-03-14 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Electron beam excited plasma system |
| DE4204082A1 (en) | 1992-02-12 | 1993-08-19 | Leybold Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING A ADHESIVE LAYER ON WORKPIECE SURFACES |
| JPH05263223A (en) | 1992-03-14 | 1993-10-12 | Nitto Kohki Co Ltd | Method for coating body to be coated having inner part and device therefor |
| US5302266A (en) | 1992-03-20 | 1994-04-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for filing high aspect patterns with metal |
| DE4209384C1 (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1993-04-22 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung Ev, 8000 Muenchen, De | |
| US5444207A (en) | 1992-03-26 | 1995-08-22 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Plasma generating device and surface processing device and method for processing wafers in a uniform magnetic field |
| EP0574100B1 (en) | 1992-04-16 | 1999-05-12 | Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Plasma CVD method and apparatus therefor |
| DE4214401C1 (en) | 1992-04-30 | 1993-03-11 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Wissenschaften Ev, 3400 Goettingen, De | Plasma-aided CVD of coating inside hollow body - by introducing atmos. contg. cpd. vapour into cavity at below atmos. pressure and passing microwaves into cavity |
| CA2095674A1 (en) | 1992-05-13 | 1993-11-14 | Nicholas A. Grippi | Blood collection tube assembly |
| EP0571896B1 (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1996-08-28 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Method of manufacturing a chemically adsorbed film |
| MX9303141A (en) | 1992-05-28 | 1994-04-29 | Polar Materials Inc | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DEPOSITING BARRIER COATINGS. |
| US5486701A (en) | 1992-06-16 | 1996-01-23 | Prometrix Corporation | Method and apparatus for measuring reflectance in two wavelength bands to enable determination of thin film thickness |
| US5286297A (en) | 1992-06-24 | 1994-02-15 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multi-electrode plasma processing apparatus |
| US5252178A (en) | 1992-06-24 | 1993-10-12 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multi-zone plasma processing method and apparatus |
| US5308649A (en) | 1992-06-26 | 1994-05-03 | Polar Materials, Inc. | Methods for externally treating a container with application of internal bias gas |
| JPH0610132A (en) | 1992-06-29 | 1994-01-18 | Nagasaki Pref Gov | Production of thin film of organosilicon compound |
| US5812261A (en) | 1992-07-08 | 1998-09-22 | Active Impulse Systems, Inc. | Method and device for measuring the thickness of opaque and transparent films |
| CA2100275A1 (en) | 1992-07-22 | 1994-01-23 | Mitchell K. Antoon, Jr. | Blood collection assembly |
| US5272735A (en) | 1992-08-03 | 1993-12-21 | Combustion Engineering, Inc. | Sputtering process burnable poison coating |
| US5531683A (en) | 1992-08-13 | 1996-07-02 | Science Incorporated | Mixing and delivery syringe assembly |
| US5292370A (en) | 1992-08-14 | 1994-03-08 | Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. | Coupled microwave ECR and radio-frequency plasma source for plasma processing |
| US5260095A (en) | 1992-08-21 | 1993-11-09 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Vacuum deposition and curing of liquid monomers |
| GB9219450D0 (en) | 1992-09-15 | 1992-10-28 | Glaverbel | Thin film thickness monitoring and control |
| TW267975B (en) | 1992-10-20 | 1996-01-11 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | |
| US5433345A (en) | 1992-10-28 | 1995-07-18 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Bag-in-carton and pouring spout thereof |
| JP2501490Y2 (en) | 1992-11-24 | 1996-06-19 | 正雄 筑波 | Frame attachment |
| AU669754B2 (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1996-06-20 | Becton Dickinson & Company | Barrier coating |
| CA2085805A1 (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1994-06-19 | Jaromir Friedrich | Fluid flow rate measuring apparatus |
| CA2110761A1 (en) | 1992-12-18 | 1994-06-19 | Yelena G. Tropsha | Barrier label |
| US5298587A (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1994-03-29 | The Dow Chemical Company | Protective film for articles and method |
| TW249313B (en) | 1993-03-06 | 1995-06-11 | Tokyo Electron Co | |
| AU5914994A (en) | 1993-04-21 | 1994-10-27 | Bend Research, Inc. | Plasma polymerization and surface modification inside hollow micro-substrates |
| US5632396A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1997-05-27 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Combination stopper-shield closure |
| US5494170A (en) | 1993-05-06 | 1996-02-27 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Combination stopper-shield closure |
| PE9895A1 (en) | 1993-05-13 | 1995-05-15 | Coca Cola Co | METHOD FOR OBTAINING A BEVERAGE CONTAINER HAVING AN INTERNAL SURFACE WITH A RELATIVELY LOW PERMEABILITY / ABSORPTION |
| IL109589A0 (en) | 1993-05-14 | 1994-08-26 | Hughes Aircraft Co | Apparatus and method for performing high spatial resolution thin film layer thickness metrology |
| DE4316349C2 (en) | 1993-05-15 | 1996-09-05 | Ver Foerderung Inst Kunststoff | Process for the internal coating of hollow bodies with organic cover layers by plasma polymerization, and device for carrying out the process |
| US5677010A (en) | 1993-06-01 | 1997-10-14 | Kautex Werke Reinold Hagen Aktiengesellschaft | Method for producing a polymer coating inside hollow plastic articles |
| CH685755A5 (en) | 1993-06-03 | 1995-09-29 | Tetra Pak Suisse Sa | A process for preparing a laminate. |
| JP2803017B2 (en) | 1993-06-07 | 1998-09-24 | 工業技術院長 | Antithrombotic medical material and medical device, and their manufacturing method, manufacturing apparatus, and plasma processing apparatus |
| US5361921A (en) | 1993-06-29 | 1994-11-08 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Combination stopper-shield closure |
| JP3369261B2 (en) | 1993-08-02 | 2003-01-20 | 東洋紡績株式会社 | Gas barrier container |
| US5356029A (en) | 1993-08-25 | 1994-10-18 | Kaneka Texas Corporation | Bin-type bulk fluid container |
| US5433786A (en) | 1993-08-27 | 1995-07-18 | The Dow Chemical Company | Apparatus for plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition comprising shower head electrode with magnet disposed therein |
| JPH0768614A (en) | 1993-09-03 | 1995-03-14 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Injection molding die and injection molding method for optical element |
| US5512399A (en) | 1993-09-21 | 1996-04-30 | Fuji Electric Co., Ltd. | Organic photo sensitive member for electrophotography |
| US5364666A (en) | 1993-09-23 | 1994-11-15 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Process for barrier coating of plastic objects |
| CA2130388A1 (en) | 1993-09-23 | 1995-03-24 | Joel L. Williams | Process for barrier coating of plastic objects |
| US5381228A (en) | 1993-09-30 | 1995-01-10 | Hoover Universal, Inc. | Rapid estimation of the oxygen permeation rate of a thin film on a plastic container |
| US5440446A (en) | 1993-10-04 | 1995-08-08 | Catalina Coatings, Inc. | Acrylate coating material |
| ATE233939T1 (en) | 1993-10-04 | 2003-03-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | CROSS-LINKED ACRYLIC COATING MATERIAL FOR PRODUCING CAPACITOR DIELECTRICS AND OXYGEN BARRIERS |
| US5571366A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1996-11-05 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Plasma processing apparatus |
| US5449432A (en) | 1993-10-25 | 1995-09-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of treating a workpiece with a plasma and processing reactor having plasma igniter and inductive coupler for semiconductor fabrication |
| FR2711647B1 (en) | 1993-10-27 | 1996-01-19 | Europ Propulsion | Process for the chemical vapor infiltration of a material into a porous substrate at a controlled surface temperature. |
| US5679412A (en) | 1993-10-28 | 1997-10-21 | Manfred R. Kuehnle | Method and apparatus for producing gas impermeable, chemically inert container structures for food and volatile substances |
| US5413813A (en) | 1993-11-23 | 1995-05-09 | Enichem S.P.A. | CVD of silicon-based ceramic materials on internal surface of a reactor |
| US5354286A (en) | 1993-12-07 | 1994-10-11 | Survival Technology, Inc. | Injection device having polyparaxylylene coated container |
| AT400802B (en) | 1993-12-16 | 1996-03-25 | Greiner & Soehne C A | HOLDING DEVICE FOR A BLOOD SAMPLING TUBE OF A BLOOD SAMPLING DEVICE |
| US5871700A (en) | 1993-12-21 | 1999-02-16 | C.A. Greiner & Sohne Gesellschaft M.B.H. | Holding device with a cylindrical container and blood sampling tube with such a holding device |
| US5439736A (en) | 1994-01-21 | 1995-08-08 | Neomecs Incorporated | Gas plasma polymerized permselective membrane |
| DE69500531T2 (en) | 1994-01-31 | 1998-02-26 | Nissin Electric Co Ltd | Process for producing a tube with a film covering on the inner peripheral surface and device for producing it |
| CH687601A5 (en) | 1994-02-04 | 1997-01-15 | Tetra Pak Suisse Sa | Process for the production of internally sterile packaging with excellent barrier properties. |
| US5565248A (en) | 1994-02-09 | 1996-10-15 | The Coca-Cola Company | Method and apparatus for coating hollow containers through plasma-assisted deposition of an inorganic substance |
| DE69509597T3 (en) | 1994-02-16 | 2004-05-06 | The Coca-Cola Co. | HOLLOW CONTAINER WITH INERT OR OPERATIONAL INNER SURFACE THROUGH PLASMA SUPPORT SURFACE ACTION OR IN SITU POLYMERISATION |
| US6149982A (en) | 1994-02-16 | 2000-11-21 | The Coca-Cola Company | Method of forming a coating on an inner surface |
| US5618619A (en) | 1994-03-03 | 1997-04-08 | Monsanto Company | Highly abrasion-resistant, flexible coatings for soft substrates |
| US5569810A (en) | 1994-03-18 | 1996-10-29 | Samco International, Inc. | Method of and system for processing halogenated hydrocarbons |
| US5620523A (en) | 1994-04-11 | 1997-04-15 | Canon Sales Co., Inc. | Apparatus for forming film |
| US5593550A (en) | 1994-05-06 | 1997-01-14 | Medtronic, Inc. | Plasma process for reducing friction within the lumen of polymeric tubing |
| JPH07304127A (en) | 1994-05-13 | 1995-11-21 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Gas barrier packaging material and manufacturing method thereof |
| US5670415A (en) | 1994-05-24 | 1997-09-23 | Depositech, Inc. | Method and apparatus for vacuum deposition of highly ionized media in an electromagnetic controlled environment |
| US5514246A (en) | 1994-06-02 | 1996-05-07 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Plasma reactors and method of cleaning a plasma reactor |
| GB9411626D0 (en) | 1994-06-10 | 1994-08-03 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Package |
| DE69534405T2 (en) | 1994-07-01 | 2006-03-09 | Edwards Lifesciences Corp., Irvine | APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING AUTOMATED, MICROVASCULAR ENDOTHELIAL CELLS CONTAINING FAT TISSUE |
| US5452082A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1995-09-19 | Uop | Flow cell with leakage detection |
| US5536253A (en) | 1994-07-15 | 1996-07-16 | Habley Medical Technology Corporation | Pre-filled safety syringe having a retractable needle |
| JPH0826419A (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1996-01-30 | Hitachi Ltd | Work transfer robot and work storage |
| JPH0825244A (en) | 1994-07-21 | 1996-01-30 | Besutoma Kk | Control device for fastening force of bolt joint |
| US5578103A (en) | 1994-08-17 | 1996-11-26 | Corning Incorporated | Alkali metal ion migration control |
| US5521351A (en) | 1994-08-30 | 1996-05-28 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Method and apparatus for plasma surface treatment of the interior of hollow forms |
| US5510155A (en) | 1994-09-06 | 1996-04-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method to reduce gas transmission |
| JPH0884773A (en) | 1994-09-14 | 1996-04-02 | Taisei Kako Kk | Syringe cylinder made of amorphous resin without draft angle and method for injection molding thereof |
| US5545375A (en) | 1994-10-03 | 1996-08-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| DE4437050A1 (en) | 1994-10-17 | 1996-04-18 | Leybold Ag | Device for treating surfaces of hollow bodies, in particular inner surfaces of fuel tanks |
| DE4438360C2 (en) | 1994-10-27 | 1999-05-20 | Schott Glas | Pre-fillable, low-particle, sterile disposable syringe for the injection of preparations and methods for their manufacture |
| DE4438359C2 (en) | 1994-10-27 | 2001-10-04 | Schott Glas | Plastic container with a barrier coating |
| US6083628A (en) | 1994-11-04 | 2000-07-04 | Sigma Laboratories Of Arizona, Inc. | Hybrid polymer film |
| DE4445427C2 (en) | 1994-12-20 | 1997-04-30 | Schott Glaswerke | Plasma CVD method for producing a gradient layer |
| DE4445969C1 (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1996-03-14 | Schott Glaswerke | Syringe cylinder with two compartments for two constituents |
| JP3022229B2 (en) | 1994-12-26 | 2000-03-15 | 東洋製罐株式会社 | Method for forming silicon oxide film of uniform thickness on three-dimensional container made of plastics material |
| CA2211160C (en) | 1995-02-01 | 2002-10-01 | Schneider (Usa) Inc. | Process for hydrophilicization of hydrophobic polymers |
| JPH08288096A (en) | 1995-02-13 | 1996-11-01 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Plasma processing device |
| EP0728676A1 (en) | 1995-02-25 | 1996-08-28 | TNT Limited | Sampling device for a flexible container |
| US5877895A (en) | 1995-03-20 | 1999-03-02 | Catalina Coatings, Inc. | Multicolor interference coating |
| JP2920187B2 (en) | 1995-04-28 | 1999-07-19 | 日新電機株式会社 | Method and apparatus for forming a film on the peripheral surface of a tube |
| US5674321A (en) | 1995-04-28 | 1997-10-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for producing plasma uniformity in a magnetic field-enhanced plasma reactor |
| US5485091A (en) | 1995-05-12 | 1996-01-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Contactless electrical thin oxide measurements |
| US5513515A (en) | 1995-05-15 | 1996-05-07 | Modern Controls, Inc. | Method for measuring permeability of a material |
| US5555471A (en) | 1995-05-24 | 1996-09-10 | Wyko Corporation | Method for measuring thin-film thickness and step height on the surface of thin-film/substrate test samples by phase-shifting interferometry |
| JPH095038A (en) | 1995-06-15 | 1997-01-10 | Nkk Corp | Method and apparatus for measuring chromate film thickness of chromate treated steel sheet |
| WO1997001436A1 (en) | 1995-06-26 | 1997-01-16 | General Electric Company | Protected thermal barrier coating composite with multiple coatings |
| US5840167A (en) | 1995-08-14 | 1998-11-24 | Lg Semicon Co., Ltd | Sputtering deposition apparatus and method utilizing charged particles |
| WO1997011482A2 (en) | 1995-09-05 | 1997-03-27 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Removal of halogens and photoresist from wafers |
| US5837903A (en) | 1995-09-22 | 1998-11-17 | The Scott Fetzer Company Inc. | Device for measuring exhaust flowrate using laminar flow element |
| US5779716A (en) | 1995-10-06 | 1998-07-14 | Metamorphic Surgical Devices, Inc. | Device for removing solid objects from body canals, cavities and organs |
| US5591898A (en) | 1995-10-12 | 1997-01-07 | Modern Controls, Inc. | Method for measuring material permeability characteristics |
| JPH11513713A (en) | 1995-10-13 | 1999-11-24 | ザ ダウ ケミカル カンパニー | Coated plastic substrate |
| DK0819617T3 (en) | 1995-10-18 | 2001-03-05 | Daikyo Seiko Ltd | Plastic cap and method of making it |
| US6210791B1 (en) | 1995-11-30 | 2001-04-03 | General Electric Company | Article with a diffuse reflective barrier coating and a low-emissity coating thereon, and its preparation |
| US5985103A (en) | 1995-12-19 | 1999-11-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method for improved bottom and side wall coverage of high aspect ratio features |
| US5658438A (en) | 1995-12-19 | 1997-08-19 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Sputter deposition method for improved bottom and side wall coverage of high aspect ratio features |
| US6471822B1 (en) | 1996-01-24 | 2002-10-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetically enhanced inductively coupled plasma reactor with magnetically confined plasma |
| TW303480B (en) | 1996-01-24 | 1997-04-21 | Applied Materials Inc | Magnetically confined plasma reactor for processing a semiconductor wafer |
| US5763033A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1998-06-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| CA2277679C (en) | 1996-01-30 | 2003-06-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5683771A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1997-11-04 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5955161A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1999-09-21 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5686157A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1997-11-11 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5738920A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1998-04-14 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| US5702770A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1997-12-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Method for plasma processing |
| US5716683A (en) | 1996-01-30 | 1998-02-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Blood collection tube assembly |
| TW434301B (en) | 1996-01-30 | 2001-05-16 | Becton Dickinson Co | Non-ideal barrier coating composition comprising organic and inorganic materials |
| US5737179A (en) | 1996-02-07 | 1998-04-07 | Catalina Coatings, Inc. | Metallized film capacitor |
| US5667840A (en) | 1996-02-27 | 1997-09-16 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Lubricant soluble fluorescent agent and method for its use in a system for detection of lubricant coatings |
| US6160350A (en) | 1996-03-25 | 2000-12-12 | Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. | Ion plating apparatus |
| US6106678A (en) | 1996-03-29 | 2000-08-22 | Lam Research Corporation | Method of high density plasma CVD gap-filling |
| EP0896640B1 (en) | 1996-04-22 | 2002-02-06 | N.V. Bekaert S.A. | Diamond-like nanocomposite compositions |
| US5888591A (en) | 1996-05-06 | 1999-03-30 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Chemical vapor deposition of fluorocarbon polymer thin films |
| US6020196A (en) | 1996-05-09 | 2000-02-01 | Baxter International Inc. | Devices for harvesting and homogenizing adipose tissue containing autologous endothelial cells |
| JP3256459B2 (en) | 1996-05-20 | 2002-02-12 | 株式会社大協精工 | Sanitary goods container and method for producing the same |
| EP0814114A1 (en) | 1996-06-18 | 1997-12-29 | Becton, Dickinson and Company | Barrier coating |
| JPH108254A (en) | 1996-06-21 | 1998-01-13 | Toyota Motor Corp | Method for forming silicon dioxide layer |
| JPH1023105A (en) | 1996-07-03 | 1998-01-23 | Nec Corp | Data reception system |
| US6190992B1 (en) | 1996-07-15 | 2001-02-20 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method to achieve rough silicon surface on both sides of container for enhanced capacitance/area electrodes |
| US6145688A (en) | 1996-07-17 | 2000-11-14 | Smith; James C. | Closure device for containers |
| US6161712A (en) | 1996-07-22 | 2000-12-19 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Ball and socket closure |
| DE19629877C1 (en) | 1996-07-24 | 1997-03-27 | Schott Glaswerke | CVD for internal coating of hollow articles with barrier film |
| US5900284A (en) | 1996-07-30 | 1999-05-04 | The Dow Chemical Company | Plasma generating device and method |
| AT404317B (en) | 1996-08-02 | 1998-10-27 | Greiner & Soehne C A | LOCKING DEVICE, DISCONNECTING DEVICE AND RECEIVING CONTAINER FOR A RECEIVING DEVICE |
| JP3198065B2 (en) | 1996-08-19 | 2001-08-13 | 株式会社大協精工 | Hygiene container |
| JP3945664B2 (en) | 1996-09-06 | 2007-07-18 | 治 高井 | Method for producing water-repellent silicon oxide film |
| US5750892A (en) | 1996-09-27 | 1998-05-12 | Teledyne Industries, Inc. | Laminar flow element with inboard sensor taps and coaxial laminar flow guides |
| US5792940A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1998-08-11 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Rapid evaluation of thin-film barrier coatings on thick substrates via transient response measurements |
| US5807343A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1998-09-15 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Protective sealing barrier for a syringe |
| US5691007A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1997-11-25 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Process for depositing barrier film on three-dimensional articles |
| US5766362A (en) | 1996-09-30 | 1998-06-16 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Apparatus for depositing barrier film on three-dimensional articles |
| US6112695A (en) | 1996-10-08 | 2000-09-05 | Nano Scale Surface Systems, Inc. | Apparatus for plasma deposition of a thin film onto the interior surface of a container |
| US6027619A (en) | 1996-12-19 | 2000-02-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Fabrication of field emission array with filtered vacuum cathodic arc deposition |
| AR009439A1 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 2000-04-12 | Novartis Ag | AN ARTICLE THAT INCLUDES A SUBSTRATE WITH A PRIMARY POLYMERIC COATING THAT CARRIES REACTIVE GROUPS PREDOMINANTLY ON ITS SURFACE, A METHOD FOR PREPARING SUCH AN ARTICLE, AN ARTICLE THAT HAS A HYBRID-TYPE COATING AND A CONTACT LENS |
| US5913140A (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1999-06-15 | Lam Research Corporation | Method for reduction of plasma charging damage during chemical vapor deposition |
| AU741689B2 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 2001-12-06 | Novo Nordisk A/S | A medicament container of polymer of linear olefin for storing a liquid medicament |
| US7268179B2 (en) | 1997-02-03 | 2007-09-11 | Cytonix Corporation | Hydrophobic coating compositions, articles coated with said compositions, and processes for manufacturing same |
| US5824607A (en) | 1997-02-06 | 1998-10-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma confinement for an inductively coupled plasma reactor |
| DE19706255C2 (en) | 1997-02-18 | 2000-11-30 | Schott Glas | Sterilizable glass container for medical purposes, in particular for storing pharmaceutical or diagnostic products |
| DE19707645A1 (en) | 1997-02-26 | 1998-08-27 | Leybold Ag | Layer thickness determination |
| US6223683B1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-05-01 | The Coca-Cola Company | Hollow plastic containers with an external very thin coating of low permeability to gases and vapors through plasma-assisted deposition of inorganic substances and method and system for making the coating |
| US20020155299A1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2002-10-24 | Harris Caroline S. | Photo-induced hydrophilic article and method of making same |
| JP3582287B2 (en) | 1997-03-26 | 2004-10-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Etching equipment |
| US5800880A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 1998-09-01 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance, S.A. | Process for coating the interior wall of a container with a SiOx barrier layer |
| US6017317A (en) | 1997-03-26 | 2000-01-25 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Assembly for collecting blood or other body fluids |
| WO1998045871A1 (en) | 1997-04-04 | 1998-10-15 | Alexander Igorevich Dodonov | Producing electric arc plasma in a curvilinear plasmaguide and substrate coating |
| US6261643B1 (en) | 1997-04-08 | 2001-07-17 | General Electric Company | Protected thermal barrier coating composite with multiple coatings |
| US5880034A (en) | 1997-04-29 | 1999-03-09 | Princeton University | Reduction of semiconductor structure damage during reactive ion etching |
| US5814738A (en) | 1997-05-01 | 1998-09-29 | Mccrometer, Inc. | Fluid flow meter and mixer having removable and replaceable displacement member |
| US5837888A (en) | 1997-05-14 | 1998-11-17 | Modern Controls, Inc. | Process for measuring vapor transmission through materials |
| JP3387775B2 (en) | 1997-05-22 | 2003-03-17 | 株式会社大協精工 | Sealing stopper for syringe and prefilled syringe |
| JPH10335314A (en) | 1997-06-05 | 1998-12-18 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Plasma processing device and substrate processing method |
| JPH111770A (en) | 1997-06-06 | 1999-01-06 | Anelva Corp | Sputtering apparatus and sputtering method |
| US6110544A (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2000-08-29 | General Electric Company | Protective coating by high rate arc plasma deposition |
| CA2241678C (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2007-08-28 | General Electric Company | Silicon dioxide deposition by plasma activated evaporation process |
| US6135053A (en) | 1997-07-16 | 2000-10-24 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Apparatus for forming a deposited film by plasma chemical vapor deposition |
| US6001429A (en) | 1997-08-07 | 1999-12-14 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Apparatus and method for plasma processing |
| US5861546A (en) | 1997-08-20 | 1999-01-19 | Sagi; Nehemiah Hemi | Intelligent gas flow measurement and leak detection apparatus |
| US6110395A (en) | 1997-08-26 | 2000-08-29 | Trikon Technologies, Inc. | Method and structure for controlling plasma uniformity |
| US5902461A (en) | 1997-09-03 | 1999-05-11 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus and method for enhancing uniformity of a metal film formed on a substrate with the aid of an inductively coupled plasma |
| DE19739321C2 (en) | 1997-09-09 | 2001-09-27 | Helmut Fischer Gmbh & Co | Method and device for determining the measurement uncertainty in X-ray fluorescence layer thickness measurements |
| US5948364A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-09-07 | Becton Dickinson & Company | Ball and socket closure for specimen collection container |
| US6350415B1 (en) | 1997-09-12 | 2002-02-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Ball and socket closure for specimen collection container incorporating a dimple locking mechanism |
| US6032813A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 2000-03-07 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Ball and socket closure for specimen collection container incorporating an integral flexible seal |
| US5919420A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-07-06 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Ball and socket closure for specimen collection container incorporating a resilient elastomeric seal |
| US5972297A (en) | 1997-09-12 | 1999-10-26 | Becton, Dickinson & Company | Ball and socket closure for specimen collection container incorporating a septum |
| US6757056B1 (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2004-06-29 | Candela Instruments | Combined high speed optical profilometer and ellipsometer |
| JPH11102799A (en) | 1997-09-26 | 1999-04-13 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Plasma generator |
| JP2001518565A (en) | 1997-09-30 | 2001-10-16 | テトラ ラヴァル ホールディングズ アンド ファイナンス エス.アー. | Apparatus and method for treating inner surface of plastic container with small opening in plasma enhanced process |
| BR9812701A (en) | 1997-09-30 | 2000-08-22 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Method and apparatus for the treatment of the inner surface of plastic bottles in a plasma-intensified process |
| JPH11108833A (en) | 1997-10-06 | 1999-04-23 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corp | Material spectroscopy |
| US6124212A (en) | 1997-10-08 | 2000-09-26 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. | High density plasma (HDP) etch method for suppressing micro-loading effects when etching polysilicon layers |
| JPH11106920A (en) | 1997-10-08 | 1999-04-20 | Nissin Electric Co Ltd | Container and its production |
| WO1999023273A1 (en) | 1997-11-03 | 1999-05-14 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Coating method and device |
| GB9723222D0 (en) | 1997-11-04 | 1998-01-07 | Pilkington Plc | Coating glass |
| US6051151A (en) | 1997-11-12 | 2000-04-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus and method of producing a negative ion plasma |
| SE511139C2 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 1999-08-09 | Hana Barankova | Plasma processing apparatus with rotatable magnets |
| US6136165A (en) | 1997-11-26 | 2000-10-24 | Cvc Products, Inc. | Apparatus for inductively-coupled-plasma-enhanced ionized physical-vapor deposition |
| US5961911A (en) | 1997-12-05 | 1999-10-05 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Process for manufacture of closure assembly |
| KR100256173B1 (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2000-05-15 | 윤종용 | Plasma etching chamber for fabricating semiconductor device |
| JPH11193470A (en) | 1997-12-26 | 1999-07-21 | Canon Inc | Deposited film forming apparatus and deposited film forming method |
| US6162443A (en) | 1998-01-09 | 2000-12-19 | Abbott Laboratories | Container for an inhalation anesthetic |
| DE19801861C2 (en) | 1998-01-20 | 2001-10-18 | Schott Glas | Process for producing a hollow, internally coated molded glass body |
| JPH11218418A (en) | 1998-02-03 | 1999-08-10 | Seiko Instruments Inc | In-line fluorescence x-ray film thickness monitor |
| US6163006A (en) | 1998-02-06 | 2000-12-19 | Astex-Plasmaquest, Inc. | Permanent magnet ECR plasma source with magnetic field optimization |
| US6103074A (en) | 1998-02-14 | 2000-08-15 | Phygen, Inc. | Cathode arc vapor deposition method and apparatus |
| US5993745A (en) | 1998-03-04 | 1999-11-30 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Archival storage tray for multiple test tubes |
| JP3669138B2 (en) | 1998-03-05 | 2005-07-06 | 日新電機株式会社 | Plasma CVD method, plasma CVD apparatus and electrode |
| US6189484B1 (en) | 1999-03-05 | 2001-02-20 | Applied Materials Inc. | Plasma reactor having a helicon wave high density plasma source |
| US6482509B2 (en) | 1998-03-06 | 2002-11-19 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Coating system providing low friction |
| US6189292B1 (en) | 1998-03-13 | 2001-02-20 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Method and apparatus for manufacturing, filling and packaging medical devices and medical containers |
| JP3698887B2 (en) | 1998-03-16 | 2005-09-21 | 株式会社アルバック | Diamond-like carbon film production equipment |
| US6243938B1 (en) | 1998-03-17 | 2001-06-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Low silicone plastic prefillable syringe |
| EP1064037B1 (en) | 1998-03-17 | 2004-07-28 | Becton Dickinson and Company | Syringe comprising a polymeric silicone lubrication |
| DE19912737A1 (en) | 1998-03-19 | 2000-06-21 | Henning Nagel | Production of porous silicon oxide film useful as antireflection coating on glass or transparent plastics, involves using self-shading or atoms and molecules in plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition |
| FR2776540B1 (en) | 1998-03-27 | 2000-06-02 | Sidel Sa | BARRIER-EFFECT CONTAINER AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ITS MANUFACTURING |
| AU746645C (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2003-02-20 | N.V. Bekaert S.A. | Method and apparatus for deposition of biaxially textured coatings |
| JPH11297673A (en) | 1998-04-15 | 1999-10-29 | Hitachi Ltd | Plasma processing apparatus and cleaning method |
| US6753972B1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2004-06-22 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Thin film thickness measuring method and apparatus, and method and apparatus for manufacturing a thin film device using the same |
| US6068884A (en) | 1998-04-28 | 2000-05-30 | Silcon Valley Group Thermal Systems, Llc | Method of making low κ dielectric inorganic/organic hybrid films |
| US5951527A (en) | 1998-05-05 | 1999-09-14 | Daikyo Seiko, Ltd | Sliding piston for syringe |
| US6217716B1 (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2001-04-17 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for improving target erosion in hollow cathode magnetron sputter source |
| US6035717A (en) | 1998-05-12 | 2000-03-14 | Krautkramer Branson, Inc. | Method and apparatus for measuring the thickness of a coated material |
| US6271047B1 (en) | 1998-05-21 | 2001-08-07 | Nikon Corporation | Layer-thickness detection methods and apparatus for wafers and the like, and polishing apparatus comprising same |
| US6015595A (en) | 1998-05-28 | 2000-01-18 | Felts; John T. | Multiple source deposition plasma apparatus |
| JPH11344316A (en) | 1998-05-29 | 1999-12-14 | Futec Inc | Film thickness measuring method |
| US6093175A (en) | 1998-06-05 | 2000-07-25 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Localized lubrication of syringe barrels and stoppers |
| JP4254058B2 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2009-04-15 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Container and blow molded body |
| US20010042510A1 (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2001-11-22 | The Coca-Cola Company | Hollow containers with inert or impermeable inner surface through plasma-assisted surface reaction or on-surface polymerization |
| DE19830794B4 (en) | 1998-07-09 | 2005-10-27 | Singulus Technologies Ag | Coating thickness measurement system and method |
| US7798993B2 (en) | 1998-07-29 | 2010-09-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Single use syringe |
| US6018987A (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2000-02-01 | Mocon, Inc. | Apparatus for measuring gas transmission through container closures |
| JP3437772B2 (en) | 1998-08-17 | 2003-08-18 | 長崎県 | Surface treatment method and apparatus for pipe inner surface |
| US6125687A (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2000-10-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus for measuring outgassing of volatile materials from an object |
| US6009743A (en) | 1998-08-24 | 2000-01-04 | Mocon, Inc. | Apparatus and method for online or offline measurement of vapor transmission through sheet materials |
| KR100430807B1 (en) | 1998-09-28 | 2004-05-10 | 동경 엘렉트론 주식회사 | Method of plasma-assisted film deposition |
| US6165138A (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2000-12-26 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Self-sealing closure for a medical speciman collection container |
| EP0992610A3 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2003-10-15 | Becton Dickinson and Company | Barrier coating on plastic substrates and process for its deposition |
| JP2000109076A (en) | 1998-10-01 | 2000-04-18 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Inner coated bottle and method of manufacturing the same |
| US6236459B1 (en) | 1998-11-05 | 2001-05-22 | University Of Miami | Thin film measuring device and method |
| US6596401B1 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2003-07-22 | C. R. Bard Inc. | Silane copolymer compositions containing active agents |
| KR100341565B1 (en) | 1998-11-11 | 2002-06-22 | 김윤 | Fluorinated resins having a surface with high wettability |
| US6486081B1 (en) | 1998-11-13 | 2002-11-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Gas distribution system for a CVD processing chamber |
| US6263249B1 (en) | 1999-02-26 | 2001-07-17 | Medtronic, Inc. | Medical electrical lead having controlled texture surface and method of making same |
| US6204922B1 (en) | 1998-12-11 | 2001-03-20 | Filmetrics, Inc. | Rapid and accurate thin film measurement of individual layers in a multi-layered or patterned sample |
| DE69917484T2 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2005-05-12 | Tre Esse Progettazione Biomedica S.R.L. | CATHETER SYSTEM FOR CARRYING OUT INTRAMYOCARDIAL THERAPEUTIC TREATMENT |
| IT1310330B1 (en) | 1999-02-05 | 2002-02-13 | Tre Esse Progettazione Biomedi | Multilumen catheter for performing intramyocardiac treatment, has dual lumen system to separately release diagnostic tracer and therapeutic fluids |
| IT1304783B1 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2001-03-29 | Tre Esse Progettazione Biomedi | Multilumen catheter for performing intramyocardiac treatment, has dual lumen system to separately release diagnostic tracer and therapeutic fluids |
| US6207238B1 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2001-03-27 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Plasma enhanced chemical deposition for high and/or low index of refraction polymers |
| US6165542A (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2000-12-26 | United Technologies Corporation | Method for fabricating and inspecting coatings |
| US6396024B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2002-05-28 | Nexx Systems Packaging, Llc | Permanent magnet ECR plasma source with integrated multipolar magnetic confinement |
| AT407007B (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2000-11-27 | Greiner Labortechnik Gmbh | RECEIVING DEVICE FOR AN INSERT ELEMENT |
| US6188079B1 (en) | 1999-01-12 | 2001-02-13 | Owens-Brockway Glass Container Inc. | Measurement of hot container wall thickness |
| US6774018B2 (en) | 1999-02-01 | 2004-08-10 | Sigma Laboratories Of Arizona, Inc. | Barrier coatings produced by atmospheric glow discharge |
| US6193853B1 (en) | 1999-02-25 | 2001-02-27 | Cametoid Limited | Magnetron sputtering method and apparatus |
| US6284986B1 (en) | 1999-03-15 | 2001-09-04 | Seh America, Inc. | Method of determining the thickness of a layer on a silicon substrate |
| SE520491C2 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2003-07-15 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Packaging laminate with barrier properties against gas and flavorings |
| US6929727B2 (en) | 1999-04-12 | 2005-08-16 | G & H Technologies, Llc | Rectangular cathodic arc source and method of steering an arc spot |
| US6645354B1 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2003-11-11 | Vladimir I. Gorokhovsky | Rectangular cathodic arc source and method of steering an arc spot |
| EP1048746B1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2005-09-21 | Alcan Technology & Management AG | Method and apparatus for making packages |
| US6582823B1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2003-06-24 | North Carolina State University | Wear-resistant polymeric articles and methods of making the same |
| DE19921303C1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2000-10-12 | Schott Glas | Medical glass container, for holding pharmaceutical or medical diagnostic solution, has an inner PECVD non-stick layer containing silicon, oxygen, carbon and hydrogen |
| WO2000073163A1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2000-12-07 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Injection-moulded stopper for medical containers |
| US6306132B1 (en) | 1999-06-17 | 2001-10-23 | Vivant Medical | Modular biopsy and microwave ablation needle delivery apparatus adapted to in situ assembly and method of use |
| US6399944B1 (en) | 1999-07-09 | 2002-06-04 | Fei Company | Measurement of film thickness by inelastic electron scattering |
| US6085927A (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2000-07-11 | Owens-Illinois Closure Inc. | Container with insert to reduce effective volume and package incorporating same |
| DE19932082A1 (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2001-01-18 | Schott Glas | Interference optical narrow band filter |
| US6185992B1 (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2001-02-13 | Veeco Instruments Inc. | Method and system for increasing the accuracy of a probe-based instrument measuring a heated sample |
| JP3226512B2 (en) | 1999-07-19 | 2001-11-05 | 東洋ガラス株式会社 | Glass container coating inspection method and apparatus |
| US6083313A (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2000-07-04 | Advanced Refractory Technologies, Inc. | Hardcoats for flat panel display substrates |
| US6054188A (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2000-04-25 | Becton Dickinson And Company | Non-ideal barrier coating architecture and process for applying the same to plastic substrates |
| US6143140A (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2000-11-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus to improve the side wall and bottom coverage in IMP process by using magnetic field |
| DE19938724A1 (en) | 1999-08-16 | 2001-02-22 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Device for the production of plastic containers by means of stretch blow molding |
| EP1077086B1 (en) | 1999-08-18 | 2004-10-27 | Becton Dickinson and Company | Stopper-shield assembly |
| US6410926B1 (en) | 1999-10-01 | 2002-06-25 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Coating with optical taggent |
| CA2286414A1 (en) | 1999-10-04 | 2001-04-04 | Zhibo Gan | Non-separation heterogenous assay for biological substance |
| US6959284B1 (en) | 1999-10-06 | 2005-10-25 | John L. Howes | Containerized liquid coating product supply business method |
| US6623861B2 (en) | 2001-04-16 | 2003-09-23 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Multilayer plastic substrates |
| US6413645B1 (en) | 2000-04-20 | 2002-07-02 | Battelle Memorial Institute | Ultrabarrier substrates |
| US6322661B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2001-11-27 | Lam Research Corporation | Method and apparatus for controlling the volume of a plasma |
| SE521904C2 (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2003-12-16 | Ladislav Bardos | Hybrid Plasma Treatment Device |
| SE0004353L (en) | 1999-12-06 | 2001-06-07 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | Device in the form of a vessel and / or seal |
| US6584828B2 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2003-07-01 | Atc, Inc. | Method and apparatus of nondestructive testing a sealed product for leaks |
| US6308556B1 (en) | 1999-12-17 | 2001-10-30 | Atc, Inc. | Method and apparatus of nondestructive testing a sealed product for leaks |
| DE19963122A1 (en) | 1999-12-24 | 2001-06-28 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Plasma chemical vapor deposition assembly has a cylindrical structure with a waveguide system to couple the microwave energy with a gas feed to coat the interior of plastics containers of all shapes and sizes without modification |
| AU2001229866A1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2001-08-07 | Greiner Bio-One Gmbh | Container for holding fluids |
| DE10004274A1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-02 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Device for coating the inner surface of a hollow body |
| JP3697250B2 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2005-09-21 | 三菱重工業株式会社 | Plasma processing apparatus and method for producing carbon coating-formed plastic container |
| JP4492985B2 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2010-06-30 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | Liquid medicine plastic container and liquid medicine storage and recovery method |
| WO2001065204A1 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-07 | Plastic Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for measuring wall thickness of a plastic container |
| DE10010831A1 (en) | 2000-03-10 | 2001-09-13 | Pierre Flecher | Low pressure microwave plasma treatment method for plastic bottles involves filling bottles with process gas and subjecting to microwaves from a plasma in a vacuum chamber |
| US20010038894A1 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2001-11-08 | Minoru Komada | Gas barrier film |
| DE10012446B4 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2007-06-14 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance S.A. | Method for measuring the gas permeability of a coating on a plastic wall and apparatus for carrying out the method |
| US6853141B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2005-02-08 | Daniel J. Hoffman | Capacitively coupled plasma reactor with magnetic plasma control |
| AT414209B (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2006-10-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | COLLECTION TANK FOR LIQUIDS |
| US6382441B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-05-07 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Plastic tube and resealable closure having protective collar |
| US7067034B2 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2006-06-27 | Lam Research Corporation | Method and apparatus for plasma forming inner magnetic bucket to control a volume of a plasma |
| EP1199378A4 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2006-09-20 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING METALLIC FILM |
| US20030010454A1 (en) | 2000-03-27 | 2003-01-16 | Bailey Andrew D. | Method and apparatus for varying a magnetic field to control a volume of a plasma |
| US20040039401A1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2004-02-26 | Chow Alan Y. | Implant instrument |
| CA2305938C (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2007-07-03 | Vladimir I. Gorokhovsky | Filtered cathodic arc deposition method and apparatus |
| DE10018015A1 (en) | 2000-04-11 | 2001-10-25 | Infineon Technologies Ag | Arrangement for carrying out plasma-based process especially for ionised physical vapour deposition (IPVD) for metal deposition in microelectronics components manufacture |
| DE10019355A1 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2001-10-31 | Schott Glas | Vitreous body with increased strength |
| US6562189B1 (en) | 2000-05-19 | 2003-05-13 | Applied Materials Inc. | Plasma reactor with a tri-magnet plasma confinement apparatus |
| GB0012170D0 (en) | 2000-05-20 | 2000-07-12 | Harcostar Drums Limited | Treatment of plastics containers |
| JP2001338912A (en) | 2000-05-29 | 2001-12-07 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Plasma processing equipment and method for processing thereof |
| US20020006487A1 (en) | 2000-06-06 | 2002-01-17 | O'connor Paul J. | Transmission barrier layer for polymers and containers |
| US6213985B1 (en) | 2000-06-06 | 2001-04-10 | Bracco Diagnostics, Inc. | Tapered syringe barrel with tapered plunger |
| US6394979B1 (en) | 2000-06-09 | 2002-05-28 | Inviro Medical Devices Ltd. | Cannula for use with a medical syringe |
| CN1436104A (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2003-08-13 | 宝洁公司 | Long Lasting coatings for modifying hard surfaces and processes for applying same |
| WO2001098407A1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2001-12-27 | Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. | Crosslinkable rubber compositions and use thereof |
| US6375022B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-04-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Resealable closure for containers |
| JP3860954B2 (en) | 2000-07-07 | 2006-12-20 | 株式会社日立グローバルストレージテクノロジーズ | Plasma processing apparatus with real-time particle filter |
| US6352629B1 (en) | 2000-07-10 | 2002-03-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Coaxial electromagnet in a magnetron sputtering reactor |
| US6346596B1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-02-12 | Valspar Corporation | Gas barrier polymer composition |
| US6354452B1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2002-03-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Collection container assembly |
| US6749078B2 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2004-06-15 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Collection assembly |
| JP2002107134A (en) | 2000-07-27 | 2002-04-10 | Seiko Instruments Inc | Thickness meter for x-ray fluorescence film |
| EP1178134A1 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2002-02-06 | Cold Plasma Applications C.P.A. | Process and apparatus for the continuous plasma treatment of metallic substrates |
| GB0100958D0 (en) | 2001-01-13 | 2001-02-28 | Surface Technology Systems Ltd | Plasma processing apparatus |
| US20020185226A1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2002-12-12 | Lea Leslie Michael | Plasma processing apparatus |
| US6720052B1 (en) | 2000-08-24 | 2004-04-13 | The Coca-Cola Company | Multilayer polymeric/inorganic oxide structure with top coat for enhanced gas or vapor barrier and method for making same |
| JP2002089717A (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2002-03-27 | Terumo Corp | Gasket |
| JP2004523134A (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2004-07-29 | マットソン テクノロジイ インコーポレイテッド | Method of forming dielectric film |
| AU2001295060A1 (en) | 2000-09-20 | 2002-04-02 | Kla-Tencor-Inc. | Methods and systems for semiconductor fabrication processes |
| CH694949A5 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2005-09-30 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Method and apparatus for the treatment of surfaces by means of a glow discharge plasma. |
| MXPA03002988A (en) | 2000-10-04 | 2004-12-06 | Dow Corning Ireland Ltd | Method and apparatus for forming a coating. |
| US6551267B1 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2003-04-22 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Medical article having blood-contacting surface |
| FR2815954B1 (en) | 2000-10-27 | 2003-02-21 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | PROCESS AND DEVICE FOR DEPOSIT BY PLASMA AT THE ELECTRONIC CYCLOTRON RESONANCE OF MONOPAROIS CARBON NANOTUBES AND NANOTUBES THUS OBTAINED |
| EP1330839A2 (en) | 2000-11-01 | 2003-07-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Etching of high aspect ratio features in a substrate |
| US20070258894A1 (en) | 2000-11-08 | 2007-11-08 | Melker Richard J | System and Method for Real-Time Diagnosis, Treatment, and Therapeutic Drug Monitoring |
| US20050054942A1 (en) | 2002-01-22 | 2005-03-10 | Melker Richard J. | System and method for therapeutic drug monitoring |
| FR2816926B1 (en) | 2000-11-20 | 2003-02-14 | Becton Dickinson France | MULTIFUNCTIONAL PACKAGING, AND MORE PARTICULARLY PACKAGING INTENDED TO TRANSPORT STERILIZED OR PRODUCTS INTENDED TO BE STERILIZED |
| US20020070647A1 (en) | 2000-12-11 | 2002-06-13 | Andrey Ginovker | Nanostructure plasma source |
| JP4698020B2 (en) | 2000-12-19 | 2011-06-08 | テルモ株式会社 | Drug storage container |
| AU2001222223A1 (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2002-07-01 | Mitsubishi Shoji Plastics Corporation | Apparatus for manufacturing dlc-film-coated plastic container, method of manufacturing the same, and method for cleaning inner electrode |
| JP2002206167A (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-26 | Toshiba Corp | Plasma coating apparatus and plasma coating method |
| BRPI0206669B8 (en) | 2001-01-24 | 2021-06-22 | Becton Dickinson Co | medical device comprising lubricating coating |
| US6640615B1 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2003-11-04 | Darrell R. Morrow | System for determining the integrity of a package or packaging material based on its transmission of a test gas |
| US6680621B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2004-01-20 | Semiconductor Diagnostics, Inc. | Steady state method for measuring the thickness and the capacitance of ultra thin dielectric in the presence of substantial leakage current |
| US6597193B2 (en) | 2001-01-26 | 2003-07-22 | Semiconductor Diagnostics, Inc. | Steady state method for measuring the thickness and the capacitance of ultra thin dielectric in the presence of substantial leakage current |
| EP1229068B1 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2005-09-14 | Shibuya Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for modifying the inner surface of containers made of polymeric compound |
| US6673199B1 (en) | 2001-03-07 | 2004-01-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Shaping a plasma with a magnetic field to control etch rate uniformity |
| DE10112731A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-10-02 | Schott Glas | Coating of substrates |
| DE10114401B4 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2005-03-17 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance S.A. | Method for blow molding a container made of plastic and for coating the container interior |
| US7288293B2 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2007-10-30 | Apit Corp. S.A. | Process for plasma surface treatment and device for realizing the process |
| US20020182101A1 (en) | 2001-03-27 | 2002-12-05 | Pavel Koulik | Process and device for plasma surface treatment |
| JP3833900B2 (en) | 2001-03-28 | 2006-10-18 | 株式会社東芝 | Etching apparatus and etching method |
| JP3954319B2 (en) | 2001-03-28 | 2007-08-08 | 株式会社東芝 | Thin film thickness monitoring method and substrate temperature measurement method |
| US20040161623A1 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2004-08-19 | Domine Joseph D | Ionomer laminates and articles formed from ionomer laminates |
| JP4085593B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2008-05-14 | 日新電機株式会社 | Vacuum arc evaporation system |
| AT500247B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2007-06-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | RECEIVING DEVICE, ESPECIALLY FOR BODY FLUIDS, WITH A SEPARATION DEVICE AND SEPARATING DEVICE THEREFOR |
| US20020150709A1 (en) | 2001-04-16 | 2002-10-17 | Hetzler Kevin George | Method of fusing a component to a medical storage or transfer device and container assembly |
| US6595961B2 (en) | 2001-04-16 | 2003-07-22 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Sterilizable transfer or storage device for medicaments, drugs and vaccines |
| US20020153103A1 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2002-10-24 | Applied Process Technologies, Inc. | Plasma treatment apparatus |
| EP1390964B1 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2011-12-07 | General Plasma, Inc. | Dipole ion source |
| DE10119571C1 (en) | 2001-04-21 | 2002-11-28 | Schott Glas | Process for the uniform coating of hollow bodies and their use |
| US20030119193A1 (en) | 2001-04-25 | 2003-06-26 | Robert Hess | System and method for high throughput screening of droplets |
| ATE254192T1 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2003-11-15 | Europ Economic Community | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SEQUENTIAL PLASMA TREATMENT |
| TW570876B (en) | 2001-05-11 | 2004-01-11 | Toyo Seikan Kaisha Ltd | Silicon oxide film |
| US20020170495A1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2002-11-21 | Ngk Insulators, Ltd. | Method for fabricating a thin film and apparatus for fabricating a thin film |
| DE10124225B4 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2006-03-02 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance S.A. | Method and device for determining the permeation of a barrier layer |
| US7180849B2 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2007-02-20 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Optical storage medium enabling uniform light transmittance, optical read/write apparatus for same, and optical read/write method for same |
| US7362425B2 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2008-04-22 | Meeks Steven W | Wide spatial frequency topography and roughness measurement |
| US20030215652A1 (en) | 2001-06-04 | 2003-11-20 | O'connor Paul J. | Transmission barrier layer for polymers and containers |
| EP1395984A4 (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2007-08-15 | Flexplay Technologies Inc | Limited play optical devices with interstitial reactive layer and methods of making same |
| JP3678361B2 (en) | 2001-06-08 | 2005-08-03 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Gas barrier film |
| US6397776B1 (en) | 2001-06-11 | 2002-06-04 | General Electric Company | Apparatus for large area chemical vapor deposition using multiple expanding thermal plasma generators |
| WO2002100928A1 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2002-12-19 | North Carolina State University | Barrier coatings for elastomeric materials |
| JP4774635B2 (en) | 2001-06-15 | 2011-09-14 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Thin film deposition apparatus for three-dimensional hollow container and thin film deposition method using the same |
| WO2002102571A1 (en) | 2001-06-18 | 2002-12-27 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Multilayer containers and process for forming multilayer containers |
| US20030031806A1 (en) | 2001-07-10 | 2003-02-13 | Jinks Philip A. | Medicinal inhalation devices and components coated using thermal chemical vapor deposition |
| JP3932836B2 (en) | 2001-07-27 | 2007-06-20 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Thin film thickness measuring method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method using the same |
| JP2003050115A (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-02-21 | Seiko Instruments Inc | X-ray film thickness meter |
| DE10139305A1 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-03-06 | Schott Glas | Composite material made of a substrate material and a barrier layer material |
| DE10138696A1 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-03-06 | Schott Glas | Method and device for simultaneously coating and shaping a three-dimensional body |
| US20030029837A1 (en) | 2001-08-10 | 2003-02-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Dielectric etch plasma chamber utilizing a magnetic filter to optimize plasma characteristics |
| CA2457791C (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2010-08-03 | Nova-Plasma Inc. | Coatings with low permeation of gases and vapors |
| JP4812991B2 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2011-11-09 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Plasma processing equipment |
| EP1430270A4 (en) | 2001-09-21 | 2006-10-25 | Kmac | Apparatus for measuring thickness profile and refractive index distribution of multiple layers of thin films by means of two-dimensional reflectometry and method of measuring the same |
| US20030058413A1 (en) | 2001-09-26 | 2003-03-27 | Barnhurst Jeffrey E. | Visible light modifier and method |
| DE10150738C1 (en) | 2001-10-13 | 2003-05-22 | Schott Glas | Process for producing a glass tube with a radiation-absorbing, aging-resistant coating and its use |
| US6766682B2 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2004-07-27 | Desert Cryogenics Llc | Precise measurement system for barrier materials |
| EP1448807A4 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2005-07-13 | Massachusetts Inst Technology | FLUOROCARBON-ORGANOSILICIUM COPOLYMERS AND COATINGS PREPARED BY CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION BY HOT FILAMENT |
| US7569035B1 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2009-08-04 | Meridian Medical Technologies, Inc. | Automatic injector with anti-coring needle |
| DE10154404C1 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-06-18 | Ovd Kinegram Ag Zug | Method and device for measuring physical parameters of thin, optically transparent layers and device for carrying out the method |
| AU2002366086A1 (en) | 2001-11-15 | 2003-06-10 | Ionic Fusion Corporation | Ionic plasma deposition apparatus |
| US6948448B2 (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2005-09-27 | General Electric Company | Apparatus and method for depositing large area coatings on planar surfaces |
| JP2003234331A (en) | 2001-12-05 | 2003-08-22 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Plasma etching method and plasma etching apparatus |
| JP4067817B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2008-03-26 | 日精エー・エス・ビー機械株式会社 | Container coating equipment |
| WO2003053801A1 (en) | 2001-12-13 | 2003-07-03 | Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd. | System for forming carbon film on inner surface of plastic container and method for producing plastic container having inner surface coated with carbon film |
| US7348055B2 (en) | 2001-12-21 | 2008-03-25 | Surmodics, Inc. | Reagent and method for providing coatings on surfaces |
| DE10201110B4 (en) | 2002-01-15 | 2006-09-28 | Schott Ag | Container for Parenteralia / Injectabila |
| US6752899B1 (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2004-06-22 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Acoustic microbalance for in-situ deposition process monitoring and control |
| JP3953821B2 (en) | 2002-01-17 | 2007-08-08 | ファブソリューション株式会社 | Film thickness measuring method and film thickness measuring apparatus |
| WO2003061490A1 (en) | 2002-01-22 | 2003-07-31 | Kawasaki Steel Corporation | Ceramic-coated instruments for medical use, ceramic-coated instruments for studying living organisms and process for producing the same |
| JP2003305121A (en) | 2002-04-16 | 2003-10-28 | Jfe Steel Kk | Manufacturing method of ceramic coated needle for medical use |
| DE10202311B4 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2007-01-04 | Schott Ag | Apparatus and method for the plasma treatment of dielectric bodies |
| JP4494792B2 (en) | 2002-02-05 | 2010-06-30 | ダウ グローバル テクノロジーズ インコーポレイティド | Chemical vapor deposition by corona on support. |
| JP3863029B2 (en) | 2002-02-07 | 2006-12-27 | 大成化工株式会社 | Powder coating apparatus and powder coating method on inner surface of container having shoulder |
| US6684683B2 (en) | 2002-02-27 | 2004-02-03 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for characterizing the barrier properties of members of combinatorial libraries |
| US6816570B2 (en) | 2002-03-07 | 2004-11-09 | Kla-Tencor Corporation | Multi-technique thin film analysis tool |
| JP4031654B2 (en) | 2002-03-12 | 2008-01-09 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | CVD film forming apparatus and method for cleaning internal electrode for CVD film forming apparatus |
| JP4124609B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2008-07-23 | エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー株式会社 | Method and apparatus for measuring film thickness of pattern part in semiconductor manufacturing process |
| TWI233644B (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2005-06-01 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Plasma etching method and plasma etching apparatus |
| AU2003236309A1 (en) | 2002-04-08 | 2003-10-20 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Plasma etching method |
| US6876154B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2005-04-05 | Trikon Holdings Limited | Plasma processing apparatus |
| GB0209291D0 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2002-06-05 | Trikon Technologies Ltd | Plasma processing apparatus |
| US20060228497A1 (en) | 2002-05-08 | 2006-10-12 | Satyendra Kumar | Plasma-assisted coating |
| US20050233091A1 (en) | 2002-05-08 | 2005-10-20 | Devendra Kumar | Plasma-assisted coating |
| EP1507887B1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2008-07-09 | Schott Ag | Multistation coating device and method for plasma coating |
| BR0311265A (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2005-03-15 | Schott Ag | Coating device with conveyor device |
| AU2003233770A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-12-12 | Sig Technology Ltd. | Method and device for plasma treating workpieces |
| EP1507893B1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2014-03-26 | KHS Corpoplast GmbH | Method and device for the plasma treatment of workpieces |
| ATE322561T1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2006-04-15 | Schott Ag | APPARATUS FOR CVD COATINGS |
| ATE326557T1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2006-06-15 | Schott Ag | DEVICE FOR CVD TREATMENTS |
| US20050229850A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2005-10-20 | Stephan Behle | Rotary machine for cvd coatings |
| US7810448B2 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2010-10-12 | Schott Ag | Apparatus and method for the treating of workpieces |
| EP1507723B1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2006-03-15 | SIG Technology Ltd. | Method and device for handling workpieces |
| AU2003232621A1 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2003-12-12 | Sig Technology Ltd. | Method and device for plasma treating workpieces |
| CN2546041Y (en) | 2002-05-28 | 2003-04-23 | 无锡市宇寿医疗器械有限公司 | Safety self-destroy injector |
| KR100961419B1 (en) | 2002-05-28 | 2010-06-09 | 기린비루 가부시키가이샤 | DLC film-coated plastic container, manufacturing apparatus and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP4168671B2 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2008-10-22 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Thin film deposition system for 3D hollow containers |
| JP3611324B2 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2005-01-19 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Magnetron plasma magnetic field generator |
| JP3595334B2 (en) | 2002-06-05 | 2004-12-02 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | Method and apparatus for cleaning source gas introduction pipe used in CVD film forming apparatus |
| JP2004008509A (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2004-01-15 | Terumo Corp | Syringe gasket and manufacturing method therefor, and syringe |
| US6764714B2 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2004-07-20 | Southwest Research Institute | Method for depositing coatings on the interior surfaces of tubular walls |
| US7052736B2 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2006-05-30 | Southwest Research Institute | Method for depositing coatings on the interior surfaces of tubular structures |
| US20080090425A9 (en) | 2002-06-12 | 2008-04-17 | Christopher Olsen | Two-step post nitridation annealing for lower EOT plasma nitrided gate dielectrics |
| JP4080799B2 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2008-04-23 | 三井金属鉱業株式会社 | Method for forming polyimide film containing dielectric filler on metal material surface, method for producing copper clad laminate for forming capacitor layer for printed wiring board, and copper clad laminate obtained by the method |
| TWI283899B (en) | 2002-07-09 | 2007-07-11 | Applied Materials Inc | Capacitively coupled plasma reactor with magnetic plasma control |
| JP4385657B2 (en) | 2002-07-15 | 2009-12-16 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Film forming apparatus and film forming method |
| KR100390540B1 (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2003-07-04 | 에이엔 에스 주식회사 | Magnetron plasma etching apparatus |
| US6995377B2 (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2006-02-07 | Plastipak Packaging, Inc. | Process and apparatus for testing bottles |
| EP1388593B1 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2015-12-30 | Schott AG | Rapid process for producing multilayer barrier coatings |
| EP1388594B1 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2010-01-06 | Schott Ag | Composite material with smooth barrier layer and process for its production |
| US7109070B2 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2006-09-19 | Schot Glas | Production of a composite material having a biodegradable plastic substrate and at least one coating |
| US7399500B2 (en) | 2002-08-07 | 2008-07-15 | Schott Ag | Rapid process for the production of multilayer barrier layers |
| WO2004018304A2 (en) | 2002-08-20 | 2004-03-04 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Collection assembly |
| AU2003257652A1 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2004-03-11 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Magnetron plasma-use magnetic field generation device |
| US20040040372A1 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2004-03-04 | George Plester | Method for determining the permeation of gases into or out of plastic packages and for determination of shelf-life with respect to gas permeation |
| AU2003268274A1 (en) | 2002-09-04 | 2004-03-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Collection assembly |
| US6758949B2 (en) | 2002-09-10 | 2004-07-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetically confined metal plasma sputter source with magnetic control of ion and neutral densities |
| US7015640B2 (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2006-03-21 | General Electric Company | Diffusion barrier coatings having graded compositions and devices incorporating the same |
| DE10242086A1 (en) | 2002-09-11 | 2004-04-15 | Sig Technology Ltd. | Containers for packaging products, device for processing plastic and methods for producing containers |
| DE10242698B3 (en) | 2002-09-13 | 2004-03-25 | Fresenius Hemocare Gmbh | Container made from silica-coated entropy-elastic film, useful especially as blood transfusion bag, has increased water vapor permeability after stretching |
| JP2005538255A (en) | 2002-09-14 | 2005-12-15 | ショット アクチエンゲゼルシャフト | Protective layer and process and configuration for generating the protective layer |
| AT413648B (en) | 2002-10-02 | 2006-04-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | RECORDING DEVICE WITH ADJUSTABLE COVERING ELEMENT |
| DE10246181A1 (en) | 2002-10-02 | 2004-04-15 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Plasma coating, etching or treatment of concave surfaces in vacuum, directs electron beam from arc source along magnetic field lines into cavity of substrate |
| CH707466B1 (en) | 2002-10-03 | 2014-07-15 | Tetra Laval Holdings & Finance | Apparatus for performing a plasma-assisted process. |
| US6863731B2 (en) | 2002-10-18 | 2005-03-08 | Controls Corporation Of America | System for deposition of inert barrier coating to increase corrosion resistance |
| JP2004156444A (en) | 2002-11-01 | 2004-06-03 | Mitsubishi Heavy Ind Ltd | Thermal barrier coating degradation diagnosing method |
| US6965221B2 (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2005-11-15 | O2Micro International Limited | Controller for DC to DC converter |
| KR20050086510A (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2005-08-30 | 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 인크. | Process and apparatus for depositing plasma coating onto a container |
| CN100347229C (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2007-11-07 | 陶氏环球技术公司 | Method and apparatus for depositing a plasma coating in a vessel |
| DE10353540A1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2004-05-27 | Laure, Stefan, Dr. | Process for the plasma-supported coating of a tubular component comprises inserting a source containing coating material into the component, evacuating the inner chamber of the component, and producing a high frequency magnetic field |
| JP4238015B2 (en) | 2002-11-19 | 2009-03-11 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Manufacturing method for plastic containers |
| JP3970169B2 (en) | 2002-11-20 | 2007-09-05 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | DLC film coated plastic container manufacturing method |
| JP2004200646A (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2004-07-15 | Advanced Lcd Technologies Development Center Co Ltd | Plasma processing system and plasma processing method |
| US8066854B2 (en) | 2002-12-18 | 2011-11-29 | Metascape Llc | Antimicrobial coating methods |
| US7059268B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2006-06-13 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method, apparatus and magnet assembly for enhancing and localizing a capacitively coupled plasma |
| JP2004203682A (en) | 2002-12-25 | 2004-07-22 | Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd | Method and apparatus for manufacturing optical fiber preform |
| US6800852B2 (en) | 2002-12-27 | 2004-10-05 | Revera Incorporated | Nondestructive characterization of thin films using measured basis spectra |
| US6891158B2 (en) | 2002-12-27 | 2005-05-10 | Revera Incorporated | Nondestructive characterization of thin films based on acquired spectrum |
| US7344832B2 (en) | 2003-01-02 | 2008-03-18 | Bioforce Nanosciences, Inc. | Method and apparatus for molecular analysis in small sample volumes |
| US7252651B2 (en) | 2003-01-07 | 2007-08-07 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Disposable injection device |
| AT413947B (en) | 2003-01-27 | 2006-07-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | MEDICAL ASSEMBLY, AND A PROTECTION DEVICE, AN ARTICLE AND HANDLING DEVICE FOR THIS MODULE |
| JP2004229750A (en) | 2003-01-28 | 2004-08-19 | Nipro Corp | Method for manufacturing prefilled syringe and barrel thereof |
| US6989675B2 (en) | 2003-03-13 | 2006-01-24 | Multimetrixs Llc | Method and apparatus for precision measurement of film thickness |
| US7288311B2 (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2007-10-30 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Barrier film |
| US7303789B2 (en) | 2003-02-17 | 2007-12-04 | Ngk Insulators, Ltd. | Methods for producing thin films on substrates by plasma CVD |
| JP4233085B2 (en) | 2003-02-17 | 2009-03-04 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Thin film manufacturing method and apparatus |
| JP2004253683A (en) | 2003-02-21 | 2004-09-09 | Komatsu Ltd | Resist outgas measuring device |
| JP2006519070A (en) | 2003-02-27 | 2006-08-24 | バクスター・インターナショナル・インコーポレイテッド | Piston assembly for syringe |
| JP3699474B2 (en) | 2003-02-28 | 2005-09-28 | 鹿毛 剛 | Gas barrier property measurement method for plastic moldings |
| US7332227B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2008-02-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Non-volatile lubricant system for medical devices |
| ES2611429T3 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2017-05-08 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Catheter and needle set IV, and method |
| US6946164B2 (en) | 2003-03-26 | 2005-09-20 | E.I. Du Pont Nemours And Company | Thin nanometer-controlled polymer film gradient |
| EP1630250B1 (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2013-03-06 | Toyo Seikan Kaisha, Ltd. | Chemical vapor deposition film formed by plasma cvd process and method for forming same |
| US6864773B2 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2005-03-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Variable field magnet apparatus |
| JP4252347B2 (en) | 2003-04-07 | 2009-04-08 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | Method for producing gas barrier thin film coated plastic container |
| US7972467B2 (en) | 2003-04-17 | 2011-07-05 | Applied Materials Inc. | Apparatus and method to confine plasma and reduce flow resistance in a plasma reactor |
| AT500525A1 (en) | 2003-04-17 | 2006-01-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | RECEIVING DEVICE AND SEALING DEVICE AND CAP SHAPED LOCKING DEVICE |
| US7431989B2 (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2008-10-07 | Tribofilm Research, Inc. | Article with lubricated surface and method |
| KR100509298B1 (en) | 2003-05-31 | 2005-08-22 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Method to manufacture composite polymer electrolyte membranes coated with inorganic thin films for direct methanol fuel cells |
| JP4202841B2 (en) | 2003-06-30 | 2008-12-24 | 株式会社Sumco | Surface polishing equipment |
| US20050057754A1 (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2005-03-17 | Smith David E. A. | Measurement of thin film properties using plasmons |
| JP2005029855A (en) | 2003-07-08 | 2005-02-03 | Fuji Electric Device Technology Co Ltd | Vacuum arc deposition apparatus, vacuum arc deposition method, and magnetic recording medium |
| DE10330981B4 (en) | 2003-07-09 | 2010-04-01 | Medion Diagnostics Ag | Apparatus and method for simultaneously performing blood grouping, serum cross-checking and antibody-screening |
| JP2005035597A (en) | 2003-07-14 | 2005-02-10 | Fuji Seal International Inc | Method of protecting gas-barrier film in plastic container |
| JP4437647B2 (en) | 2003-07-17 | 2010-03-24 | 三菱商事プラスチック株式会社 | Method for producing gas container coated plastic container |
| EP1647226B1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2013-02-13 | Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. | Hermetically sealed container and vacuum test substance-collecting container |
| JP4179941B2 (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2008-11-12 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | X-ray diffraction measurement container for thin film sample |
| US7189218B2 (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2007-03-13 | Edward Lichtenberg | Needle apparatus with quick/safe release mechanism |
| US20050037331A1 (en) | 2003-08-13 | 2005-02-17 | William Galbraith | Apparatuses and methods for reducing albumin in samples |
| US7029803B2 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2006-04-18 | Schott Ag | Attenuating phase shift mask blank and photomask |
| JP2007504497A (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2007-03-01 | ショット アクチエンゲゼルシャフト | Attenuated phase shift mask blank and photomask |
| JP3811150B2 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2006-08-16 | 株式会社東芝 | Film thickness measuring method, film thickness measuring system, semiconductor device manufacturing method, and film thickness measuring system control program |
| US7150299B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2006-12-19 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Assembly and method for containing, receiving and storing fluids and for dispensing gas from a fluid control and gas delivery assembly having an integrated fluid flow restrictor |
| WO2005028697A1 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2005-03-31 | Applied Process Technologies, Inc. | Magnetic mirror plasma source and method using same |
| US7087437B2 (en) | 2003-09-16 | 2006-08-08 | Vici Gig Harbor Group, Inc. | Direct vial surface sorbent micro extraction device and method |
| US20070017870A1 (en) | 2003-09-30 | 2007-01-25 | Belov Yuri P | Multicapillary device for sample preparation |
| US20050075611A1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2005-04-07 | Hetzler Kevin G. | Low extractable, thermoplastic syringe and tip cap |
| US20050075612A1 (en) | 2003-10-03 | 2005-04-07 | Baxter International Inc. | Parylene coated fluid flow regulator |
| JP2005114461A (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2005-04-28 | Hitachi Industries Co Ltd | Thin film thickness measuring method and apparatus |
| US6844075B1 (en) | 2003-10-06 | 2005-01-18 | General Electric Company | Environmental barrier coating |
| DE10347338A1 (en) | 2003-10-11 | 2005-05-19 | Schott Ag | Dünnstsubstrathalter |
| US7381311B2 (en) | 2003-10-21 | 2008-06-03 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Filtered cathodic-arc plasma source |
| FR2861386B1 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2006-02-17 | Saint Gobain | SUBSTRATE, IN PARTICULAR GLASS SUBSTRATE, CARRYING A PHOTOCATALYTIC LAYER COATED WITH A PROTECTIVE THIN LAYER. |
| JP2005132416A (en) | 2003-10-30 | 2005-05-26 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Silicon oxide thin film coating hollow container |
| US6981403B2 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2006-01-03 | Mocon, Inc. | Method and apparatus for measuring gas transmission rates of deformable or brittle materials |
| DE10351467B4 (en) | 2003-11-04 | 2011-07-07 | Schott Ag, 55122 | An article with an easily cleanable surface and process for its preparation |
| WO2005052544A2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2005-06-09 | Sigma-Aldrich Co. | Polysilazane thermosetting polymers for use in chromatographic systems and applications |
| JP4320323B2 (en) | 2003-11-20 | 2009-08-26 | 株式会社日立国際電気 | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and substrate processing apparatus |
| DE10354625A1 (en) | 2003-11-22 | 2005-06-30 | Sig Technology Ltd. | Method for determining the gas permeability of container walls, containers with surface coating and coating device with measuring device |
| US7513953B1 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2009-04-07 | Nano Scale Surface Systems, Inc. | Continuous system for depositing films onto plastic bottles and method |
| WO2005051525A1 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2005-06-09 | Polyvalor, Limited Partnership | Permeation barrier coating or layer with modulated properties and methods of making the same |
| JP2005160888A (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2005-06-23 | Terumo Corp | Gasket for syringe, and manufacturing method for syringe and gasket for syringe |
| CN1898087A (en) | 2003-12-22 | 2007-01-17 | 诺沃挪第克公司 | Transparent, flexible, impermeable plastic container for storage of pharmaceutical liquids |
| WO2005089107A2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2005-09-29 | University Of Virginia Patent Foundation | Apparatus and method for applying coatings onto the interior surfaces of components and related structures produced therefrom |
| DE102004001603B4 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2009-03-05 | Schott Ag | Container with interior decor |
| JP2005200044A (en) | 2004-01-14 | 2005-07-28 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Plastic container and manufacturing method thereof |
| KR20050076827A (en) | 2004-01-22 | 2005-07-28 | 쇼오트 아게 | Ultra high transmission phase shift mask blanks |
| AT500459B1 (en) | 2004-01-23 | 2010-08-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING A CAP WITH A RECEIVING CONTAINER |
| JP3914925B2 (en) | 2004-01-28 | 2007-05-16 | 株式会社リガク | Film thickness measuring method and apparatus |
| US20070031457A1 (en) | 2004-02-06 | 2007-02-08 | Dubensky Thomas W Jr | Modified Bacillus anthracis, vaccine compositions and methods of use thereof |
| KR20070001160A (en) | 2004-02-12 | 2007-01-03 | 발스파 소싱 인코포레이티드 | Coating method of the inner container surface and the container containing the inner coating |
| US7534733B2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2009-05-19 | Corning Incorporated | Synthetic silica glass optical material having high resistance to laser induced damage |
| JP2005241524A (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2005-09-08 | Sii Nanotechnology Inc | Scanning probe microscope and measuring method using the microscope |
| CN105296965A (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2016-02-03 | 埃克阿泰克有限责任公司 | Expanding thermal plasma deposition system |
| CN1946874A (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2007-04-11 | 埃克阿泰克有限责任公司 | Plasma coating system for non-planar substrates |
| JP4323991B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2009-09-02 | 大日本スクリーン製造株式会社 | Spectral reflectance measuring device, film thickness measuring device, and spectral reflectance measuring method |
| JP2005271997A (en) | 2004-03-22 | 2005-10-06 | Kazuo Saito | Protective film of inner wall of pet bottle |
| DE102004017236B4 (en) | 2004-04-05 | 2012-10-25 | Schott Ag | Composite having improved chemical resistance and method of making the same |
| JP4527431B2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2010-08-18 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Plasma processing equipment |
| US20050260504A1 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2005-11-24 | Hans Becker | Mask blank having a protection layer |
| US7378054B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2008-05-27 | Savvipharm Inc | Specimen collecting, processing and analytical assembly |
| EP1738137A1 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2007-01-03 | OPO sprl | Instrument for measuring the thickness of a coating on bottles |
| US7232038B2 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2007-06-19 | Whitney Steven G | Disposable test tube rack |
| US7867366B1 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2011-01-11 | Alameda Applied Sciences Corp. | Coaxial plasma arc vapor deposition apparatus and method |
| US8038858B1 (en) | 2004-04-28 | 2011-10-18 | Alameda Applied Sciences Corp | Coaxial plasma arc vapor deposition apparatus and method |
| US20080131638A1 (en) | 2004-05-04 | 2008-06-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Multilayer barrier containers having increased adhesion and durability |
| US7112541B2 (en) | 2004-05-06 | 2006-09-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | In-situ oxide capping after CVD low k deposition |
| GB0410749D0 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2004-06-16 | Dow Corning Ireland Ltd | Coating apparatus |
| EP1744795A1 (en) | 2004-05-14 | 2007-01-24 | Becton, Dickinson and Company | Articles having bioactive surfaces and solvent-free methods of preparation thereof |
| US7444955B2 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2008-11-04 | Sub-One Technology, Inc. | Apparatus for directing plasma flow to coat internal passageways |
| ATE371470T1 (en) | 2004-05-29 | 2007-09-15 | Gerresheimer Buende Gmbh | SYRINGE CAP AND METHOD FOR MAKING A SYRINGE CAP |
| DE102004028369B4 (en) | 2004-06-11 | 2007-05-31 | Schott Ag | Method and device for treating substrates in a rotary machine |
| JP4918857B2 (en) | 2004-06-11 | 2012-04-18 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Metal oxide nanoporous material, coating composition for obtaining the same, and method for producing the same |
| US7220687B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2007-05-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method to improve water-barrier performance by changing film surface morphology |
| US7421885B2 (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2008-09-09 | Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. | Method for characterizing porous low dielectric constant films |
| US20060079848A1 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2006-04-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Non-skin penetrating reconstituting syringe |
| US20060079839A1 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2006-04-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Single-use syringe |
| US7246551B2 (en) | 2004-07-09 | 2007-07-24 | Protedyne Corporation | Liquid handling device with surface features at a seal |
| US20060014309A1 (en) | 2004-07-13 | 2006-01-19 | Sachdev Krishna G | Temporary chip attach method using reworkable conductive adhesive interconnections |
| DE102004034418B4 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2009-06-25 | Schott Ag | Process for producing structured optical filter layers on substrates |
| DE102004034417B4 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2007-09-27 | Schott Ag | Process for the preparation of a coated substrate with a curved surface |
| US7300684B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2007-11-27 | Sub-One Technology, Inc. | Method and system for coating internal surfaces of prefabricated process piping in the field |
| US7118538B2 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2006-10-10 | Greiner Bio-One Gmbh | Holding device for a medical device |
| DE102004035336A1 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2006-02-16 | Schott Ag | Cleanable coating system |
| DE102004035335A1 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2006-02-16 | Schott Ag | Cleanable coating system |
| DE102004036170B4 (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2007-10-11 | Schott Ag | Vacuum coating system and method for vacuum coating and their use |
| US7238382B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2007-07-03 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Method and system for characterizing porous materials |
| EP1626278A3 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-06-21 | OnChip Cellomics Consortium | Cellomics system |
| DE102004037542A1 (en) | 2004-08-03 | 2006-02-23 | Chemetall Gmbh | Method, useful to protect metallic surface with corrosion inhibitor composition coating comprises applying coating on metallic surface, where the components comprising: deposit substance; and further components and/or matrix substance |
| US7736728B2 (en) | 2004-08-18 | 2010-06-15 | Dow Corning Corporation | Coated substrates and methods for their preparation |
| JP2006064416A (en) | 2004-08-24 | 2006-03-09 | Takeshi Kage | Gas barrier property measuring method and gas barrier property measuring apparatus for plastic molded body. |
| FR2874606B1 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2006-10-13 | Saint Gobain | METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING A FUNCTIONAL ORGANIC MOLECULE TO A TRANSPARENT SUBSTRATE |
| US20060042755A1 (en) | 2004-08-30 | 2006-03-02 | Plasmamed, Llc | Large surface area dry etcher |
| US20060046006A1 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2006-03-02 | Bastion Bradley J | Multilayer polymeric barrier film, flexible packaging made therewith, and methods |
| DE102004042431B4 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2008-07-03 | Schott Ag | Method and device for plasma coating of workpieces with spectral evaluation of the process parameters and use of the device |
| GB0419772D0 (en) | 2004-09-07 | 2004-10-06 | Scalar Technologies Ltd | Method and apparatus for thin film metrology |
| US7988935B2 (en) | 2004-09-09 | 2011-08-02 | Microfluidic Systems, Inc. | Handheld and portable microfluidic device to automatically prepare nucleic acids for analysis |
| US20070048456A1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2007-03-01 | Keshner Marvin S | Plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition apparatus and method |
| ATE404451T1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2008-08-15 | Daikyo Seiko Ltd | CONTAINERS FOR MEDICATIONS AND RUBBER CLOSURE |
| JP2006083408A (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2006-03-30 | Shin Meiwa Ind Co Ltd | Vacuum deposition system |
| US7480363B2 (en) | 2004-09-15 | 2009-01-20 | Ge Betz, Inc. | Converting a digital radiograph to an absolute thickness map |
| DE102004045046B4 (en) | 2004-09-15 | 2007-01-04 | Schott Ag | Method and device for applying an electrically conductive transparent coating to a substrate |
| JP4545073B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2010-09-15 | 三菱重工業株式会社 | Gas barrier membrane and container |
| EP1640031A3 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2006-06-07 | Nipro Corporation | Syringe coated with lubricant containing silicone oil and silica powder |
| EP1809351A2 (en) | 2004-09-28 | 2007-07-25 | Mallinckrodt, Inc. | Container with constrained quality maintenance agent |
| FR2876094B1 (en) | 2004-10-04 | 2009-01-09 | Saint Gobain | GLASS SUBSTRATE FOR DISPLAY SCREEN. |
| JP4838255B2 (en) | 2004-10-05 | 2011-12-14 | ジェンザイム・コーポレーション | Stepped cannula |
| US20060076231A1 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2006-04-13 | Southwest Research Institute | Method for magnetron sputter deposition |
| US7520965B2 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2009-04-21 | Southwest Research Institute | Magnetron sputtering apparatus and method for depositing a coating using same |
| JP2008516089A (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2008-05-15 | ダウ グローバル テクノロジーズ インコーポレイティド | Plasma coating method |
| JP4412661B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2010-02-10 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Plasma processing apparatus and plasma processing method |
| JP4171452B2 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2008-10-22 | 三菱重工食品包装機械株式会社 | Barrier film forming internal electrode and film forming apparatus |
| BE1016251A3 (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2006-06-06 | Ct Rech Metallurgiques Asbl | Improved method and apparatus for measuring the thickness of a layer oxide. |
| DE102004053706A1 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-04 | Schott Ag | Barrier coated article and method of making such article |
| DE102004053707B8 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2008-08-28 | Schott Ag | Process for producing a glass-ceramic article with diffusion barrier and use of a glass-ceramic article produced according to the method |
| DE102004053708A1 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2006-05-04 | Schott Ag | Process for the production of a product with anti-fog coating, as well as product according to the method |
| KR101192974B1 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2012-10-22 | 다우 코닝 아일랜드 리미티드 | Plasma system |
| AT414322B (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2007-03-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | SEPARATING DEVICE, ESPECIALLY FOR BODY FLUIDS, AND RECORDING EQUIPMENT WITH SUCH A SEPARATING DEVICE |
| JP2006153770A (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-15 | Omron Corp | Spectrometer |
| JP4566719B2 (en) | 2004-12-02 | 2010-10-20 | 麒麟麦酒株式会社 | Carbon film coated plastic container manufacturing method, plasma CVD film forming apparatus and plastic container |
| US7534615B2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2009-05-19 | Cryovac, Inc. | Process for detecting leaks in sealed packages |
| US8097725B2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2012-01-17 | Roche Diagnostics Operations, Inc. | Luminescent indicator dye and optical sensor |
| CN2766863Y (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2006-03-29 | 许亮 | Painless injection needle |
| WO2006069469A1 (en) | 2004-12-27 | 2006-07-06 | Sae Magnetics (H.K.) Ltd. | Method of nano thin film thickness measurement by auger electron spectrscopy |
| JP2006181027A (en) | 2004-12-27 | 2006-07-13 | Daikyo Seiko Ltd | Piston for syringe |
| DE102004063703A1 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2006-07-06 | Schott Ag | Vacuum coating system |
| US7297640B2 (en) | 2005-01-13 | 2007-11-20 | Chartered Semiconductor Manufacturing Ltd. | Method for reducing argon diffusion from high density plasma films |
| JP4929727B2 (en) | 2005-02-14 | 2012-05-09 | 東洋製罐株式会社 | Gas supply pipe for plasma processing |
| US7202564B2 (en) | 2005-02-16 | 2007-04-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Advanced low dielectric constant organosilicon plasma chemical vapor deposition films |
| JP4515280B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2010-07-28 | 麒麟麦酒株式会社 | Apparatus and method for manufacturing a plastic container having a gas barrier thin film formed thereon |
| US7339682B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2008-03-04 | Verity Instruments, Inc. | Heterodyne reflectometer for film thickness monitoring and method for implementing |
| US7608151B2 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2009-10-27 | Sub-One Technology, Inc. | Method and system for coating sections of internal surfaces |
| US7541069B2 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2009-06-02 | Sub-One Technology, Inc. | Method and system for coating internal surfaces using reverse-flow cycling |
| NZ561676A (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2009-06-26 | Attogenix Biosystems Pte Ltd | Methods and device for transmitting, enclosing and analysing fluid samples |
| US20060210425A1 (en) | 2005-03-21 | 2006-09-21 | Laura Mirkarimi | Inorganic coatings for optical and other applications |
| CN101151544B (en) | 2005-03-28 | 2011-08-03 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing and measuring same |
| US7682816B2 (en) | 2005-04-07 | 2010-03-23 | 454 Life Sciences Corporation | Thin film coated microwell arrays and methods of using same |
| US7785862B2 (en) | 2005-04-07 | 2010-08-31 | 454 Life Sciences Corporation | Thin film coated microwell arrays |
| JP4122011B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2008-07-23 | 株式会社アルバック | Method for forming diamond-like carbon film |
| US8642285B2 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2014-02-04 | Luxcel Biosciences Limited | Assessment of consumption or release of a gaseous analyte from biological or chemical samples |
| EP1715289A1 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2006-10-25 | Nederlandse Organisatie Voor Toegepast-Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek Tno | An optical light reflection method |
| US20080171162A1 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2008-07-17 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Process For Plasma Coating a Polypropylene Object |
| DE102005023582B4 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2009-04-16 | Schott Ag | Process for the production of internally tempered glass tubes |
| WO2006128564A1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2006-12-07 | Baxter International Inc. | Polypropylene hollow barrel with sliding coated rubber piston |
| US20070005024A1 (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2007-01-04 | Jan Weber | Medical devices having superhydrophobic surfaces, superhydrophilic surfaces, or both |
| US20090142227A1 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2009-06-04 | Manfred Fuchs | Parylene Coating and Method for the Production Thereof |
| US20070009673A1 (en) | 2005-07-06 | 2007-01-11 | Asm Japan K.K. | Insulation film and method for manufacturing same |
| FR2889204B1 (en) | 2005-07-26 | 2007-11-30 | Sidel Sas | APPARATUS FOR THE PECVD DEPOSITION OF AN INTERNAL BARRIER LAYER ON A CONTAINER, COMPRISING A GAS LINE ISOLATED BY ELECTROVANNE |
| US8475886B2 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2013-07-02 | Corning Incorporated | Methods for producing surfaces that resist non-specific protein binding and cell attachment |
| US7745547B1 (en) | 2005-08-05 | 2010-06-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Multi-arm cyclic or cubic siloxane-based formulations for drug delivery |
| JP2007050898A (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2007-03-01 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing film forming container and apparatus for manufacturing the same |
| WO2007020170A1 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2007-02-22 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method for determining the layer thickness of a tbc coating of at least one blade of a non-positive-displacement machine, a corresponding tbc layer thickness measuring device for carrying out the method and use of the method and the tbc layer thickness measuring device |
| US9212947B2 (en) | 2005-08-24 | 2015-12-15 | New Sts Limited | Measurement, coating and monitoring system and method |
| DE102005040266A1 (en) | 2005-08-24 | 2007-03-01 | Schott Ag | Method and device for inside plasma treatment of hollow bodies |
| US20070049048A1 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Shahid Rauf | Method and apparatus for improving nitrogen profile during plasma nitridation |
| JP5275543B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2013-08-28 | 株式会社吉野工業所 | Synthetic resin container with high barrier properties |
| WO2007089216A1 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2007-08-09 | Gorokhovsky Vladimir I | Plasma vapor deposition method and apparatus utilizing bipolar bias controller |
| US8786439B2 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2014-07-22 | Wg Security Products | Active antenna |
| KR101263700B1 (en) | 2005-09-05 | 2013-05-13 | 후쿠와우치 테크놀로지스 가부시키가이샤 | Dlc film-forming apparatus |
| US20070051629A1 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2007-03-08 | Vladislav Dolnik | Poly(amino saccharide) wall coating for electrophoretic separations in capillaries and microchannels |
| WO2007034773A1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2007-03-29 | Mitsubishi Plastics, Inc. | Laminated film having gas barrier characteristics |
| US20080268252A1 (en) | 2005-09-20 | 2008-10-30 | Juan Garces | Process for Plasma Coating a Nanocomposite Object |
| FR2891279B1 (en) | 2005-09-27 | 2007-12-14 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NEW CHIPS FOR SURFACE PLASMON DETECTION (SPR) |
| AT502522A3 (en) | 2005-10-04 | 2007-12-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | DISCONNECTION DEVICE, RECORDING DEVICE AND METHOD OF DISCONNECTING |
| DE102005050432A1 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2007-05-03 | Rap.Id Particle Systems Gmbh | Measurement method for measuring layer thicknesses and layer homogeneity in containers coated with slip additives and water-repellant finishings focuses polychromatic light inside the containers |
| WO2007051860A1 (en) | 2005-11-07 | 2007-05-10 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. | COATING MATERIALS WITH OXYGEN SCAVENGER AND/OR OXYGEN INDICATOR FUNCTION FOR COATING Or BONDING AND PRODUCTS PRODUCED THEREWITH |
| DE102005058133A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-05-31 | Schott Ag | Syringe, has sealing element and syringe body whereby annular, flexible deformable area can be pressed in sealing manner, by means of closing cap, on outer surface of cannula |
| EP1960279B1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2011-10-19 | CSP Technologies, Inc. | Bottle shaped container |
| US7409313B2 (en) | 2005-12-16 | 2008-08-05 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for nondestructive evaluation of insulative coating |
| US20070148326A1 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Hastings Mitchell R | Syringe |
| KR100730414B1 (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2007-06-19 | 제일모직주식회사 | Antibacterial and antistatic composite functional hard coating composition, coating method thereof and hard coating transparent sheet using same |
| US8025915B2 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2011-09-27 | Schott Ag | Method of preparing a macromolecule deterrent surface on a pharmaceutical package |
| US20070166187A1 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2007-07-19 | Song Jing F | Stabilization of paricalcitol using chlorobutyl or chlorinated butyl stoppers |
| CN101420902B (en) | 2006-02-08 | 2011-07-06 | 贝克顿·迪金森公司 | Blood collection device, method, and system for using the same |
| US20070184657A1 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2007-08-09 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Etching method |
| CA3063263C (en) | 2006-02-11 | 2024-01-16 | Genetronics, Inc. | Device and method for single-needle in vivo electroporation |
| US20080045880A1 (en) | 2006-02-11 | 2008-02-21 | Rune Kjeken | Device and method for single-needle in vivo electroporation |
| JP2006179948A (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2006-07-06 | Renesas Technology Corp | Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing device |
| ATE406926T1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2008-09-15 | Gerresheimer Buende Gmbh | METHOD FOR PRODUCING PREFILLABLE SYRINGES |
| BRPI0707814B1 (en) | 2006-02-14 | 2018-05-02 | Hitachi Zosen Corporation | Electron beam emitter and method for radiating inside a bottle |
| DE102006009822B4 (en) | 2006-03-01 | 2013-04-18 | Schott Ag | Process for the plasma treatment of glass surfaces, their use and glass substrate and its use |
| JP2007231386A (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2007-09-13 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Container processing equipment using plasma |
| US20070205096A1 (en) | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Makoto Nagashima | Magnetron based wafer processing |
| JP4693120B2 (en) | 2006-03-15 | 2011-06-01 | 国立大学法人 長崎大学 | Coating method for extra-long shaft body and coating apparatus for extra-long shaft body |
| EP2007916A2 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2008-12-31 | General Plasma, Inc. | Mirror magnetron plasma source |
| MX2008012103A (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2008-12-17 | Univ Utah Res Found | Measurement of thickness of dielectric films on surfaces. |
| US8545865B2 (en) | 2006-03-24 | 2013-10-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Medical devices having polymer brushes |
| US7943242B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2011-05-17 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Sealing members, articles using the same and methods of reducing sticktion |
| US8075995B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2011-12-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Coating system, articles and assembly using the same and methods of reducing sticktion |
| US8916001B2 (en) | 2006-04-05 | 2014-12-23 | Gvd Corporation | Coated molds and related methods and components |
| US20070243618A1 (en) | 2006-04-11 | 2007-10-18 | Oxysense, Inc. | Device and method for non-invasive oxygen sensing of sealed packages |
| US20070259184A1 (en) | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Method of mounting objects for chemical vapour deposition |
| WO2007133378A1 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2007-11-22 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Multi-wall plastic sheet having an internal plasma-enhanced chemical vapor deposition coating and process for manufacturing the same |
| US8273222B2 (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2012-09-25 | Southwest Research Institute | Apparatus and method for RF plasma enhanced magnetron sputter deposition |
| DE102006023018A1 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2007-11-22 | Strämke, Siegfried, Dr. | Plasma process for surface treatment of workpieces |
| AT503747B1 (en) | 2006-05-18 | 2009-05-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | RECORDING DEVICE FOR A MEDICAL DEVICE |
| ITRM20060277A1 (en) | 2006-05-24 | 2007-11-25 | Sipa Societa Industrializzazio | PLANT AND PROCESS OF CONTAINER PAINTING |
| US7624622B1 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2009-12-01 | Mocon, Inc. | Method of measuring the transmission rate of a permeant through a container and determining shelf life of a packaged product within the container |
| US7825038B2 (en) | 2006-05-30 | 2010-11-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical vapor deposition of high quality flow-like silicon dioxide using a silicon containing precursor and atomic oxygen |
| US20070281117A1 (en) | 2006-06-02 | 2007-12-06 | Xtent, Inc. | Use of plasma in formation of biodegradable stent coating |
| JP2008000287A (en) | 2006-06-21 | 2008-01-10 | Terumo Corp | Sliding composition for coating medical appliance and medical appliance with sliding coat |
| US7645696B1 (en) | 2006-06-22 | 2010-01-12 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Deposition of thin continuous PVD seed layers having improved adhesion to the barrier layer |
| FR2903622B1 (en) | 2006-07-17 | 2008-10-03 | Sidel Participations | DEVICE FOR DEPOSITING A COATING ON AN INTERNAL SIDE OF A CONTAINER |
| US8197452B2 (en) | 2006-07-28 | 2012-06-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Vascular access device non-adhering surfaces |
| JP5127180B2 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2013-01-23 | 株式会社大協精工 | MEDICAL CONTAINER AND METHOD FOR TREATING THE MEDICAL CONTAINER |
| US20080033370A1 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2008-02-07 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Binary needle attachment mechanisms |
| US7740792B2 (en) | 2006-08-03 | 2010-06-22 | Medrad, Inc. | Methods of molding a syringe |
| DE102006061585B4 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2013-11-28 | Singulus Technologies Ag | Method and device for spin coating substrates |
| US20080050932A1 (en) | 2006-08-23 | 2008-02-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Overall defect reduction for PECVD films |
| US7555934B2 (en) | 2006-09-07 | 2009-07-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Fluid permeation testing apparatus employing mass spectrometry |
| US7552620B2 (en) | 2006-09-07 | 2009-06-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Fluid permeation testing method employing mass spectrometry |
| CN101528280B (en) | 2006-09-15 | 2013-06-05 | 贝克顿·迪金森公司 | Medical components having coated surfaces exhibiting low friction and methods of reducing adhesion |
| JP5498790B2 (en) | 2006-09-15 | 2014-05-21 | ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー | Medical parts having a coated surface exhibiting low friction and methods for reducing stiction |
| JP5257915B2 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2013-08-07 | 国立大学法人東北大学 | Film coating apparatus and film coating method |
| JP2008086855A (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2008-04-17 | Fujifilm Corp | Biochemical instruments |
| WO2008040531A1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | Greiner Bio-One Gmbh | Thermoplastic elastomers containing organoclays |
| US8062266B2 (en) | 2006-10-11 | 2011-11-22 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Vascular access device including a tear-resistant septum |
| DE102006048658B4 (en) | 2006-10-14 | 2014-03-27 | Khs Corpoplast Gmbh | PICVD coating for plastic containers and process for their manufacture |
| US20080139003A1 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2008-06-12 | Shahid Pirzada | Barrier coating deposition for thin film devices using plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition process |
| US20080102206A1 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2008-05-01 | Sigurd Wagner | Multilayered coatings for use on electronic devices or other articles |
| EP1918966A1 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-05-07 | Dow Corning Corporation | Method for forming a film with a graded bandgap by deposition of an amorphous material from a plasma |
| WO2008053632A1 (en) | 2006-11-02 | 2008-05-08 | Asahi Glass Company, Limited | Ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer molded product and method for producing the same |
| US9492596B2 (en) | 2006-11-06 | 2016-11-15 | Atrium Medical Corporation | Barrier layer with underlying medical device and one or more reinforcing support structures |
| DE102007037527B4 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2013-05-08 | Schott Ag | Process for coating objects with alternating layers |
| DE102006053366A1 (en) | 2006-11-10 | 2008-05-15 | Schott Ag | Method and apparatus for plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition |
| US7780866B2 (en) | 2006-11-15 | 2010-08-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of plasma confinement for enhancing magnetic control of plasma radial distribution |
| US7744567B2 (en) | 2006-11-22 | 2010-06-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Reducing withdrawal force in a safety IV catheter |
| US8092605B2 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2012-01-10 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Magnetic confinement of a plasma |
| US8115326B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2012-02-14 | Corning Incorporated | Flexible substrates having a thin-film barrier |
| AT504533A1 (en) | 2006-12-05 | 2008-06-15 | Greiner Bio One Gmbh | SAMPLE PACKAGE |
| DE102006058771B4 (en) | 2006-12-12 | 2018-03-01 | Schott Ag | Container with improved emptiness and method for its production |
| US7813047B2 (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2010-10-12 | Hand Held Products, Inc. | Apparatus and method comprising deformable lens element |
| US20080145271A1 (en) | 2006-12-19 | 2008-06-19 | Kidambi Srikanth S | Method of using sulfur-based corrosion inhibitors for galvanized metal surfaces |
| FR2911071A1 (en) | 2007-01-09 | 2008-07-11 | Becton Dickinson France Soc Pa | METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR RADIATION DECONTAMINATION OF A PRODUCT SUCH AS A PACKAGE CONTAINING MEDICAL DEVICES |
| CN201002786Y (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2008-01-09 | 石家庄第一橡胶股份有限公司 | Bottle stopper coated with film |
| JP2008174793A (en) | 2007-01-18 | 2008-07-31 | Nanotec Corp | Film-forming apparatus and film-forming method |
| WO2008093335A2 (en) | 2007-01-29 | 2008-08-07 | Greenkote (Israel) Ltd. | Methods of preparing thin polymetal diffusion coatings |
| US20080202414A1 (en) | 2007-02-23 | 2008-08-28 | General Electric Company | Methods and devices for coating an interior surface of a plastic container |
| US8409441B2 (en) | 2007-02-27 | 2013-04-02 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Blood treatment systems and methods |
| DE102007011589A1 (en) | 2007-03-08 | 2008-09-11 | Schott Ag | Conveyor for precursor |
| JP2010522828A (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2010-07-08 | ダウ コ−ニング コ−ポレ−ション | Roll-to-roll plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition of barrier layers containing silicon and carbon |
| US20080260966A1 (en) | 2007-04-22 | 2008-10-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Plasma processing method |
| EP2140896A4 (en) | 2007-04-26 | 2013-11-13 | Daikyo Seiko Ltd | Syringe barrel with injection needle, syringe with injection needle, die for molding syringe barrel with injection needle, and method of molding syringe barrel with injection needle |
| US20080277332A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2008-11-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Micromachined membrane filter device for a glaucoma implant and method for making the same |
| US8029875B2 (en) | 2007-05-23 | 2011-10-04 | Southwest Research Institute | Plasma immersion ion processing for coating of hollow substrates |
| US7922880B1 (en) | 2007-05-24 | 2011-04-12 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for increasing local plasma density in magnetically confined plasma |
| KR20080105617A (en) | 2007-05-31 | 2008-12-04 | 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 | Chemical Vapor Deposition and Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor Deposition |
| CN201056331Y (en) | 2007-05-31 | 2008-05-07 | 许奕新 | Packing bottle with coating |
| US8723332B2 (en) | 2007-06-11 | 2014-05-13 | Invensas Corporation | Electrically interconnected stacked die assemblies |
| KR20080111801A (en) | 2007-06-20 | 2008-12-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Plasma processing apparatus and method |
| WO2009001350A1 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2008-12-31 | Medingo Ltd. | Tubing for fluid delivery device |
| US7563425B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2009-07-21 | Korea Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology | Carbonnitride nanotubes with nano-sized pores on their stems, their preparation method and control method of size and quantity of pore thereof |
| FR2918301B1 (en) | 2007-07-06 | 2011-06-24 | Sidel Participations | PLASMA REMOVABLE BARRIER COATING COMPRISING AT LEAST THREE LAYERS, PROCESS FOR OBTAINING SUCH COATING AND CONTAINER COATED WITH SUCH COATING |
| CH702317B1 (en) | 2007-08-02 | 2011-06-15 | Stevanato Group Internat As | Structure of the pack of glass vials for pharmaceutical use. |
| US20100159011A1 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2010-06-24 | University Of Massachusetts Medical School | Compositions For Biomedical Applications |
| WO2009020129A1 (en) | 2007-08-08 | 2009-02-12 | Ulvac, Inc. | Plasma processing method and plasma processing apparatus |
| WO2009021257A1 (en) | 2007-08-13 | 2009-02-19 | Greiner Bio-One Gmbh | Medical separator |
| US20090061237A1 (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2009-03-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | LOW k POROUS SiCOH DIELECTRIC AND INTEGRATION WITH POST FILM FORMATION TREATMENT |
| WO2009032117A2 (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2009-03-12 | Corning Incorporated | Reactive surface on a polymeric substrate |
| WO2009030975A1 (en) | 2007-09-03 | 2009-03-12 | Becton Dickinson France | Medical device comprising a siliconized chamber and a coated closure means |
| WO2009030976A1 (en) | 2007-09-03 | 2009-03-12 | Becton Dickinson France | Medical device and smooth coating therefor |
| WO2009030974A1 (en) | 2007-09-03 | 2009-03-12 | Becton Dickinson France | Medical device and lubricant coating therefor |
| KR100917913B1 (en) | 2007-09-05 | 2009-09-16 | 한국표준과학연구원 | Specimens and Thickness Simultaneous Optical Analysis Apparatus for Organic Thin Films Using CAS Microscope |
| US20090069790A1 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2009-03-12 | Edward Maxwell Yokley | Surface properties of polymeric materials with nanoscale functional coating |
| DE102007045455A1 (en) | 2007-09-24 | 2009-04-09 | Schott Ag | Process for producing wafers from ingots |
| JP5711868B2 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2015-05-07 | テルモ株式会社 | Stable edaravone-containing aqueous formulation |
| US8231568B2 (en) | 2007-10-16 | 2012-07-31 | Nordson Corporation | Syringes with a reduced susceptibility to freeze-thaw void formation and methods of manufacturing such syringes |
| JP5081976B2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2012-11-28 | ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー | Method for assessing protein aggregation in suspensions containing organopolysiloxanes |
| WO2009053947A2 (en) | 2007-10-22 | 2009-04-30 | Becton Dickinson France | Surface coating to prevent cation leaching |
| CN100566764C (en) | 2007-10-26 | 2009-12-09 | 哈尔滨医科大学 | A drug-coated carrier for drug-coated vascular stent and preparation method of drug-coated vascular stent |
| US8227025B2 (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2012-07-24 | Gvd Corporation | Conductive polymer coatings and methods of forming the same |
| DE102007056240A1 (en) | 2007-11-22 | 2009-05-28 | Henke-Sass, Wolf Gmbh | syringe |
| KR100935976B1 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2010-01-08 | 삼성전기주식회사 | Multi-Destination Data Transmission Method in Wireless LAN System |
| JP5230185B2 (en) | 2007-12-13 | 2013-07-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Reactive sputtering apparatus and reactive sputtering method |
| WO2009117032A2 (en) | 2007-12-19 | 2009-09-24 | Ajjer Llc | High throughput methods for analysis of contamination in environmental samples |
| DE102007062977B4 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2018-07-19 | Schott Ag | Process for the production of process gases for the vapor phase separation |
| US8277025B2 (en) | 2008-01-16 | 2012-10-02 | Zamtec Limited | Printhead cartridge with no paper path obstructions |
| JP5286553B2 (en) | 2008-02-05 | 2013-09-11 | 東洋製罐株式会社 | High frequency plasma processing apparatus and high frequency plasma processing method |
| DK2253008T3 (en) | 2008-03-12 | 2017-05-08 | Alytus Corp S A | PLASMA SYSTEM |
| US8173221B2 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2012-05-08 | MCT Research & Development | Protective coatings for metals |
| FR2929295A1 (en) | 2008-03-25 | 2009-10-02 | Becton Dickinson France Soc Pa | APPARATUS FOR PLASMA TREATMENT OF HOLLOW BODIES |
| WO2009123243A1 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2009-10-08 | 国立大学法人琉球大学 | Plasma generating device and method |
| US20090263668A1 (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-22 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Durable coating of an oligomer and methods of applying |
| US7632549B2 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2009-12-15 | Asm Japan K.K. | Method of forming a high transparent carbon film |
| CN102202706A (en) | 2008-05-08 | 2011-09-28 | 迷你泵有限责任公司 | Implantable drug delivery device and apparatus and method for filling the same |
| DE102008023027B4 (en) | 2008-05-09 | 2012-06-28 | Von Ardenne Anlagentechnik Gmbh | Electrode arrangement for magnetic-field-guided plasma-assisted processes in vacuum |
| US8062470B2 (en) | 2008-05-12 | 2011-11-22 | Yuri Glukhoy | Method and apparatus for application of thin coatings from plasma onto inner surfaces of hollow containers |
| US7967945B2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2011-06-28 | Yuri Glukhoy | RF antenna assembly for treatment of inner surfaces of tubes with inductively coupled plasma |
| WO2009158613A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-30 | West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. | Method of coating polyxylylene onto flouropolymer surfaces and devices coated thereby |
| US20090326517A1 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2009-12-31 | Toralf Bork | Fluidic capillary chip for regulating drug flow rates of infusion pumps |
| KR100995700B1 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2010-11-22 | 한국전기연구원 | Inductively Coupled Plasma Process Chamber and Method for Cylindrical Workpieces with Three-Dimensional Surface Shapes |
| US8288513B2 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2012-10-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Defined cell culturing surfaces and methods of use |
| US20110174220A1 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2011-07-21 | Dr. Laure Plasmatechnologie Gmbh | Device for Plasma-Assisted Coating of the Inner Side of Tubular Components |
| EA020763B9 (en) | 2008-08-04 | 2015-05-29 | Эй-Джи-Си Флет Гласс Норт Эмерике, Инк. | Plasma source and methods for depositing thin film coatings using plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition |
| DE102008037159A1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-11 | Krones Ag | Apparatus and method for the plasma treatment of hollow bodies |
| JP5914907B2 (en) | 2008-08-11 | 2016-05-11 | 株式会社オートネットワーク技術研究所 | Rust preventive and surface-treated metal |
| JP5093686B2 (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2012-12-12 | 富士電機株式会社 | Method for forming protective film for magnetic recording medium |
| ES2731135T3 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2019-11-14 | Becton Dickinson Co | Systems for coating the inside of a container |
| DE102008051614B4 (en) | 2008-10-09 | 2012-09-20 | Schott Ag | Process for the production of glass packaging materials for pharmaceutical products |
| US9018098B2 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2015-04-28 | Lam Research Corporation | Silicon etch with passivation using chemical vapor deposition |
| EP2349034A4 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2013-12-11 | Gvd Corp | Coating methods, systems and related articles |
| US20100104770A1 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2010-04-29 | Asm Japan K.K. | Two-step formation of hydrocarbon-based polymer film |
| JP5012761B2 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2012-08-29 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Manufacturing method for plastic containers |
| JP5012762B2 (en) | 2008-10-30 | 2012-08-29 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Manufacturing method for plastic containers |
| WO2010065564A1 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Environmental barrier coating for organic semiconductor devices and methods thereof |
| DE102008062881B4 (en) | 2008-12-16 | 2021-04-08 | Schott Ag | Process for the production of a hollow molded glass body |
| US20100174245A1 (en) | 2009-01-08 | 2010-07-08 | Ward Dean Halverson | System for pretreating the lumen of a catheter |
| US20100190036A1 (en) | 2009-01-27 | 2010-07-29 | Kyriakos Komvopoulos | Systems and Methods for Surface Modification by Filtered Cathodic Vacuum Arc |
| EP2218465A1 (en) | 2009-02-02 | 2010-08-18 | KHS GmbH | Apparatus for sterilising a container |
| US8388583B2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2013-03-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Systems and methods for providing a flushable catheter assembly |
| US8679063B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2014-03-25 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Systems and methods for providing a catheter assembly |
| US8469928B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2013-06-25 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Systems and methods for providing a flushable catheter assembly |
| US8574203B2 (en) | 2009-02-11 | 2013-11-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Systems and methods for providing a flushable catheter assembly |
| EP2589680B1 (en) | 2009-02-18 | 2014-12-24 | Council of Scientific & Industrial Research | Apparatus for the deposition of diamondlike carbon as protective coating on an inner surface of a shaped object |
| DE102009011960B4 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2013-06-13 | Schott Ag | Method for monitoring plasma discharges |
| KR20100104119A (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2010-09-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Thin film forming apparatus and method for forming the thin film with the same |
| WO2010107720A2 (en) | 2009-03-18 | 2010-09-23 | Tuan Vo-Dinh | Up and down conversion systems for production of emitted light from various energy sources |
| US8197910B2 (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2012-06-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for producing synthetic surfaces that mimic collagen coated surfaces for cell culture |
| FR2944982B1 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2011-10-14 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | PROCESS FOR PREPARING A METALLIZED SUBSTRATE, ANDTHE SUBSTRATE AND USES THEREOF |
| US9545360B2 (en) | 2009-05-13 | 2017-01-17 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Saccharide protective coating for pharmaceutical package |
| EP3222749A1 (en) | 2009-05-13 | 2017-09-27 | SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. | Outgassing method for inspecting a coated surface |
| JP5710600B2 (en) | 2009-05-13 | 2015-04-30 | エスアイオーツー・メディカル・プロダクツ・インコーポレイテッド | Gas release method for coating surface inspection |
| WO2010132591A2 (en) | 2009-05-13 | 2010-11-18 | Cv Holdings, Llc | Pecvd coating using an organosilicon precursor |
| KR20100126208A (en) | 2009-05-21 | 2010-12-01 | 조지아 테크 리서치 코포레이션 | Antimicrobial UV Reverse Conversion Composition |
| US9458536B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2016-10-04 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | PECVD coating methods for capped syringes, cartridges and other articles |
| FR2948177B1 (en) | 2009-07-16 | 2011-08-05 | Inst Francais Du Petrole | CHEMICAL LOOP COMBUSTION PROCESS WITH INDEPENDENT CONTROL OF SOLIDS CIRCULATION |
| JP5373905B2 (en) | 2009-07-17 | 2013-12-18 | 株式会社アルバック | Film forming apparatus and film forming method |
| KR20110020186A (en) | 2009-08-21 | 2011-03-02 | 한양대학교 산학협력단 | Polymer electrolyte membrane for polymer electrolyte fuel cell, manufacturing method thereof and polymer electrolyte fuel cell system comprising same |
| JP2011060885A (en) | 2009-09-08 | 2011-03-24 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Plasma processing apparatus and plasma processing method |
| DE102009041132B4 (en) | 2009-09-14 | 2014-08-14 | Schott Ag | Method for producing a sliding layer and pharmaceutical packaging with sliding layer |
| US20110065798A1 (en) | 2009-09-17 | 2011-03-17 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Anti-infective lubricant for medical devices and methods for preparing the same |
| US20120175384A1 (en) | 2009-09-22 | 2012-07-12 | Medmix Systems Ag | Sealed container comprising a displaceable piston |
| CN102725202B (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2015-03-25 | 西氏制药服务德国有限公司及两合公司 | Elastomeric enclosure with barrier layer and method of making same |
| EP3308816B1 (en) | 2009-10-29 | 2020-02-12 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc | Syringe stopper coated with densified expanded ptfe |
| US9597458B2 (en) | 2009-10-29 | 2017-03-21 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Fluoropolymer barrier materials for containers |
| US20110111132A1 (en) | 2009-11-09 | 2011-05-12 | Electric Power Research Institute, Inc. | System and method for depositing coatings on inner surface of tubular structure |
| TWI572389B (en) | 2009-11-10 | 2017-03-01 | 伊穆諾萊特公司 | Instrument set and system for producing change in medium, system for generating light or curing, radiation-cured or curable article, microwave or rf receptor, and system for treatment or diagnosis |
| JP5357710B2 (en) | 2009-11-16 | 2013-12-04 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Substrate processing method, substrate processing apparatus, and recording medium recording program |
| US20110152820A1 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2011-06-23 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Barrier coatings for fluids contacting medical devices |
| FR2954326B1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2013-01-18 | Valois Sas | METHOD FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF A FLUID PRODUCT DISPENSING DEVICE |
| US8900663B2 (en) | 2009-12-28 | 2014-12-02 | Gvd Corporation | Methods for coating articles |
| WO2011080543A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Becton Dickinson France | Medical components having coated surfaces exhibiting low friction and/or low gas/liquid permeability |
| EP2519270B1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2017-02-15 | Surmodics, Inc. | Silyl ether-modified hydrophilic polymers and uses for medical articles |
| US9492607B2 (en) | 2010-02-05 | 2016-11-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump apparatus, method and system |
| US8747631B2 (en) | 2010-03-15 | 2014-06-10 | Southwest Research Institute | Apparatus and method utilizing a double glow discharge plasma for sputter cleaning |
| JP5226031B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2013-07-03 | テルモ株式会社 | Drug container |
| EP2381246A1 (en) | 2010-04-26 | 2011-10-26 | Becton Dickinson France | Device, kit and method for inspection of an article |
| CN103037921A (en) | 2010-04-30 | 2013-04-10 | 拜耳药业股份公司 | Displacement Syringe |
| EP3437743A1 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2019-02-06 | SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. | Syringe with lubricity coating |
| EP2578413B8 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2019-03-20 | Taiyo Yuden Co., Ltd. | Screen-printing stencil having amorphous carbon films and manufacturing method therefor |
| US8802603B2 (en) | 2010-06-17 | 2014-08-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Medical components having coated surfaces exhibiting low friction and low reactivity |
| CN103068572B (en) | 2010-06-22 | 2016-08-10 | 诺沃—诺迪斯克有限公司 | Crack resistence containers for medical use |
| WO2011163368A1 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2011-12-29 | Cdw Investments, Llc | Hyperechogenic needles |
| US9381687B2 (en) | 2010-06-29 | 2016-07-05 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Syringe with integrated needle |
| EP2593286B1 (en) | 2010-07-16 | 2015-03-04 | SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. | Injection molding process |
| US20120021136A1 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2012-01-26 | Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates, Inc. | System and method for controlling plasma deposition uniformity |
| US8623324B2 (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2014-01-07 | Aat Bioquest Inc. | Luminescent dyes with a water-soluble intramolecular bridge and their biological conjugates |
| WO2012021537A1 (en) | 2010-08-09 | 2012-02-16 | Msnw Llc | Apparatus, systems and methods for establishing plasma and using plasma in a rotating magnetic field |
| US8932259B2 (en) | 2010-09-13 | 2015-01-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Catheter assembly |
| IT1402399B1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2013-09-04 | Protec Surface Technologies S R L | PERFECT CANE. |
| US8773020B2 (en) | 2010-10-22 | 2014-07-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for forming a magnetic field and methods of use thereof |
| US8476162B2 (en) | 2010-10-27 | 2013-07-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of forming layers on substrates |
| UA97584C2 (en) | 2010-11-08 | 2012-02-27 | Национальный Научный Центр "Харьковский Физико-Технический Институт" | METHOD For TRANSPORTATION vacuum-arc cathode plasma with FILTERING OF MACROparticles AND DEVICE FOR realization thereof |
| US9878101B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2018-01-30 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Cyclic olefin polymer vessels and vessel coating methods |
| US8921516B2 (en) | 2010-12-08 | 2014-12-30 | Corning Incorporated | Synthetic, defined fibronectin mimetic peptides and surfaces modified with the same |
| DE102010055155A1 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2012-06-21 | Khs Corpoplast Gmbh | Method for plasma treatment of workpieces and workpiece with gas barrier layer |
| JP2012149278A (en) | 2011-01-17 | 2012-08-09 | Mitsui Chemicals Inc | Method for producing silicon-containing film |
| CN103703085B (en) | 2011-01-19 | 2016-09-28 | 哈佛学院院长等 | Smooth fluid injection porous surface and its biological applications |
| DE102011009057B4 (en) | 2011-01-20 | 2015-12-10 | Schott Ag | Plasma treatment apparatus for the production of coatings and methods for the internal plasma treatment of containers |
| EP2683836B1 (en) | 2011-03-10 | 2021-02-17 | Kaiatech, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating containers |
| JP5801586B2 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2015-10-28 | テルモ株式会社 | Fat emulsion prefilled syringe formulation |
| US9272095B2 (en) | 2011-04-01 | 2016-03-01 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Vessels, contact surfaces, and coating and inspection apparatus and methods |
| US8871319B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2014-10-28 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Flexible barrier packaging derived from renewable resources |
| DE102011076754A1 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | Schott Ag | Substrate element for the coating with an easy-to-clean coating |
| WO2013017547A1 (en) | 2011-07-29 | 2013-02-07 | Dsm Ip Assets B.V. | Medical device comprising a wetted hydrophilic coating |
| US20130046375A1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2013-02-21 | Meng Chen | Plasma modified medical devices and methods |
| US10388493B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2019-08-20 | Lam Research Corporation | Component of a substrate support assembly producing localized magnetic fields |
| KR20200003228A (en) | 2011-09-27 | 2020-01-08 | 벡톤 디킨슨 프랑스 | Medicinal injection device and method of treating a medicinal injection device using plasma treated silicone oil as a coating |
| FR2980789B1 (en) | 2011-09-29 | 2013-10-25 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING AN OBJECT FROM A SOL-GEL SOLUTION |
| SE1250261A1 (en) | 2011-10-31 | 2013-05-01 | Billerudkorsnaes Gaevle Froevi Ab | Coating composition, a method for coating a substrate, a coated substrate, a packaging material and liquid packaging |
| WO2013071138A1 (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | PASSIVATION, pH PROTECTIVE OR LUBRICITY COATING FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE, COATING PROCESS AND APPARATUS |
| EP2602354A1 (en) | 2011-12-05 | 2013-06-12 | Pivot a.s. | Filtered cathodic vacuum arc deposition apparatus and method |
| CN104254579B (en) | 2012-01-10 | 2018-05-29 | 哈佛学院院长等 | Modification of surfaces for fluid and solid repellency |
| DE102012201955A1 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2013-08-14 | Krones Ag | Power lance and plasma-enhanced coating with high-frequency coupling |
| CN102581274B (en) | 2012-03-08 | 2014-06-11 | 中国工程物理研究院化工材料研究所 | Method for coating micro/nano-metal powder by chemical vapor deposition |
| US9068565B2 (en) | 2012-05-03 | 2015-06-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Container and method for storing a pharmaceutical agent |
| JP5899044B2 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2016-04-06 | 三菱樹脂株式会社 | Gas barrier film |
| WO2013170044A1 (en) | 2012-05-09 | 2013-11-14 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Inspection methods for pecvd coatings |
| EP2855644B9 (en) | 2012-05-29 | 2021-12-29 | Becton Dickinson France | Lubricant coating and medical injection device comprising such a coating |
| HUE055556T2 (en) | 2012-06-01 | 2021-12-28 | Novartis Ag | Syringe |
| US9034442B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2015-05-19 | Corning Incorporated | Strengthened borosilicate glass containers with improved damage tolerance |
| JOP20200175A1 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2017-06-16 | Novartis Ag | Syringe |
| EP2870273B1 (en) | 2012-07-03 | 2021-11-03 | SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. | Coating process |
| US9133412B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2015-09-15 | Tribofilm Research, Inc. | Activated gaseous species for improved lubrication |
| US20150209846A1 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2015-07-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Structured Flexible Supports and Films for Liquid-Infused Omniphobic Surfaces |
| US10011800B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2018-07-03 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Slips surface based on metal-containing compound |
| US9630224B2 (en) | 2012-07-13 | 2017-04-25 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Slippery liquid-infused porous surfaces having improved stability |
| WO2014015060A2 (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Lbp Manufacturing, Inc. | Microwave heating of heat-expandable materials for making packaging substrates and products |
| TWI501441B (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2015-09-21 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | Non-continuous composite barrier layer, method of forming the same, and package structure including same |
| FR2994851B1 (en) | 2012-09-04 | 2015-08-21 | Rexam Healthcare La Verpillier | APPARATUS FOR INJECTING PHARMACEUTICAL LIQUID CONFIGURED TO BE PRE-FILLED |
| WO2014059012A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Process for the internal coating of hollow bodies |
| JP6509734B2 (en) | 2012-11-01 | 2019-05-08 | エスアイオーツー・メディカル・プロダクツ・インコーポレイテッド | Film inspection method |
| EP2920567B1 (en) | 2012-11-16 | 2020-08-19 | SiO2 Medical Products, Inc. | Method and apparatus for detecting rapid barrier coating integrity characteristics |
| AU2013352436B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2018-10-25 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Controlling the uniformity of PECVD deposition on medical syringes, cartridges, and the like |
| US10117806B2 (en) | 2012-11-30 | 2018-11-06 | Corning Incorporated | Strengthened glass containers resistant to delamination and damage |
| EP2961858B1 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2022-09-07 | Si02 Medical Products, Inc. | Coated syringe. |
| KR102336796B1 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2021-12-10 | 에스아이오2 메디컬 프로덕츠, 인크. | Coated Packaging |
| WO2014144926A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Coating method |
| DE102013103676A1 (en) | 2013-04-11 | 2014-10-30 | Schott Ag | Containers with low particulate emission and frictionally controlled dry sliding surface, and process for its production |
| US20160186009A1 (en) | 2013-08-07 | 2016-06-30 | Konica Minolta, Inc. | Gas barrier film |
| JP6317086B2 (en) | 2013-10-02 | 2018-04-25 | 住友ゴム工業株式会社 | Gasket for prefilled syringe |
| JP2017531812A (en) | 2014-10-06 | 2017-10-26 | ゼブラシー インコーポレイテッド | Quality control of syringe barrel lubrication coating |
| CN115212391A (en) | 2014-12-08 | 2022-10-21 | 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 | Universal syringe platform |
| JP6289401B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2018-03-07 | 沖電気工業株式会社 | Spot size converter |
-
2013
- 2013-06-28 US US14/412,472 patent/US20150297800A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2021
- 2021-05-03 US US17/306,621 patent/US12257371B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20100298738A1 (en) * | 2009-05-13 | 2010-11-25 | Felts John T | Vessel, coating, inspection and processing apparatus |
Cited By (39)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160184183A1 (en) * | 2008-05-23 | 2016-06-30 | Hospira, Inc. | Packaged Iron Sucrose Products |
| US20210189554A1 (en) * | 2013-07-19 | 2021-06-24 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Metal components with inert vapor phase coating on internal surfaces |
| US11883390B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2024-01-30 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| US11382909B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2022-07-12 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| US11896588B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2024-02-13 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| US11596625B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2023-03-07 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| US11890277B2 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2024-02-06 | Sydnexis, Inc. | Ophthalmic composition |
| US10549042B2 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2020-02-04 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled glass syringe |
| US12434002B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2025-10-07 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| US11167090B2 (en) | 2014-12-23 | 2021-11-09 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| US20170340823A1 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2017-11-30 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| US10406290B2 (en) * | 2015-02-03 | 2019-09-10 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled plastic syringe |
| US12324903B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2025-06-10 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled plastic syringe |
| US20180015225A1 (en) * | 2015-02-03 | 2018-01-18 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg | Botulinum toxin prefilled container |
| US11219717B2 (en) | 2015-02-03 | 2022-01-11 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled plastic syringe |
| US12070466B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2024-08-27 | Sydnexis, Inc. | D2O stabilized pharmaceutical formulations |
| US12168017B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2024-12-17 | Sydnexis, Inc. | D2O stabilized pharmaceutical formulations |
| US20220273884A1 (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2022-09-01 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled syringe system |
| US11331434B2 (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2022-05-17 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled syringe system |
| AU2017281155B2 (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2021-12-23 | Merz Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kgaa | Botulinum toxin prefilled syringe system |
| US12171816B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2024-12-24 | Allergan, Inc. | Non-protein Clostridial toxin compositions |
| US10973890B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2021-04-13 | Allergan, Inc. | Non-protein clostridial toxin compositions |
| US12144847B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2024-11-19 | Allergan, Inc. | Non-protein clostridial toxin compositions |
| US12409211B2 (en) | 2016-09-13 | 2025-09-09 | Allergan, Inc. | Non-protein Clostridial toxin compositions |
| US20200222650A1 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2020-07-16 | Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh | Endo-Tracheal Catheter for Use in an Anesthetic Procedure |
| US11975145B2 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2024-05-07 | Fresenius Kabi Deutschland Gmbh | Endo-tracheal catheter for use in an anesthetic procedure |
| US12246169B2 (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2025-03-11 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Medical delivery devices having low lubricant hydrophobic syringe barrels |
| US20210030970A1 (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2021-02-04 | W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Medical Delivery Devices Having Low Lubricant Hydrophobic Syringe Barrels |
| CN112639162A (en) * | 2018-03-27 | 2021-04-09 | Sio2医药产品公司 | Vessel, container and surface coated with a water barrier coating |
| US10632150B1 (en) | 2018-10-19 | 2020-04-28 | Cmp Development Llc | Potassium phosphates composition for injection |
| WO2020081118A1 (en) | 2018-10-19 | 2020-04-23 | Cmp Development Llc | Potassium phosphates composition for injection |
| US20220047843A1 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2022-02-17 | Crannmed Limited | A Tube Having an Interior Lubricious Coating and Systems and Methods of Applying the Same |
| CN113825483A (en) * | 2019-01-07 | 2021-12-21 | Sio2医药产品公司 | Polymer processing bag and method of making the same |
| WO2022026798A1 (en) | 2020-07-30 | 2022-02-03 | Sio2 Medical Products, Inc. | Common contact surfaces for use in the manufacture, packaging, delivery, and assessment of biopharmaceutical products |
| US11278634B1 (en) | 2021-02-12 | 2022-03-22 | Extrovis Ag | Stable parenteral composition of lacosamide |
| JP2024519587A (en) * | 2021-05-26 | 2024-05-17 | デウン ファーマシューティカル カンパニー リミテッド | A pharmaceutical container containing a liquid pharmaceutical composition of 1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1-((3-fluorophenyl)sulfonyl)-4-methoxy-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)-N-methylmethanamine |
| WO2024023153A1 (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2024-02-01 | Schott Pharma Ag & Co. Kgaa | Coated element and method for coating an element |
| EP4311865A1 (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2024-01-31 | SCHOTT Pharma AG & Co. KGaA | Coated element and method for coating an element |
| CN116769133A (en) * | 2023-06-02 | 2023-09-19 | 东莞方德泡绵制品厂有限公司 | Production process of new energy automobile interior damping material |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US12257371B2 (en) | 2025-03-25 |
| US20210330869A1 (en) | 2021-10-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20250242092A1 (en) | SiOx BARRIER FOR PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGE AND COATING PROCESS | |
| US11884446B2 (en) | Passivation, pH protective or lubricity coating for pharmaceutical package, coating process and apparatus | |
| US12257371B2 (en) | SiOx barrier for pharmaceutical package and coating process | |
| US11684546B2 (en) | PECVD coated pharmaceutical packaging | |
| US10363370B2 (en) | Controlling the uniformity of PECVD deposition |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC., ALABAMA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEIKART, CHRISTOPHER;FELTS, JOHN T.;FISK, THOMAS E.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150728 TO 20150826;REEL/FRAME:036909/0759 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC., ALABAMA Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:THE TEACHERS' RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA;REEL/FRAME:039431/0327 Effective date: 20150612 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: THE TEACHERS' RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA, ALABAM Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNEE AND ASSIGNOR NAMES AND UPDATE TO PROPERTY NUMBERS PREVIOUSLY OMITTED PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 039431 FRAME 0327. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:040002/0514 Effective date: 20150612 Owner name: THE TEACHERS' RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA, ALABAMA Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ASSIGNEE AND ASSIGNOR NAMES AND UPDATE TO PROPERTY NUMBERS PREVIOUSLY OMITTED PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 039431 FRAME 0327. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:040002/0514 Effective date: 20150612 |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
| STCV | Information on status: appeal procedure |
Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: TC RETURN OF APPEAL |
|
| STCV | Information on status: appeal procedure |
Free format text: EXAMINER'S ANSWER TO APPEAL BRIEF MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: TC RETURN OF APPEAL |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: OAKTREE FUND ADMINISTRATION, LLC, CALIFORNIA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:058562/0158 Effective date: 20211221 |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC., ALABAMA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WEIKART, CHRISTOPHER;FELTS, JOHN T.;FISK, THOMAS E.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150728 TO 20150826;REEL/FRAME:059499/0450 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SALZUFER HOLDING INC., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, FLORIDA Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:062094/0121 Effective date: 20221207 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC., ALABAMA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:THE TEACHERS RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA;REEL/FRAME:063257/0371 Effective date: 20211220 Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC., ALABAMA Free format text: RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:THE TEACHERS RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA;REEL/FRAME:063257/0371 Effective date: 20211220 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, LLC, ALABAMA Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:SIO2 MEDICAL PRODUCTS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:068839/0691 Effective date: 20240830 |